Mitsubishi Heavy Industries 00-GHP-T-055A GHP

GAS ENGINE DRIVENMULTI-INDOOR UNITCLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM(OUTDOOR UNIT)Alternative refrigerant R407C use modelsGHCP450HMTE4 GHCP560HMTE4

(INDOOR UNIT)FDTJ28HKXE2 FDTWJ28HKXE2B FDTSJ22HKXE2B FDRJ22HKXE2

36HKXE2 45HKXE2B 28HKXE2B 28HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2B 36HKXE2B 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2B 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2B 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 140HKXE2

FDUMJ36HKXE2 FDEJ36HKXE2B FDKJ22HKXE2 FDFLJ28HKXE245HKXE2 45HKXE2B 28HKXE2 45HKXE256HKXE2 56HKXE2B 36HKXE2 71HKXE271HKXE2 71HKXE2B 45HKXE2 FDFUJ28HKXE290HKXE2 112HKXE2B 56HKXE2 45HKXE2112HKXE2 140HKXE2B 71HKXE2 56HKXE2140HKXE2 71HKXE2

TECHNICAL MANUALCollection data

Manual No. '00 • GHP -T-055A

CONTENTS

1. GENERAL INFORMATION........................................................................... 1

1.1 Specific features .................................................................................... 1

1.2 How to read the model name ................................................................ 2

1.3 Table of models ...................................................................................... 2

1.4 Table of indoor units panel (Optional) ................................................. 2

2. SELECTION DATA ....................................................................................... 3

2.1 Specifications........................................................................................ 3

2.2 Range of usage & limitations............................................................... 28

2.3 Exterior dimensions ............................................................................. 29

2.4 Exterior appearance ............................................................................. 54

2.5 Inside view ............................................................................................. 57

2.6 Piping system........................................................................................ 58

2.7 Coolant, Fuel - Intake/Exhaust gas system diagram ......................... 59

2.8 Selection chart ...................................................................................... 61

2.9 Characteristics of fan ........................................................................... 76

2.10 Noise level ............................................................................................. 81

3. ELECTRICAL DATA ..................................................................................... 87

3.1 Electrical wiring ..................................................................................... 87

4. OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER ................ 96

5. APPLICATION DATA .................................................................................... 126

5.1 Installation of indoor unit ...................................................................... 128

5.2 Installation of the remote controller (Optional Parts)......................... 169

5.3 Installation of outdoor unit ................................................................... 171

5.4 Refrigerant piping .................................................................................. 174

5.5 Electrical wiring ..................................................................................... 181

5.6 Test run ................................................................................................... 188

6. MAINTENANCE DATA.................................................................................. 190

6.1 Diagnosis of Microcomputer circuit ..................................................... 190

7. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ......................................................................... 223

8. REPLACING PROCEDURE OF MAJOR ENGINE PARTS.......................... 229

- 1 -

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 Specific features(1) Powerful heating - even in cold regions.

The GHP efficiently recovers exhaust heat from the gas engine to provide powerful heating. It can continue to provide powerful

heating even in cold regions that have below zero temperatures and snow accumulation.

(2) Instant heating comfort.

The highly heat efficient gas engine and the efficient utilization of engine exhaust heat means that heat will be produced quickly

after the unit is turned on and provide fast heating response for warming up chilly mornings.

(3) Can perform continuous heating operations.

Since engine exhaust heat is used for on-going defrosting, it does not have to be performed separately, even in cold regions. Since

there is no stopping for defrosting, there will always be continuous, even heating.

(4) Substantial reduction in energy consumption

The gas engine for the compressor dramatically reduces energy consumption.

(5) Inverter provides both comfort and reduced energy consumption.

A microcomputer controlled inverter system is used to efficiently control the engine speed. Not only does this help to maintain a

comfortable room temperature, the reduced energy loss contributes to lower energy consumption.

(6) Super lynk system

Non polar 2-core signal wires for indoor, outdoor units by means of the automatic polarity selection.

In addition, the max. 48 units can be controlled with a pair of signal wires. The high speed transmission method same as the

computer network system [start up of 48 units can be completed within a few seconds by the determination of operation mode

and the start of operation].

As separate power supplies for the indoor and the outdoor units are employed, a pair of 2 signal wires only are required for the

inter connecting wiring of indoor and outdoor uniits regardless of the number of units so that the installation work can be

simplified, the cost of wiring work can be curtailed and causes of wiring error can be minimized.

(7) Connectable indoor capacity

Capacity from 50% to 130% is possible.

GHCP450 HMTE4

Number of connectable units : 1 to 20 units

Connectable capacity : 22500 ~ 58500 W

GHCP560 HMTE4

Number of connectable units : 1 to 20 units

Connectable capacity : 28000 ~ 72800 W

(8) Long piping design offeres One way piping length of 100 m

Indoor and outdoor units can have a level difference of up to 50 m, with a one way piping length of up to 100 m. This is the top-class

long piping design in the industry. A level difference of as much as 15 m between indoor units ensures that the system can meet a

wide variety of air conditioning requirements in any building.

- 2 -

1.2 How to read the model nameExample: GHC P 450 H M T E 4

Model No.

Export model

Gas type

Multi series

Heat pump type

Nominal capacity

R407C models

Model name Indoor unit : FDT, FDTW, FDTS, FDR, FDUM

FDE, FDK, FDFL, FDFU

Outdoor unit : GHC1.3 Table of models

1.4 Table of indoor units panel (Optional)

ModelCapacity

Ceiling recessed type(FDT)

22 28 36 45 56 71 90 112 140

2-way outlet ceiling recessed type(FDTW)

1-way outlet ceiling recessed type(FDTS)

Cassetteria type(FDR)

Stellite ducted type(FDUM)

Ceiling suspension type(FDE)

Wall mounted type(FDK)

Floor standing exposed type(FDFL)

Floor standing hidden type(FDFU)

GHCP450HMTE4(16 Horse Power)

GHCP560HMTE4(20 Horse Power)

Outdoor units tobe combinedFDC

Model Parts Model

T-PSA-32W-EFDTCapacity:28,36,45,56,

71,90,112,140Capacity:28,45,56

Capacity:71,90

Capacity:112,140

Capacity:28,45,56

Capacity:71,90

Capacity:112,140

Capacity:22,28,36,45

Capacity:71


Capacity:71,90

Capacity:112,140


Capacity:71,90

Capacity:112,140

TW-PSA-22W-E

TW-PSA-32W-E

TW-PSA-42W-E

TW-PSB-28W-E

TW-PSB-38W-E

TW-PSB-48W-E

TS-PSA-26W-E

TS-PSA-36W-E

R-PNLS-26W-E

R-PNLS-36W-E

R-PNLS-46W-E

R-PNLC-26W-E

R-PNLC-36W-E

R-PNLC-46W-E

FDTS

FDTW(Standard type)

FDR(Silent type)

FDR(Canvas duct type)

FDTW(Attachment of ceiling material type)

- 3 -

Models FDTJ28HKXE2, 36HKXE2

(a) Ceiling recessed type (FDT)

(1) Indoor unit

2. SELECTION DATA2.1 Specifications

Item

Nominal cooling capacity*1 W

W

W

CMM

Unit:24 Panel:7

17 1

Hi: 12 Me: 10 Lo: 9

dB(A)

mm Unit:260 840 840 Panel:30 950 950

Nominal heating capacity*2

Power source

Net weight

Refrigerant control

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty

Shock & vibration absorber

Insulation (noise & heat)

Room temperature control

Connecting method

Drain hose

Insulation for piping

Accessories

Optional parts

Outdoor units to be combined

Motor

Air flow(Standard)

Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth

Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger

Internal thermostat for fan motor.Frost protection thermostat

Air handling equipment Fan type & Q'ty

Operation control Operation switch

Installation data Refrigerant piping size

Noise level

ModelsFDTJ28HKXE2(3)

2800

3200

FDTJ36HKXE2(3)

3600

4000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz

Electronic Expansion Valve +Capillary tube

Line starting

Possible

Long life filter 1(Washable)

Rubber sleeve(for fan motor)

Polyurethane foam

Flare piping

Connectable with VP25

Necessary (both Liquid & Gas line)

Mounting kit

Decorative Panel

GHCP450HMTE4, 560HMTE4

Thermostat by electronics

Turbo fan 1

Liquid line: 6.35(1/4"), Gas line: 12.7(1/2")mm(in)

Safety equipment

Remote control switch (Optional:RCD-HKX-S-E2)

Hi: 36 Me: 34 Lo: 32

Louver fine & inner grooved tubing

(1) The data are measured at the following conditions.Notes

(2) This packaged air-conditioner is manufactured and tested in conformity with the following standard. ISO-T1"UNITARY AIR-CONDITIONERS"

(3) The number "2", following the type of each model, represents"CE-marked model" especially for European Union, and for European nations which require CE marking.

Decorative Panel model (Optional)

Item

Item

Indoor air temperature Outdoor air temperature Standards

ISO-T1,JIS B8627

Operation

Model

FDTJ28,36 type T-PSA-32W-E

Panel Part No.

DB WB DB WB

Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

kg

- 4 -

Models FDTJ45HKXE2, 56HKXE2, 71HKXE2

Item

Nominal cooling capacity*1 W

W

W

CMM

Unit:24 Panel:7

20 1

Hi: 15 Me: 12 Lo: 10 Hi: 16 Me: 13 Lo: 11

25 1

dB(A)

mm Unit:260 840 840 Panel:30 950 950


Power source

Net weight

Refrigerant control

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)







Noise level


4500

FDTJ56HKXE2(3)

5600

FDTJ71HKXE2(3)

7100

5000 6300

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Possible



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping


Necessary (both Liquid & Gas lines)

Mounting kit

Decorative Panel



Turbo fan 1

Liquid line: 6.35(1/4")Gas line: 12.7(1/2")

Liquid line: 9.52(3/8")Gas line: 15.88(5/8")mm(in)

Safety equipment


Hi: 37 Me: 35 Lo: 34


Hi: 38 Me: 36 Lo: 34

8000





Item

Item


ISO-T1,JIS B8627

Operation

Model

FDTJ45,56,71 type T-PSA-32W-E

Panel Part No.

DB WB DB WB

Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

kg

- 5 -

Models FDTJ90HKXE2, 112HKXE2, 140HKXE2

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg Unit:24 Panel:7 Unit:28 Panel:7

50 1

Unit:30 Panel:7

Hi: 21 Me: 15 Lo: 12 Hi: 28 Me: 24 Lo: 21 Hi: 30 Me: 26 Lo: 22

130 1

dB(A)

mm



9000

FDTJ112HKXE2(3)

11200

FDTJ140HKXE2(3)

14000

10000 12500

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Possible



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit

Decorative Panel



Turbo fan 1




Hi: 42 Me: 40 Lo: 38 Hi: 47 Me:43 Lo: 38

Louver fins & inner grooved tubing

Hi: 49 Me: 46 Lo: 43

16000

80 1

Item

Item


ISO-T1,JIS B8627

Operation

Model

FDTJ90,112,140 type T-PSA-32W-E

Panel Part No.

DB WB DB WB

Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Unit: 260 840 840 Panel:30 950 950

Unit: 320 840 840 Panel:30 950 950

Nominal cooling capacity*1


Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)






Noise level

Safety equipment





Refrigerant control

- 6 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg Unit:19 Panel:7

Hi: 14 Me: 12 Lo: 10

dB(A)

mm


ModelsFDTWJ28HKXE2B(3)

2800

FDTWJ45HKXE2B(3)

4500

FDTWJ56HKXE2B(3)

5600

3200 5000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Possible



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit

Decorative Panel



Turbo fan 2




Hi: 39 Me:36 Lo: 33


6300

30 1

Item

Item


ISO-T1,JIS B8627

Operation

Model Standard type

FDTWJ28,45,56 type TW-PSA-22W-E

Attachment of ceiling material type

TW-PSB-28W-E

Panel Part No.

DB WB DB WB

Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

(b) 2-way outlet ceiling recessed type (FDTW)

Models FDTWJ28HKXE2B, 45HKXE2B, 56HKXE2B

Unit:280 817 620 Panel:8 1055 680



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment





Refrigerant control


- 7 -

Models FDTWJ71HKXE2B, 90HKXE2B

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg Unit:26 Panel:9

35 1

Hi: 16 Me: 13 Lo: 11 Hi: 19 Me: 16 Lo: 12

40 1

dB(A)

mm Unit:330 1054 620 Panel:8 1300 680



7100

FDTWJ90HKXE2B(3)

9000

8000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz

Electronic Expansion Valve +Capillay tube

Line starting

Possible



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit

Decorative Panel



mm(in)


Hi: 41 Me: 38 Lo: 35


Hi: 41 Me: 39 Lo: 36

10000

Item Indoor air temperature Outdoor air temperature Standards

ISO-T1,JIS B8627

Operation DB WB DB WB

Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Turbo fan 1

Liquid line: 9.52(3/8"),Gas line: 15.88(5/8")



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment




Item

Model Standard type

FDTWJ71,90 type TW-PSA-32W-E


TW-PSB-38W-E

Panel Part No.


Refrigerant control


- 8 -


Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg Unit:38 Panel:11

40 2

Hi: 28 Me: 25 Lo: 23 Hi: 32 Me: 28 Lo: 24

dB(A)

mm Unit:345 1524 620 Panel:8 1770 680



11200

FDTWJ140HKXE2B(3)

14000

12500

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Possible



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping


Necessary (both Liquid & Gas linse)

Mounting kit

Decorative Panel



mm(in)


Hi: 44 Me: 41 Lo: 38


Hi: 45 Me: 42 Lo: 39

16000

50 2


ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Turbo fan 2




Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment




Item

Model Standard type

FDTWJ112,140 type TW-PSA-42W-E


TW-PSB-48W-E

Panel Part No.


Refrigerant control


- 9 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

Kg Unit:26 Panel:6

35 1

dB(A)

mm Unit:194 1040 650 Panel:10 1290 770


Model

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Possible



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit

Decorative Panel



mm(in)


Hi: 40 Me: 39 Lo: 38


Item

Item


ISO-T1,JIS B8627

Operation

Model

FDTSJ22,28,36 type TS-PSA-26W-E

Panel Part No.With Auto Swing

DB WB DB WB

Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Centrifugal fan 2


(c) 1-way outlet ceiling recessed type (FDTS)

Models FDTSJ22HKXE2B, 28HKXE2B, 36HKXE2B


Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment



(3) The number "2", following the type of each model, represents"CE-marked model" especially for European Union, and for Europern nations which require CE marking.


Refrigerant control


FDTSJ22HKXE2B(3) FDTSJ28HKXE2B(3)

2200

FDTSJ36HKXE2B(3)

2800

2500 3200

3600

4000


Hi: 12 Me: 11 Lo: 10Hi: 11 Lo: 8

Hi: 39 Lo: 38

- 10 -

Models FDTSJ45HKXE2B, 71HKXE2B

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg Unit:26 Panel:6 Unit:30 Panel:7

40 1

Hi: 14 Me: 12 Lo: 10 Hi: 18 Me: 15 Lo: 12

25 2

dB(A)

mm


ModelFDTSJ45HKXE2B(3)

4500

FDTSJ71HKXE2B(3)

7100

5000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Possible



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit

Decorative Panel


mm(in)


Hi: 43 Me: 40 Lo: 38


Hi: 44 Me: 40 Lo: 38

8000


ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Centrifugal fan 4Centrifugal fan 2



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment




Item

Model With Auto Swing

FDTSJ45 type

FDTSJ71 type

TS-PSA-26W-E

TS-PSA-36W-E

Panel Part No.


Unit:194 1040 650 Panel:10 1290 770

Unit:194 1300 650 Panel:10 1500 790



Refrigerant control



- 11 -

(d) Cassetteria type (FDR)

Models FDRJ22HKXE2, 28HKXE2

Item


Panel model (Option)

Air inlet panel Silent panel

R-PNLS-26W-E R-PNLC-26W-E R-PNLS-26W-E R-PNLC-26W-E

Canvas panel Canvas panelSilent panel

W

W

W

CMM

kg

Pa(mmAq)

Standard:45(4.5), Hi speed:85(8.5)

Unit:30Panel:7

Unit:30Panel:5

Unit:30Panel:7

Unit:30Panel:5

40 1

Hi: 10 Me: 9 Lo: 8 Hi: 12 Me: 11 Lo: 10

50 1

dB(A)

mm Unit:355 750 635 Panel:10 1040 750


Power source

Net weight

Refrigerant control

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Available static pressure ( at Me)



Noise level

ModelsFDRJ22HKXE2(4)

2200

FDRJ28HKXE2(4)

2800

2500

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Side or back



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit

Silent panel, Canvas panel, Canvas duct



Liquid line: 6.35(1/4"),Gas line: 12.7(1/2")mm(in)

Safety equipment

Remote control switch (Optional:RCD-HKX-E2)

Hi: 41 Me: 39 Lo: 36 Hi: 42 Me: 40 Lo: 37 Hi: 42 Me: 40 Lo: 37 Hi: 43 Me: 41 Lo: 38


3200

Unit:(299+a) 750 635Panel:10 864 585

Unit:(299+a) 750 635Panel:10 864 585

Unit:355 750 635 Panel:10 1040 750

(1)The data are measured at the following conditions.Notes

(2)This packaged air-conditioner is manufactured and tested in conformity with the following standard. ISO-T1"UNITARY AIR-CONDITIONERS"

(3)Canvas panel is used in combination with following canvas duct Canvas duct: HA01503

(4)The number "2",following the type of each model,represents"CE-marked model"especially for European Union, and for European nations which require CE marking.

(5)Indoor unit height of canvas specification type is higher than the other type for canvas duct portion.


ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Centrifugal fan 2

- 12 -


Item






W

W

W

CMM

kg

Pa(mmAq)


Unit:30Panel:7

Unit:30Panel:5

Unit:30Panel:7

Unit:30Panel:5

Hi: 14 Me: 12 Lo: 11

55 1

dB(A)

mm Unit:355 750 635 Panel:10 1040 750


Power source

Net weight

Refrigerant control

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)








Noise level


4500

FDRJ56HKXE2(4)

5600

5000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Side or back



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit





mm(in)

Safety equipment


Hi: 43 Me: 40 Lo: 37 Hi: 44 Me: 41 Lo: 38 Hi:43 Me: 40 Lo: 37 Hi: 44 Me: 41 Lo: 38


6300

Unit:(299+a) 750 635Panel:10 864 585

Unit:(299+a) 750 635Panel:10 864 585

Unit:355 750 635 Panel:10 1040 750





(4)The number "2",following the type of each model,represents"CE-marked model"especially for European Union, and for Europearn nations which require CE marking.



ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Centrifugal fan 2

- 13 -


Item






W

W

W

CMM

kg

Pa(mmAp)


Unit:35Panel:8

Unit:35Panel:6

Unit:35Panel:8

Unit:35Panel:6

Hi: 18 Me: 16 Lo: 14 Hi: 20 Me: 18 Lo: 15

90 1

dB(A)

mm Unit:355 950 635 Panel:10 1240 750


Power source

Net weight

Refrigerant control

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)








Noise level


7100

FDRJ90HKXE2(4)

9000

8000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Side or back



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit




mm(in)

Safety equipment




10000

Unit:(299+a) 950 635Panel:10 1064 585

Unit:(299+a) 950 635Panel:10 1064 585

Unit:355 950 635 Panel:10 1240 750

100 1



(3)Canvas panel is used in combination with following canvas duct Canvas duct:




ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Centrifugal fan 2


HA01490

- 14 -


Item






W

W

W

CMM

kg

Pa(mmAq)


Unit:50Panel:9

Unit:50Panel:7

Unit:52Panel:9

Unit:52Panel:7

Hi: 28 Me: 25 Lo: 22 Hi: 34 Me: 31 Lo: 27

45 1,

dB(A)

mm Unit:406 1370 635 Panel:10 1660 750


Power source

Net weight

Refrigerant control

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)








Noise level


11200

FDRJ140HKXE2(4)

14000

12500

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Side or back



Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit




mm(in)

Safety equipment




16000

Unit:(350+a) 1370 635Panel:10 1484 585

Unit:(350+a) 1370 635Panel:10 1484 585

Unit:406 1370 635 Panel:10 1660 750

90 1 50 1, 100 1







ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Centrifugal fan 3


- 15 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 34

50 1

Hi: 12 Me: 11 Lo: 10 Hi: 14 Me: 12 Lo: 11

55 1

dB(A)

mm 299 750 635


ModelsFDUMJ36HKXE2(3)

3600

FDUMJ45HKXE2(3)

4500

4000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Side


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit



mm(in)


Hi: 34 Me: 32 Lo: 29


Hi: 35 Me: 32 Lo: 29

5000


ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Centrifugal fan 2




Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment




Refrigerant control


(e) Satellite ducted type (FDUM)

Models FDUMJ36HKXE2, 45HKXE2

Pa(mmAq)


Standard:50(5), Hi speed:85(8.5)

_

_

- 16 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 4034

55 1

Hi: 14 Me: 12 Lo: 11 Hi: 18 Me: 16 Lo: 14 Hi: 20 Me: 18 Lo: 15

dB(A)

mm


ModelsFDUMJ56HKXE2(3) FDUMJ71HKXE2(3)

5600

FDUMJ90HKXE2(3)

7100

6300

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Side


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit



mm(in)


Hi: 35 Me: 32 Lo: 29


Hi: 36 Me: 33 Lo: 30Hi: 35 Me: 32 Lo: 29

8000

9000

10000

90 1 100 1

299 750 635 299 950 635


ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Centrifugal fan 2




Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment




Refrigerant control


Models FDUMJ56HKXE2, 71HKXE2, 90HKXE2

Pa(mmAq)


Standard:50(5), Hi speed:85(8.5)

_

_

- 17 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 5957

45 1,

Hi: 28 Me: 25 Lo: 22 Hi: 34 Me: 31 Lo: 27

90 1

dB(A)

mm 350 1370 635


ModelsFDUMJ112HKXE2(3)

11200

FDUMJ140HKXE2(3)

14000

12500

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Side


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit



mm(in)


Hi: 38 Me: 35 Lo: 32


Hi: 39 Me: 37 Lo: 34

16000

50 1, 100 1


ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6

Centrifugal fan 3




Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment




Refrigerant control



Pa(mmAq)


Standard:60(6), Hi speed:90(9) Standard:60(6), Hi speed:85(8.5)

_

_

- 18 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 22

Hi: 14 Me: 12 Lo: 10

dB(A)

mm


ModelsFDEJ36HKXE2B(3)

3600

FDEJ45HKXE2B(3)

4500

4000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz

Electronic Expansion Valve + Capillary tube

Line starting

Not possible

Polypropylene net 2(Washable)


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit_



Centrifugal fan 2



Hi: 43 Me:40 Lo: 38


5000

40 1

(f) Ceiling suspension type (FDE)

Models FDEJ36HKXE2B, 45HKXE2B

184 1000 650



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment

Refrigerant control



ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6




- 19 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 22

Hi: 14 Me: 12 Lo: 10 Hi: 18 Me: 15 Lo: 12

dB(A)

mm



5600

FDEJ71HKXE2B(3)

7100

6300

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Not possible


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit_



Centrifugal fan 2



Hi: 43 Me:40 Lo: 38


8000

40 1

Centrifugal fan 4

25 2


184 1000 650

27

Hi: 44 Me:40 Lo: 38

184 1260 650



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment

Refrigerant control



ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6





- 20 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 34

Hi: 28 Me: 25 Lo: 22 Hi: 34 Me: 30 Lo: 26

dB(A)

mm



11200

FDEJ140HKXE2B(3)

14000

12500

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Not possible


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit_



Centrifugal fan 3



Hi: 49 Me:46 Lo: 42


16000

35 1 55 1+

Centrifugal fan 4

55 2


239 1260 650

40

Hi: 50 Me:47 Lo: 42

239 1470 650



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment

Refrigerant control



ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6





- 21 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 19

Hi: 9 Lo: 8 Hi: 10 Me: 9 Lo: 8 Hi: 11.5 Me: 10 Lo: 8

dB(A)

mm


ModelsFDKJ22HKXE2(3)

2200

FDKJ45HKXE2(3)

4500

2500

FDKJ28HKXE2(3)

2800

3200

FDKJ36HKXE2(3)

3600

4000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Not possible


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping

Connectable with I.D. 16mm


—

Mounting kit



Tangential fan 1



Hi: 42 Me:40 Lo: 37Hi: 40 Lo: 37 Hi: 44 Me:41 Lo: 37


5000

30 1 35 1

(g) Wall mounted type (FDK)

Models FDKJ22HKXE2, 28HKXE2, 36HKXE2, 45HKXE2

375 950 194



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment

Refrigerant control



ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6





- 22 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 20 22

Hi: 17 Me: 15 Lo: 13 Hi: 21 Me: 18 Lo: 15

dB(A)

mm


ModelFDKJ56HKXE2(3)

5600

6300

FDKJ71HKXE2(3)

7100

8000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Not possible


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping

Connectable with I.D. 16mm


Mounting kit_



Tangential fan 2



Hi: 46 Me:43 Lo: 39 Hi: 47 Me:44 Lo: 40


40 1 45 1

Tangential fan 1

Models FDKJ56HKXE2, 71HKXE2

375 1148 194 375 1436 194



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment

Refrigerant control



ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6





- 23 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 32

Hi: 14 Me: 12 Lo: 10 Hi: 18 Me: 15 Lo: 12Hi: 12 Me: 11 Lo: 10

dB(A)

mm


ModelFDFLJ71HKXE2(3)

7100

FDFLJ28HKXE2(3)

2800

3200

FDFLJ45HKXE2(3)

4500

5000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Not possible


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit_



Centrifugal fan 2


Remote control switch (Optional:RCD-HKXFL-E2)

Hi: 41 Me:38 Lo: 36 Hi: 43 Me:41 Lo: 40


8000

40 130 1

(h) Floor standing exposed type (FDFL)

Models FDFLJ28HKXE2, 45HKXE2, 71HKXE2

630 1196 225

40

630 1481 225



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment

Refrigerant control



ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6






- 24 -

Item

W

W

W

CMM

kg 25

Hi: 14 Me: 12 Lo: 10 Hi: 18 Me: 15 Lo: 12Hi: 12 Me: 11 Lo: 10

dB(A)

mm


ModelFDFUJ71HKXE2(3)

7100

FDFUJ28HKXE2(3)

2800

3200

FDFUJ45HKXE2(3)

4500

5000

1 Phase 220/240V 50Hz


Line starting

Not possible


Polyurethane foam

Flare piping



Mounting kit_



Centrifugal fan 2

Liquid line: 6.35(1/4"),Gas line: 12.7(1/2")mm(in)

Remote control switch (Optional:RCD-HKXFL-E2)

Hi: 41 Me:38 Lo: 36 Hi: 43 Me:41 Lo: 40


8000

FDFUJ56HKXE2(3)

5600

6300

40 130 1

(i) Floor standing hidden type (FDFU)

Models FDFUJ28HKXE2, 45HKXE2, 56HKXE2, 71HKXE2

630 1077 225

32

630 1362 225



Power source

Net weight

Starting method

Fresh air intake

Air filter, Q'ty




Connecting method

Drain hose


Accessories

Optional parts


Motor

Air flow(Standard)





Noise level

Safety equipment

Refrigerant control



ISO-T1,JIS B8627


Cooling*1 27

Heating*2 20

19 35

7

24

6






- 25 -

Item

W

W

kg

A

A

A

KW

KW

%

910

mm

Models GHCP560HMTE4

56000

GHCP450HMTE4

45000

53000

Ventilator fan (Shaft flow fan)

67000

(2) Outdoor unit

Models GHCP450HMTE4, 560HMTE4

920

19

2.6

1.9

1.62

1.18

Cooling : 90 Heating : 90

Upper surface

Water cooled

Front surface / Rear surface

2135 1750 950

3 Phase, 400V, 50Hz

Nominal cooling capacity*1Capa-(1)

city Nominal heating capacity*2

Net weight

Air intake port

Air outlet port

Refrigerant control method

Capacity control

Engine room cooling method

Height Width Depth

Engine cooling method

(1) Cooling and heating performance values and fuel consumption values are based on ISO-T1 rating conditions.

(2) Noise level was measured at a point 1 meter in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 meters. (Anechoic chamber calculation).

Notes

(3) The additional charge is not included for the piping portion and when 9 or more units are connected. Provide additional charge on site.

Engine speed control, Compressor cylinder control

Propeller fan 2

Noise level(2) 6160

Expansion valve + Capillary tube

Kg

dB

KW

R407C

17.5 18.0

TypeRefri-gerant Quantity(3)

Engine

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

Power source

Inrush current

cc 2237

Water-cooled 4-cycle 4-cylinder OHVType

Gross displacement

Power factor

Runningcurrent

min-1

KW

890~2375890~2375

15.012.1Rated output

Speed range

KW

KW

44.3 54.6

41.5 51.9

Cooling

Heating

Type NATURAL GAS

Consumption

Vibration resistant rubber

ø15.88 1.0 (Flare connections) ø19.05 1.2 (Flare connections)

0.25 2 0.45 2

ø38.1 1.8 (Brazed connection)ø34.92 1.6 (Brazed connection)

AC/DC variable type DC statorStarter

Vibration control

Pipingsystem

mm

mm

mm

cc

Refrigerant liquid piping

Refrigerant gas piping

Outer diameter ø18.2 x inner diameter ø12.2 (rubber hose)

R1(25A)Combustion gas piping

Exhaust drain

CR5445HVR CR5453HVR

890~2375890~2375min-1

%

˚C

KW

r

Type

Speed range

1.7 (Compressor) + 2.1 (Accumulator) (MA32)

528454Compression volume

Refrigerant oil

Direct-connection flexible couplingPower transmission method

Coolant for GHP (Ethylene glycol)

26r

Type

Quantity

-22

50Density(Freezing temperature)

Magnetic coupling over-winding pump (Type: PMD-2543BJU4)Pump

Type

0.22Rated output

r

MGO-X oil

48

Type

QuantityLubrication

m3/min 252 315

Type x No. of units

Rated air flow

No. of connectable units 1 to 20 units (Models 22 to 140)

Capacity control range 3.9~1214.8~123%

3-phase inductance motor (6-pole)Model (No. of poles)

Rated outputMotor

Powerconsumption

Fuel

Operation data(1)

Compres-sor

Air han-dling equip-ment

Eng

ine

cool

ing

wat

er

- 26 -

(3) Operation chart

(a) Operating characteristic of outdoor unit

Cooling power consumption

Heating power consumption

Cooling running current

Heating running current

Inrush current (MAX.)

Cooling power factor

Heating power factor

1.62

1.18

2.6

1.9

19

90

90

(400 V)

ItemModels GHCP450HMTE4 GHCP560HMTE4

kW

A

A

%

Note (1) This packaged air-conditioner is manufactured and tested in conformity with the following standard.ISO-T1 “UNITARY AIR-CONDITIONERS”

(b) Operating characteristic of indoor unit

Notes (1) This packaged air-conditioner is manufactured and tested in conformity with the following standard.ISO-T1 “UNITARY AIR-CONDITIONERS”

(2) The values shown in the above table are common to both cooling and heating operations.

Item

Models FDR, FDUM Series

FDR, FDUM Series (220 V/240 V)

Power input (kW)

Running current (A)

0.11/0.13

0.51/0.56

0.09/0.11

0.41/0.46

0.14/0.16

0.63/0.67

0.15/0.17

0.68/0.71

0.16/0.19

0.73/0.79

0.24/0.28

1.07/1.17

0.28/0.32

1.28/1.32

22 28, 36 45 56 71 90 112 140

Item

Models FDTS Series

FDTS Series

Power input (kW)

Running current (A)

0.071

0.33/0.36

22 28 36

0.90/0.11

0.43/0.46

45

(220 V/240 V)

0.12/0.15

0.58/0.63

71

Item

Models FDE Series

FDE Series (220 V/240 V)

Power input (kW)

Running current (A)

0.10/0.11

0.43/0.46

0.12/0.15

0.58/0.63

36 45 56 71

0.20/0.24

0.90/0.98

112

0.24/0.29

1.10/1.20

140

Item

Models FDT Series

FDT Series (220 V/240 V)

Power input (kW)

Running current (A)

0.09/0.10

0.40/0.44

0.10/0.12

0.45/0.49

0.10/0.12

0.47/0.50

0.11/0.13

0.50/0.55

0.17/0.20

0.75/0.81

0.21/0.24

0.93/1.02

28 36 45 56 71 90 112 140

Item

Models FDTW Series

FDTW Series (220 V/240 V)

Power input (kW)

Running current (A) 0.43/0.43

0.09/0.10

0.43/0.44

0.10/0.11

0.48/0.50

0.12/0.13

0.57/0.59

0.18/0.20

0.86/0.89

0.20/0.24

0.90/0.98

28 45 56 71 90 112 140

- 27 -

Item

Models FDK Series FDFL, FDFU Series

FDK, FDFL, FDFU Series (220 V/240 V)

Power input (kW)

Running current (A)

0.06/0.07

0.31/0.33

0.05/0.06

0.26/0.28

0.08/0.09

0.36/0.39

0.09/0.11

0.41/0.48

0.09/0.10

0.41/0.42

0.09/0.10

0.40/0.41

0.09/0.10

0.40/0.41

2822 36 45 56 71 28 45, 56 71

Notes (1) This packaged air-conditioner is manufactured and tested in conformity with the following standard.ISO-T1 “UNITARY AIR-CONDITIONERS”

(2) The values shown in the above table are common to both cooling and heating operations.

- 28 -

SystemGHCP450HMTE4 GHCP560HMTE4

Refer to the selection chart.

1 to 20 units

2.2 Range of usage & limitations

Item

Indoor intake air temperature(Upper, lower limits)

Outdoor air temperature(Upper, lower limits)

Single direction piping lenght

Outdoor unit to first branching (main piping)

Indoor unit MAX 100m

MAX 70m

MAX 40m

6 min or more(from stop to stop or from start to start)

3 min or more

Within 10% of rated voltage

MAX 50m

MAX 40m

MAX 15m

Dew point temperature 28 or less, relative humidity 80% or less

Piping length after first division

Number of connected units

Total capacity 22500 to 58500w 28000 to 72800w

When above outdoor unit

When below outdoor unit

Indoor unitsthat can beused incombination

Difference inheight betweenindoor and outdoorunits

Difference in height between indoor units

Indoor unit atmosphere (behind ceiling)temperrature and humidity

1 cycle time

Stop time

Voltage fluctuation

Interval unbalance

Compressorstop/start frequency

NATURAL GAS

1.47~2.45kPa

Specifications

Pressure changeCombustion: Gas

Power sourcevoltage Voltage drop during start

+_

+_

Within 3% of rated voltage +_

Within 15% of rated voltage

Indoor unit

Branch pipe method (using branch pipe)

First branch

Between the outdoor unit and first branch (main piping): Max 70m (actual length)Between the first branch and each indoor unit : Max 40m (each indoor unit) (actual length)

Allowable length of refrigerant piping, Height difference between indoor and outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

50m

40mMax

40mMax

(Max 70m )

15m

Max

(Out

door

uni

t is

low

er :

40m

)

(Lowest indoor unit)

(Highest indoor unit)

- 29 -

Models FDTJ28HKXE2, 36HKXE2, 45HKXE2, 56HKXE2, 71HKXE2, 90HKXE2

2.3 Exterior dimensions

Unit : mm

Decorative Panel

VIEW A

VIEW DVIEW C

VIEW B

Space for installation and service

(1) Indoor unit


Liquid piping28, 36, 45 type: φ6.35(1/4")56, 71, 90 type: φ9.52(3/8")

860~890 (Ceiling hole size)

267

310332

675

(Sus

pens

ion

bolts

pitc

h)

637

422

420

400

780 (Suspension bolts pitch )Fresh airopening for ducting

Exhaust airopening for ducting

Holes forsuspension bolts

Drain hose (Accessories)(Local setting)

Gas piping28, 36, 45 type: φ12.7(1/2")56, 71, 90 type: φ15.88(5/8")

(M10 to M8 ×4pcs.)

B→

D

C

Air inlet grilleAir outlet

630

950

295~325

700

or le

ss(M

ax. D

rain

up)

210

137 187 26

030

45 o

r m

ore

95

Lug forsuspension bolts

Control box

Hole for wiring

Suspension bolts

Drain(Connectable with VP25)

A↑

840

1000

1000

Obstacleor more

or m

ore

55

25

160

33

80

113

140

Holes fortapping screws

4-φ4.0

112

100

60

140

4214

0


6-φ4.0

- 30 -

Models FDTJ112HKXE2, 140HKXE2

Unit : mm

Decorative Panel

VIEW A

VIEW DVIEW C

VIEW B


Liquid pipingφ9.52(3/8")

860~890 (Ceiling hole size)

267

310332

675

(Sus

pens

ion

bolts

pitc

h)

637

422

420

400

780 (Suspension bolts pitch )Fresh airopening for ducting

Exhaust airopening for ducting

Holes forsuspension bolts


Gas pipingφ19.05(3/4")

(M10 to M8 ×4pcs.)

B→

→

A

D

C

Air inlet grilleAir outlet

630

950

295~325

700

or le

ss(M

ax. D

rain

up)

1000

1000

Obstacleor more

or m

ore

55

25

160

33

80

113

140


4-φ4.0

112

100

60

140

4214

0


6-φ4.0

270

137 187

95

320

30

Control box


840

45 o

r m

ore

Lug forsuspension bolts

Hole for wiring

- 31 -

or more or more

169

295~325

100or more

100 or more 15001500

1015

40 90885

468 417

640

9797

44670

50

817

178

200

240

130

828

0

750

or le

ss(M

ax. D

rain

up)

178 460

240

200

130

100

140

2020 74 124

56 56

(Suspension bolts pitch)

(Ceiling hole size)

(Sus

pens

ion

bolts

pitc

h)

Holes fortapping screws8 – φ4

Controlbox

Center ofpanel

Obstruction

Drain hose(Accessories)(Local setting)

Exhaust air opening for ducting(knock out)

230

310

364

405

207

148

227

620 2010

2010

Liquid piping28, 45 tipe : φ6.35(1/4")56 type : φ9.52(3/8")

Drain(VP20)(Natural drainage)

Gas piping28, 45type:φ12.7(1/2")56 type:φ15.88(5/8")

Drain(VP25)(condensatepump drain)

Hole for wiring

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

95

120

278

264

310

916447

98

Holes oftapping screws5 - φ4

Hole

Suspensionfitting

Suspension bolts(M10 × 4 pcs.)

Fresh air opening for ducting(knock out)

VIEW A


1000

or m

ore

680

160

160

360

45 45965

1055

Air inletAir outlet

A

↑

Models FDTWJ28HKXE2B, 45HKXE2B, 56HKXE2B


Hole Hole Hole Hole

Unit : mmDecorative Panel

- 32 -

240

295~325

540590

1260

40 901130

640

9797

44670

50

1054

833

0

100

140

2020 78 128

230

310

364

410

219

148 27

7

620 2010

2010

66 66

200

240

460 382212

200

240

Controlbox

Center ofpanel

(Suspension bolts pitch)

(Ceiling hole size)

(Sus

pens

ion

bolts

pitc

h)

Drain hose(Accesories)(Local setting)

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

95

120

278

264

310

886450

95

VIEW A

Suspensionfitting

Fresh air openingfor ducting(knock out)

Holes oftaping screws5 – φ4

Hole



Drain (VP20)(Natural drainage)


Drain (VP25)(condensatepump drain)

Hole for wiring

or more or more

100or more

100 or more 15001500

Obstruction

1000

or m

ore

750

or le

ss(M

ax. D

rain

up)

Holes fortapping screws8 – φ4


Hole Hole

A

↑


Unit : mm


680

160

160

360

45 451210

1300

Air inletAir outlet

Decorative Panel

- 33 -

1770

32 321706

160

160

360

680

or more or more

100or more

100 or more 15001500

Obstruction

1000

or m

ore

Air inletAir outlet


Decorative Panel

130 95

110

103

50 64

Holes fortappingscrews5-ø4

Gas pipingø19.05(3/4")

Drain(VP25)(condensatepump drain)

Drain(VP20)(Naturaldrainage)

Hole

Suspensionfitting Fresh air opening

for ducting(knock out)


310

278

2641600 (Suspension bolts pitch)

1730 (Ceiling hole size)

40

825

70

50

775

90

Susp

ensi

on b

olts

pitc

h)

446

9797

640

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)Controlbox

Center ofpanel

Drain hose(Accessories)

(Local setting)

66

20 78128 20

612 240

1524

672

66

295~ 325

834

5

255

100

140

Holes fortappingscrews8-ø4


750

or le

ssM

ax. d

rain

up

Hole Hole

240

200

240

200

20 620

410

364

310

230

2010 10

234

163 29

2

Liquid pipingø9.52(3/8")

Hole for wiring

A→

VIEW A


- 34 -

Models FDTSJ22HKXE2B, 28HKXE2B, 36HKXE2B, 45HKXE2B

VIEW A


VIEW B

VIEW C

(c) 1-Way outlet ceiling recessed type (FDTS)

Unit : mm

Decorative Panel


295~325

383

Air inlet grille

Fresh air opening for ducting (knock out)

Fresh air opening for ducting(Knock out) 1230 (Ceiling hole size)

Air outlet

Holes for tapping screws(φ4-6pcs.)

Fresh air opening for ducting (Knock out)

Max

. Dra

in u

p


600

(Sus

pens

ion

bolts

pitc

h)

Panel center

710

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

770

5085

125 920 245

451200

1290

45

30 205 30

115

100

235

165

194

600

or le

ss

10

100 or more

1000

or m

ore 100 or

more 100 ormore

140

70

200

250 150

50

100

290

50

435

180

90

60

25168

85

940

Suspension bolts(M10×4 pcs.)

555

35 45

70

290

45

2540

60

315

285

70

Gas piping φ12.7(1/2")


Drain (VP25)(Condensate pump drain)

Hole for wiring (φ35)

370

215

275

415

30 45 650 15 30

110

105

155


Holes fortapping screws(φ4.0 − 6 pcs.)

7070

140

35

140

60 100

9040

A↓

←C

B→

Obstacle

- 35 -

Model FDTSJ71HKXE2B

Unit : mm

VIEW A


VIEW B

VIEW C

Fresh airopening for ducting(knock out)

Fresh airopening for ducting(knock out)

45 145

383

25168

60

90285

710

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

600 (

Susp

ensio

n bo

lts p

itch)

70

315

2540

Panel center

575675



Drain hose(Accessories)(Local setting)

290

Fresh airopening for ducting

(Knock out)

Fresh airopening for ducting (Knock out)

Holes for tapping screws(φ4-6pcs.)

Holes fortapping screws(φ4-6pcs.)

7070 14

0

45

150250

200

505035

100

100

Suspension bolts (M10×4pcs.)

100

1200 200

295~325

165

194

600

or le

ss10

Max

. Dra

in u

p

←C

←

A

B

↑

7030

2101180

Air outlet

Air inlet grille

30170

110

85

770

50

45 45 451410

1500

290

140

140

70 70

4060

90

100

35

Drain (VP25)

110

(Condensate pump drain)Hole for wiring

(φ35)



155

105

415

650 15 304530

370

275

215

Obstacle

100 ormore 100 or

more

100 ormore

1000

or m

ore

Decorative Panel

- 36 -

Model FDRJ22HKXE2


Unit : mm

VIEW C

VIEW B

VIEW A

Silent Panel (Model: R-PNLS-26W-E)


Max

. Dra

in u

p

295~325

213205

MIN

225

MIN

320

650

or le

ss

80

510M

IN20

6

MIN

156

MIN

81

45

150

750

45 75

460

250

465

635

480

355~

369

405

φ200

150

405

405

40

MIN

95

510

45 75

90φ170

Holes fortapping screws 4-φ4.0

φ170

φ149

45

1040

950

345

750

Drain(VP25)(Natural drainage)

Exhaust airopening for ducting(Knock out)

Fresh airopening for ducting(Knock out)

Hole forwiring(φ35)

Air inlet

Fresh airopening for ducting (Knock out)

Suspension bolts(M10×4pcs.)

Air inlet100 ormore

1000

or mo

re

100 or more

50 or more

Obstacle


284

Control box

Panel center270

275

433


353

137

71 7545

57

45 7054

5(Su

spen

sion b

olts p

itch)

59

69




690(

Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)Supply air duct


C↓

B→

↑A

- 37 -

Model FDRJ22HKXE2

Unit : mm

VIEW C

Canvas Panel (Model: R-PNLC -26W-E)

VIEW B

VIEW A



130

750

345 405

433 353

295~32515

0~30

029

9

274 199 14

9

35

600

or le

ssM

ax. D

rain

up


↑A

B ↓

Canvas duct(Optional parts)

465

480

510

635

405

40

260


250

460

80

70 4519

335

2

90

4554

5 (Su

spen

sion

bolt

pitch

)

525

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

Panel center

Control box


786 (Suspension bolts pitch)9 9

28469

69

Drain hose (Accessories) (Load setting)

Fresh air openingfor ducting (Knock out)




59

71

Supply air duct

405

150

↓

φ170

150

90

Exhaust air opening for ducting(Knock out)

Fresh air opening for ducting(Knock out)

φ170

φ149205 213 Holes for

tapping screws

864

774

Air inlet

Air inlet

45 45

45

345

45 75

585

75

Obstacle

100or more 100

or more 50or more

1000

or m

ore

C

- 38 -


Unit : mm

VIEW C

VIEW B

VIEW A


Models FDRJ28HKXE2, 45HKXE2, 56HKXE2

(Local setting)

Drain hose (Accessories)

284

786 (Suspension bols pitch)

270

275

353433


137

69

59

75

690

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

545

(Sus

pens

ion

bolt

pitc

h)7045

57

panel center

7145

Gas piping28, 45 type: φ12.7 (1/2")56 type: φ15.88 (5/8")


Liquid piping28, 45 type: φ6.35 (1/4")56 type: φ9.52 (3/8")

Supply air duct

Control box

405

150

Fresh airopening for ducting(Knock out)

295~325

650

or le

ss

250M

IN95

480

80 635

510

465

405245

φ200

MIN

225

Max

. Dra

in u

p

MIN

320

355~

369

40

460

185 320

750

MIN

206

MIN

156

MIN

81


Suspension bolts(M10 × 4pcs.)

Hole for wiring(φ35)

φ170

205 213

φ149


90φ170

150

Fresh air openingfor ducting(Knock out) Exhaust air opening for ducting

(Knock out)

7545

4595045

750

7545

510

1040

Air inlet

Air inlet

C↓

↑A

B→

1000

or m

ore 100 or

more100 ormore

50 or more

Obstacle

- 39 -

Canvas Panel (Model: R-PNLC-26W-E)

Unit : mm

VIEW C

VIEW B

VIEW A


Models FDRJ28HKXE2, 45HKXE2, 56HKXE2

Control box

90

45


69

59

71

9 786 (Suspension bolts pitch) 9

545

(Sus

pens

ion

bole

pitc

h)

193

4570

525

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

352

Supply air duct

Panel center

Drain hose (Accessories)

Liquid piping28, 45 type: φ6.35 (1/4")56 type: φ9.52 (3/8")


Gas piping28, 45 type: φ12.7 (1/2")56 type: φ15.88 (5/8")

(Local setting)

284

150

405


295~325

250


46026

0

40

405

465

480

510

63580

149

199

274

299

150~

3

00

600

or le

ss

35

245


320

750

185

φ200

130


Max

. Dra

in u

p

φ170φ170

φ149 Holes for tapping screws4-φ4.0

205 213

90

Exhaust air opening for ducting

150

77445

864

45

45 7534

5

585

7545Air inlet

Air inlet

Fresh airopening for ducting

1000

or m

ore 100 or

more100 ormore

50 or more

Obstacle

(Knock out)

(Knock out)

Suspension bolts(M10 × 4pcs.)

C↓

A↑

B→

353433

- 40 -

VIEW A

VIEW B

VIEW C

Silent Panel (Model: R-PNLS-36W-E) Unit : mm





Panel center

Supply air duct




545 (

Susp

ensio

n bo

lts p

itch)

690

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

Drain hose (Accessories) (Local setting)

533

57

453

Control box

71

4545

7570

137

284

69

59

C↓

275

270

500

150


950

285285165 215

↑A

B→

MIN

225

MIN

320

650

or le

ss


φ200


Max

. Dra

in u

p

295~325

80

MIN

81

MIN

95

MIN

156

MIN

206

355~

369

Holefor wiring(φ35)

460

250 40

405

465

480

510

635

45

Holes fortapping screws(4-φ4.0)

150

φ170

φ170

φ149

90



205 213

Air inlet

Air inlet

1240

1150 45

45 75

45 75

750

510

Obstacle

100or more

100 ormore

50 ormore

1000

or

mor

e

- 41 -

Unit : mm

VIEW C

VIEW A

VIEW B



Liquid piping φ9.52(3/8")

295~32515

0~30

0

1004 (Ceilinghole hole size)

525

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

352

4519

3

99

284

950

165 285 285 215

635

510

480

465

405

250

460

205 213

299

150

274 19

9

260

40149

8035

500

150

69

59

71



(Natural drainage)



Fresh air opening for ducting

Fresh air opening for ducting

(Knock out)

(Knock out)

(Knock out)

B→

90

600

or le

ssM

ax. D

rain

up

130

45

90

70

(M10 × 4pcs.) Suspension bolts

Panel center

Control box

Supply air duct


Drain (VP20)

C↑

↑A

1000100 100 50

or m

ore

or more or more or more

Hole for wiring

(4-φ4)Holes of tapping screwsφ149

φ170 φ170

(φ35)

φ200

1064

97445 45

4545

7575

345

585

Air inlet

Air inlet

545

(Sus

pens

ion

bolts

pitc

h)Canvas Panel (Model: R-PNLC-36W-E)

Canvas duct(Optional Parts)

Obstacle

533 453

- 42 -

Unit : mm

VIEW A

VIEW B

VIEW C


Liquid pipingφ9.52(3/8")φ19.05(3/4")


690

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)295~325

406~

420

1406 (Suspension bolts pitch)Fresh airopening for ducting

Exhaust air opening for dacting

(Natural drainage)


Gas piping

MIN

276

MIN

320

MIN

206

(M10 ×4pcs.)


(Knock out)

(Knock out)

B→

Air inlet

Air inlet

90

650

or le

ss(M

ax. D

rain

up)

Suspension bolts

Control box

Panerl center

Supply air duct Drain(Connectable with VP25)

Drain (VP20)

C↑

↑A

76

Hole for wiring

4-φ4Holes of tapping screws

φ170φ170

φ149

φ200

(I.D. )φ35


205 213

150

45

1660

1570 457545

40

235320320

1370

320175

69

45 70

275

270

495

150

480

405

4657545

58

66374357

137

287

155

750

7545

510

MIN

96

460

635

510

80

545

(Su

spen

sion

bol

ts p

itch)

MIN

156

MIN

81


1000100 100 50

or m

ore


Obstacle

- 43 -

Unit : mm

VIEW A

VIEW B

VIEW C



1000100 100 50

or m

ore


Obstacle


φ19.05(3/4")


525

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

295~325

150~

300

1406 (Suspension bolts pitch)Fresh air opening for ducting


(Natural drainage)


Gas piping

(M10 × 4pcs.)


(Knock out)

(Knock out)

B→

Air inlet

Air inlet

90

600

or le

ssM

ax. D

rain

up

Suspension bolts

Control box

Panel center

Supply air duct


Drain(Connecteble with VP25)

Drain (VP20)

C↑

↑A

71

59

Hole for wiring

(4-φ4)Holes of tapping screws

φ170 φ170

φ149

φ200

(φ35)

Canvas Panel (Model: R-PNLC-46W-E)

205 213

150

45 45

4545 75

75

1484

1394

40

350

310

325 25

020

0

86

130

320320175 320 235

1370

495

284

150

352

193

90 454570

480

405

465

155

345

585

460

635

510

80

69

9 9

545

(Sus

pens

ion

bolts

pitc

h)

743 663

- 44 -



Models FDUMJ36HKXE2, 45HKXE2, 56HKXE2


Unit : mm

VIEW A

VIEW B

Liquid piping36, 45 type: φ6.35(1/4")56 type: φ9.52(3/8")

295~325

750

750

660

620

630

100 11

00

200

170

353559

20020050 200 50

4545

635

510

480

465

405

460

80 30

299

274 19

9

149

40

185 320 245

205 213

284

18 18

80

59

71

4511

813

0

35

472

(Su

spen

sion

bol

ts p

itch)


(Natural drainage)

Gas piping36, 45 type: φ12.7(1/2")56 type: φ15.88(5/8")

(M10×4pcs.)

Fresh air openingfor ducting(Knock out)


A→

90

600

or le

ss

Control box

Suspension bolts

Return air duct

Supply air duct


Drain (VP20)

B↑

Hole for wiring

Inspection space

(4-φ4)

(12-φ4)

Hole of tapping screws

Holes for tapping screws

φ200

φ149

φ170 φ170

Max

.Dra

in u

p

- 45 -



620

100

830

1300

50

35

45

50

860 45

59 3517

0

200

130

165 285

950

285 215

465

510

80 635

480

405

460

35

40

30

149

274

299 19

9

VIEW B

295~325

(Natural drainage)

(M10×4pcs.)

4×200=800

600

or le

ss

Suspension bolts

Return air duct

Drain (VP20) Hole for wiring

Inspection space


φ200

80

18

213205

59

71

95018

4511

8

284

986 (Suspension bolts pitch)Unit : mm

VIEW A


472

(Su

spen

sion

bol

ts p

itch)



Fresh air openingfor ducting

(Knock out) Exhaust air opening for ducting(Knock out)

A→

90

Control box

Supply air duct


B↑

4-φ4

Holes of tapping screwsφ149

φ170 φ170

Max

.Dra

in u

p

- 46 -



1406 (Suspension bolts pitch)Unit : mm

VIEW A

VIEW B


472

(Su

spen

sion

bol

ts p

itch)



6×200=1200

Fresh air openingfor ducting(Knock out)


A→

90

Control box

Return air duct

Supply air duct


B↑

Inspection space

(4-φ4)

Holes of tapping screws


φ149

φ170

φ170

1250

620

150

213205

60

45128045

357024

0

18 1370

4511

8 58

76

80

18

1720

100

3521

0

60

284

295~325

(Natural drainage)

(M10×4pcs.)

600

or le

ss

Suspensionbolts

Drain (VP20)Holes for wiring

φ200

Max

.Dra

in u

p

175

1370

325 25

0

200

40

480

510

63580

465

405

460

350

130

320 320 320 235

30

86

(18-φ4)

- 47 -


Model FDEJ71HKXE2B

Unit : mm



Models FDEJ36HKXE2B, 45HKXE2B, 56HKXE2B

Note (1) The slope of drain piping inside the unit is able to take incline of 10 mm


30 35 3055

290

30940

1000

30

50

15 15

50

150

184

191

7

45

195

605

275 135

185

225

248

46

650

94

20

3530

30

50

184

150

7

191

301200

1260

45

195

605

275 135

94 46

650

185

225

248

55

Holes for suspension bolts(M8 to M10 × 4 pcs. Not included)

Gas piping

Liquid piping

Drain holeconnection (1)

Air outlet

The brackets face interior

The brackets face out

When the unit issuspended beneaththe ceiling

When the unit is halfrecesed a bovethe ceiling

50

15 1244 (Suspension bolts pitch)


15

Drain holeconnection

Air inlet grille

30

20

290

Liquid pipingφ9.52 (3/8")

Gas piping φ15.88(5/8")

10 46

Obstacles

100or more

150or more30

0or

mor

e

5or more

Drain pipingconnection

Air outlet

Holes for suspension bolts(M8 to M10 × 4 pcs. Not included)







The brackets face outWhen the unit is halfrecesed a bovethe ceiling

Gas piping

Liquid piping

Drain holeconnection (1)

Drain pipingconnection10 46

Liquid piping


36, 45 type: φ6.35 (1/4")56 type: φ9.52 (3/8")

Gas piping36, 45 type: φ12.7(1/2")56 type: φ15.88(5/8")

Obstacles

100or more

150or more30

0or

mor

e

5or more

Air inlet grille

- 48 -

Model FDEJ112HKXE2B

Model FDEJ140HKXE2B

Unit : mm

Unit : mm




Note (1) The slope of drain hose inside the unit is able to take incline of 10 mm




Air outlet


30

1260

120030

50 1160 (Suspension bolt pitch) 50

150 23

9

246

7



Gas piping

φ19.05 (3/4")

290

55 30

20

30 35


Air inlet grille

Holes for suspension bolts(M8 to M10 × 4pcs. Not included)

174

66 584

275 135

Liguid piping

Gas piping

94

46

185

650

225

266

Drain hole connection (1)





301470

141030


150 23

9

246

7


Air outlet

55


30

20

Gas pipingφ19.05 (3/4")

290

30 35


Air inlet grille

Holes for suspension bolts(M8 to M10 × 4pcs. Not included)

174

66 584

275 135Liquid piping

Gas piping

Drain hole connection (1)

94

46

185

650

225

266

Drain piping connection(VP20)

10 46

Obstacles

100or more 150 or more30

0or

mor

e

5or more

Drain hose connection(VP20)

10 46

Obstacles

100or more 150 or more30

0or

mor

e

5or more

- 49 -


Model FDKJ56HKXE2

Unit : mm



Unit : mm

Detail of mounting plate


VIEW A (Rear side)

VIEW A (Rear side)

Models FDKJ22HKXE2, 28HKXE2, 36HKXE2, 45HKXE2

950387 130 2338723

37528

059

710

Piping coverGas piping φ 12.7 (1/2")

Liquid piping

55

105

608

712

φ8 × 48 pcs.

Available spacefor rear connection

(Holes on mounting plate)

65

165 155

820

77.5 155 77.5 155 165

65

5038

4510

5560

20 202525

252020

Mounting plate

φ 6.35 (1/4")

Hole on wall forrear connection

Drain hose0.7 m

φ70

65 10

194 4

64

Outlet forelectric wiring

Outlet for piping(On both side)

8

5890

7.7

ormore

ormore

or m

ore

200

200150

←A

65 10

194 4

64



8

5890

7.7

ormore

ormore

or m

ore

200

200150

←A

1148486 130 2348623

37528

059

908


Liquid piping

55

105

608

712

φ8 × 48 pcs.

Available spacefor rear connection

(Holes on mounting plate)

65

144 155

1018

197.5 155 197.5 155 144

65

5038

4510

55260

20 202525

252020

Mounting plate

φ 9.52 (3/8")

Hole on wall forrear connection

Drain hose0.7 m

φ70

- 50 -

Model FDKJ71HKXE2


Models FDFLJ28HKXE2, 45HKXE2, 71HKXE2

195

630 25

022

0

225

197

80

205 205180 23

10 126

166

177

93148

223

184

234 31

5

223

195 806(1091)

197

22532

98

Slotted hole forwall mounting4-12×24

Floor fixing metal brakcet (Accessory)10×30 long hole

Drain pipingFlexible tubePT20A female screw

Gas piping (Accessory)28,45 type:φ12.7(1/2")71 type:φ15.88(5/8")

Liquid piping28,45 type:φ6.35(1/4")71 type:φ9.52(3/8")

Floor piping space

Expansion valve box

Level adjusting screw(Accessory)

Remote-controllermounting part

Control box

Air filter

Note (1) Value in ( ) indicates 71 type

Unit : mm

Unit : mm




VIEW A (Rear side)

1436387 130 23387 48623

37528

059

1196


Liquid piping

55

105

608

712

φ8 × 48 pcs.

Available space for rear connection

(Holes on mountingplate)

65

108 1551306

377.5 155 377.5 155 108

65

5038

4510

55550

20 202525

252020Mounting plate

φ 15.88(5/8")

Hole on wall forrear connection Drain hose

0.7 mφ70

65 10

194 4

64



8

5890

7.7

ormore

ormore

or m

ore

200

200150

←A

786

1196(1481)

(1071)

750(1035)

Floor

1000

or

mor

e

600ormore

600or more

150

orm

ore

150

or m

ore

- 51 -

126

45167

110

100

166

786(1071)

Slotted hole forwall mounting4-12 x 24

3298

806(1091)

Floor fixing metal braket(Accessory)

10 x 30 long hole

A

B

Level adjustingscrew(Accessory)

630

2022

025

0

110105225

197

Peri cover

600

1000

Peri cover

600

100100

Control box

315

722(1007)

184

234

810(1095)

80

30 750(1035)

Drain piping Flexible tubePT20A female screw

Expansion valve box

Air filter

Gas piping (Accessory)28,45type : ø12.7(1/2")56,71type : ø15.88(5/8")

Liquid piping28,45type : ø6.35(1/4")56,71type : ø9.52(3/8")


Models FDFUJ28HKXE2, 45HKXE2, 56HKXE2, 71HKXE2


Unit : mmNote (1) Value in ( ) indicates 71 type

- 52 -

(2) Remote controller (Optional parts)

16

Remote controller mounting dimensions

477

Standard Within 0.3 mm2 × Within 100 m0.5 mm2 × Within 200 m0.75 mm2 × Within 300 m1.25 mm2 × Within 400 m2 mm2 × Within 600 m

Allowable rang of wire thickness and length

Notes (1) Allowable length of remote controllercable: 600 m

0.3mm2, 3cores (O.D.φ5.6)

LCD display

120

Wall

Wire (Recessed)

Electrical box (Locally Purchased)

89

83

.5

17

12

0

Remote controller outline

For the passage after wiring

120

6046

- 53 -

(3) Outdoor unitModels GHCP450HMTE4, 560HMTE4

- 54 -

2.4 Exterior appearance(1) Indoor unit


Decorative panel


Decorative panel

(i) Standard type

(ii) Attachment of ceiling material type

Panel part No. Type Panel color Applicable model

TW-PSA-22W-E

TW-PSA-32W-E

TW-PSA-42W-E

With Auto swing Pearl whiteFDTW28, 45, 56 type

FDTW71, 90 type

FDTW112, 140 type


TW-PSB-28W-E

TW-PSB-38W-E

TW-PSB-48W-E

With Auto swing Misty white

FDTW28, 45, 56 type

FDTW71, 90 type

FDTW112, 140 type

Air inlet

Pearl white

Air outlet

- 55 -


Decorative panel


Silent panel type Canvas-duct panel type

(e) Satellite ducted type (FDUM) .......................................... Zinc steel plate



TS-PSA-26W-E

TS-PSA-36W-EWith Auto swing Ceramic white

FDTS22, 28, 36, 45 type

FDTS71 type

Panel

Ceramic whiteAir inlet grille

Ceramic white

Ceramic white

Ceramic white

(Front panel)

Gray

(Vertical fins)Ceramic white

(Front panel)Ceramic white

(Side panel)

Gray

(Frame)Ceramic white

(Air inlet louver)

Ceramic white

- 56 -



(i) Floor standing hidden type (FDFU) ........................ Zinc steel plate

(2) Outdoor unitModels GHCP450HMTE4, 560HMTE4

1 Side plate

2 Front panel

3 Inlet grill

4 Outlet grill

5 Bottom plate

6 Right and Leftlouvers

No. Parts name Color

Ceramic white

Light gray

Dark gray

(Outlet grill)

Ceramic white

(Body)

Black

(Bottom plate)

1

23

1

4 6 5

Polar white

- 57 -

2.5 Inside viewModels GHCP450HMTE4, 560HMTE4

Fan motor Intake port Fan Exhaust port

Exhaust muffler

Oil filter

Starter motorCompressor

Air cleaner

Front view Right side view

Rear view Left side View

Water pump

Control unit

Service valve (Gas)

Service valve (Liquid)

Reserve tank

Oil sub-tank 1Engine oil filler port Oil sub-tank 2

Regulator

Coolant air bleeder valve

Gas solenoid valveCombustion gassupply port

Expansion valve

Accumulator AccumulatorOil separator

Receiver 4-wayvalve

- 58 -

SV7

SV8

SV1

SV4

SV3

SV2

63H

1

63L

Flow

-vol

ume

cont

rol v

alve

Flow

-vol

ume

cont

rol v

alve

Wat

er h

eat-

exch

ange

r ou

tlet's

re

frig

eran

t th

erm

isto

r

Tem

pera

ture

-typ

e ex

pans

ion

valv

e

Four

-way

val

ve

Cap

acity

con

trol

Dis

char

ge-p

ipe

ther

mis

tor

Discharge-pipe thermistor

Serv

ice

valv

e (l

iqui

d)

Serv

ice

valv

e (

gas)

Indo

or u

nit

Com

pres

sor

HP

sens

or

Con

stan

t-pre

ssur

e ty

pe e

xpan

sion

val

ve

Air

heat

ex

chan

gers

Rad

iato

rsPl

ate-

type

he

at e

xcha

nges

Coo

ling-

wat

er

pum

p Exh

aust

-gas

he

at e

xcha

nger

Gas

eng

ine

Gas

val

ves

Gas

plu

gG

as p

lug

Gas

con

nect

ion

port

Reg

ulat

or

Eng

ine

wat

er c

ircu

itR

efri

gera

nt c

ircu

it

Reserve tank

Oil separator

Accumulator

Accumulator

Receiver

M

M

Coo

ling-

wat

er

ther

mis

tor

Det

aile

d d

raw

ing

of

ind

oo

r u

nit

sec

tio

n

Cap

illar

y tu

be

Che

ck v

alve

Stra

iner

Exp

ansi

on v

alve

Coo

ling

cycl

e

Hea

ting

cycl

e

2.6 Piping systemModels GHCP450HMTE4, 560HMTE4

- 59 -

SV7

SV8

SV1SV4

SV3

SV2

63H1

63L

Flow-volume control valve

Constant-pressure type expansion valve

Temperature-type expansion valve

Plate-type heat exchanges

Water heat-exchanger outlet's refrigerant thermistor

Flow-volume control valve

HP sensor

Capacity control

Service valve (liquid)

Service valve (gas)

Indoor unit

Four-way valve

Air heat exchangersRadiators

Exhaust-gas heat exchanger

Gas engine CompressorGas

valvesGasplug

Gasplug

Regulator

Engine water circuit Refrigerant circuit

Gas connection port

Cooling-water pump

Cooling-water thermistor

Reserve tank

Oil

separator

Accum

ulator

Accum

ulator

Receiver

M

M

Discharge-pipe thermistor

2.7 Coolant, Fuel – Intake/Exhaust gas system diagramModels GHCP450HMTE4, 560HMTE4Cooling water: ······················ The engine's cooling water returns heat both from the gas engine itself and from the exhaust gas. When

the temperature of this cooling water is higher than the flow-volume control valve's temperature setting,delivery to the engine is commenced. When the temperature is high, cooling is performed using theoutdoor air which is delivered to the outdoor unit's radiator (integrated with the compressor). Thecooling water which has been cooled in this way is returned once again to the gas engine, where itrepeats the same cycle. Cooling water which has risen to a high temperature during heating operation isused for refrigerant heating.

Fuel ······································ The fuel gas passes through the gas solenoid valve, flows to the gas mixer which is maintained at therequired pressure by the zero governor, and is then supplied to the gas engine.

Intake air and exhaust gas ···· The intake air enters the mixer via the intake air box and the air cleaner, it is mixed with the fuel, and thismixture enters the engine cylinder. The resulting exhaust gas gives up its heat in the exhaust-gas heatexchanger and is then discharged via the muffler.

- 60 -

Intake and Exhaust System Diagram

Gas engine

Mark Parts name Parts name Parts name1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Intake-air duct (1)

Intake-air hose

Intake-air chamber

Intake-air duct (2)

Air cleaner

Intake-air hose

Mixer

Mark8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Exhaust-gas pipe

Exhaust-gas heat exchanger

Exhaust-gas hose

Muffler

Exhaust-gas hose

Exhaust-gas top

Exhaust-gas drain hose (1)

Mark15

16

17

18

19

20

21



Exhaust-gas drain pipe


Exhaust-gas drain filter


Hose (1)

Meaning of marks

- 61 -

2.8 Selection chart

Indoor unit

Each indoor unit = System performance ×

(a) Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures

Outdoor unit

System performance =

(1) Correct the cooling and heating capacity in accordance with the conditions as follows.The net cooling and heating capacity can

be, obtained in the following way.

Indoor unit capacityIndoor unit capacity when operating simultaneously.

Note (1) Refer to page 61 and 62 for the correction coefficient.

Performance from connected capacity × correction coefficient from indoor and out-door temperature conditions × (correction coefficient from piping distance − correc-tion coefficient from mounting height difference between outdoor and indoor units)

(b) Correction of cooling and heating capacity in relation to one way length of refrigerant piping.

Note (1) Equivalent piping length can be obtained by calculating as follows. Equivalent piping length = Real gas piping length + Number of bends in gas piping × Equivalent piping length of bends.

Equivalent length of each joint

7.5

1.0

1.0

10

0.995

1.0

15

0.98

1.0

20

0.97

1.0

25

0.955

1.0

30

0.945

1.0

35

0.93

0.995

40

0.92

0.995

45

0.905

0.99

50

0.895

0.99

Equivalent piping length [m]

Cooling

Heating

(1)

55

0.88

0.985

60

0.87

0.985

65

0.855

0.98

70

0.845

0.98

75

0.83

0.975

80

0.82

0.975

85

0.805

0.97

90

0.795

0.97

95

0.78

0.965

100

0.77

0.965


Cooling

Heating

105

0.75

0.96

110

0.745

0.96

115

0.73

0.955

120

0.72

0.955

125

0.705

0.95


Cooling

Heating

Gas piping size

Joint (90˚elbow) φ12.7

0.10

φ15.88

0.10

φ19.05

0.15

φ25.4

0.15

φ28.58

0.20

φ31.8

0.25

φ34.92

0.28

φ38.1

0.30

Unit : m/one part

Outdoor air W.B. temperature (°CWB)

Co

effi

cien

t o

f co

olin

g &

Hea

tin

g c

apac

ity

inre

lati

on

to

tem

per

atu

re

-10 -5 0 5 10 15

18.5

ISO-T1

-15

2527

201510

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3

0.8

0.9

0.6

0.7

20

0-5

2530354043

14 16 18 20 22

2624

26242220

ISO-T1

Cooling

Heating

Applicable range

Indoor air W.B. temperature (°CWB)

Co

olin

g o

per

atio

nH

eati

ng

op

erat

ion

Ou

tdo

or

air

D.B

.te

mp

erat

ure

°CD

.B

Ind

oo

r ai

r D

.B.

tem

per

atu

re°C

D.B

- 62 -

(2) Correction of outdoor unit capacity according to capacity of indoor unit to be operated simultaneously

(c) When the outdoor unit is located at a lower height than the indoor unit in cooling operation and when the outdoor unit is located at a higher height than the indoor unit in heating operation, the following

values should be subtracvted from the values in the above table.

Height difference between the indoor unit andoutdoor unit in the vertical height differenceAdjustment coefficient

15 m

0.03

10 m

0.02

5 m

0.01

20 m

0.04

25 m

0.05

30 m

0.06

Height difference between the indoor unit andoutdoor unit in the vertical height differenceAdjustment coefficient

45 m

0.09

40 m

0.08

35 m

0.07

50 m

0.10

Heating (MIN)

60

5553.0

50

45.0

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

[Rated capacity]

[Rated capacity]

2236 100 200 220 300 400 450 500 585

Heating (MAX)

Cooling (MIN)

Cooling (MAX)

Capacity

[kW]

(Rating)

Total capacity of indoor units operating simultaneously

GHCP450HMTE4

- 63 -

Capacity Correction Calculations (The procedure for both cooling and heating is the same.)

Corrction whencooling?

Performance correction of indoor unit = System performance

[Example] FDTJ56HKXE2

38.3 = 4.74kW

Indoor unit capacityTotal capacity of indoor units

operating simultaneously

Performance correction of indoor unit

Performance of indoor unitFDTJ56HKXE2 .................. 4.74kW (Actual performance)FDTJ71HKXE2 .................. 6.01kW (Actual performance)FDTWJ112HKXE2B .......... 9.49kW (Actual performance)

Outdoor unit performance correction

Example Conditions • Unit Outdoor unit GHCP450HMTE4 1 unitIndoor unit FDTJ56HKXE2 - 1 unit

FDTJ71HKXE2 - 4 unitGHTWJ112HKXE2B - 4 unit

• Piping length (Shall be common among units) .......... 60 m (suitable length)• Difference in height between indoor and ........... 15 m outdoor units (Outdoor unit is lower)• Air conditions .......... Outdoor air temperature 33˚CDB

Indoor temperature 26˚CDB 19 ˚CWB

56452

1 Total connection capacity from indoor unit ... 56 +714 unit + 112 = 452= 45kW (Obtain from table on previous page.)

2 Performance correction from indoor and outdoor temperatures45 1.02 = 45.9kW

3 Performance correction from piping length and difference in height between indoor and outdoor units 45.9 (0.865 - 0.03) = 38.3kW (Actual performance)

. .

. .

. .

. .

[Rated capacity]

[Rated capacity]

22

5

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

56.0

80

75

70

67.065

60

36 100 200 280 300 400 560 600500 700 730

Heating (MAX)

Heating (MIN)

Cooling (MIN)

Cooling (MAX)Capacity

[kW]

(Rating)

Total capacity of indoor units operating simultaneously

- 64 -

50

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

100 130

Indoor unit operating capacity (%)

Gas

-co

nsu

mp

tio

n c

orr

ecti

on

co

effi

cien

tHeating Cooling

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

434035302520

0– 5

26 24 22

18 16 14

20 18 16

14

JISIndoor-air wet-bulb temperature (°CWB)

Gas

-co

nsu

mp

tio

n c

orr

ecti

on

co

effi

cien

t

Out

door

-air

dry

-bul

b te

mpe

ratu

re

(˚CDB)

Cooling operation

Heating operation

Gas

-co

nsu

mp

tio

n c

orr

ecti

on

co

effi

cien

t

Ind

oo

r-ai

r d

ry-b

ulb

te

mp

erat

ure

(˚CDB) Outdoor-air wet-bulb temperature (°CWB)

-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

18.52725201510

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3

0.8

0.9

0.6

0.7

JIS

(3) Gas consumption correction coefficient

(a) Gas consumption correction coefficient by indoor unit operating capacity.

(b) Gas-consumption correction coefficient by air-conditioner condition

- 65 -

(4) Sensible heat capacity

(a) FDT Series

Model FDTJ28HKXE2

12

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

Indoor air temperature

17.0°CWB

TC

2.89

2.83

2.76

2.68

2.60

2.53

2.46

SHC

2.58

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

2.40

18.0°CWB

TC

2.98

2.91

2.85

2.77

2.70

2.63

2.56

SHC

2.60

2.57

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

19.0°CWB

TC

3.05

2.99

2.92

2.86

2.80

2.72

2.64

SHC

2.61

2.59

2.56

2.54

2.52

2.49

2.46

20.0°CWB

TC

3.13

3.07

3.01

2.95

2.88

2.81

2.74

SHC

2.63

2.61

2.58

2.56

2.54

2.51

2.49

21.0°CWB

TC

3.21

3.15

3.09

3.02

2.95

2.89

2.83

SHC

2.64

2.62

2.60

2.58

2.55

2.53

2.51

22.0°CWB

TC

3.28

3.22

3.16

3.10

3.04

2.98

2.91

SHC

2.6

2.6

2.6

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDTJ36HKXE2

12

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC SHC

18.0°CWB

TC SHC

19.0°CWB

TC SHC

20.0°CWB

TC SHC

21.0°CWB

TC SHC

22.0°CWB

TC SHC

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDTJ45HKXE2

15

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39



17.0°CWB

TC

4.65

4.55

4.44

4.31

4.19

4.07

3.95

SHC

3.99

3.95

3.90

3.85

3.80

3.75

3.71

18.0°CWB

TC

4.78

4.68

4.58

4.46

4.34

4.23

4.11

SHC

4.02

3.98

3.94

3.89

3.85

3.80

3.76

19.0°CWB

TC

4.91

4.80

4.70

4.60

4.50

4.37

4.25

SHC

4.05

4.01

3.97

3.93

3.89

3.84

3.80

20.0°CWB

TC

5.03

4.93

4.83

4.73

4.64

4.52

4.40

SHC

4.07

4.03

3.99

3.96

3.92

3.88

3.84

21.0°CWB

TC

5.15

5.06

4.96

4.86

4.75

4.65

4.55

SHC

4.09

4.05

4.02

3.98

3.94

3.91

3.87

22.0°CWB

TC

5.27

5.18

5.08

4.98

4.88

4.78

4.68

SHC

4.1

4.0

4.0

4.0

3.9

3.9

3.9

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDTJ56HKXE2

15

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

17.0°CWB

TC

5.78

5.66

5.52

5.36

5.21

5.06

4.92

SHC

4.48

4.43

4.36

4.30

4.23

4.17

4.10

18.0°CWB

TC

5.95

5.83

5.70

5.55

5.40

5.26

5.11

SHC

4.51

4.46

4.40

4.34

4.28

4.22

4.16

3.22

3.19

3.15

3.11

3.08

3.04

3.00

19.0°CWB

TC

6.11

5.98

5.85

5.72

5.60

5.44

5.29

SHC

4.53

4.47

4.42

4.37

4.32

4.26

4.19

20.0°CWB

TC

6.26

6.14

6.01

5.89

5.77

5.62

5.48

SHC

4.54

4.49

4.44

4.40

4.35

4.29

4.24

21.0°CWB

TC

6.41

6.30

6.18

6.04

5.91

5.78

5.66

SHC

4.55

4.51

4.46

4.41

4.36

4.32

4.27

22.0°CWB

TC

6.55

6.44

6.32

6.20

6.08

5.95

5.83

SHC

4.5

4.5

4.4

4.4

4.3

4.3

4.2

Air flow

(m3/min)

3.72

3.64

3.55

3.45

3.35

3.25

3.16

3.19

3.16

3.12

3.08

3.04

3.00

2.96

3.83

3.75

3.66

3.57

3.47

3.38

3.29

3.93

3.84

3.76

3.68

3.60

3.50

3.40

3.24

3.20

3.17

3.14

3.11

3.07

3.04

4.02

3.95

3.87

3.79

3.71

3.61

3.52

3.25

3.22

3.20

3.17

3.14

3.10

3.07

4.12

4.05

3.97

3.88

3.80

3.72

3.64

3.27

3.24

3.21

3.18

3.15

3.13

3.10

4.21

4.14

4.06

3.99

3.91

3.83

3.75

3.2

3.2

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

3.1

Note (1) Symbols are as follows :

TC : Total cooling capacity (kW)

SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)

- 66 -

Model FDTJ71KHXE2

16

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

7.33

7.18

7.00

6.80

6.60

6.42

6.23

SHC

5.31

5.24

5.15

5.06

4.97

4.89

4.81

18.0°CWB

TC

7.55

7.39

7.22

7.04

6.85

6.67

6.48

SHC

5.34

5.27

5.19

5.11

5.03

4.95

4.87

19.0°CWB

TC

7.75

7.58

7.41

7.26

7.10

6.90

6.70

SHC

5.35

5.28

5.21

5.14

5.07

4.99

4.91

20.0°CWB

TC

7.94

7.78

7.63

7.47

7.31

7.13

6.94

SHC

5.36

5.29

5.23

5.16

5.10

5.02

4.95

21.0°CWB

TC

8.13

7.99

7.83

7.66

7.49

7.33

7.16

SHC

5.36

5.30

5.24

5.17

5.11

5.04

4.98

22.0°CWB

TC

8.31

8.17

8.02

7.86

7.70

7.55

7.39

SHC

5.3

5.3

5.2

5.1

5.1

5.0

5.0

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDTJ90HKXE2

21

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

9.30

9.10

8.87

8.62

8.37

8.14

7.90

SHC

6.82

6.72

6.62

6.51

6.39

6.29

6.19

18.0°CWB

TC

9.57

9.37

9.15

8.92

8.69

8.45

8.22

SHC

6.85

6.76

6.67

6.56

6.46

6.36

6.26

19.0°CWB

TC

9.82

9.60

9.40

9.20

9.00

8.75

8.50

SHC

6.87

6.78

6.69

6.61

6.52

6.42

6.31

20.0°CWB

TC

10.06

9.86

9.67

9.47

9.27

9.04

8.80

SHC

6.88

6.80

6.72

6.64

6.56

6.46

6.37

21.0°CWB

TC

10.31

10.13

9.93

9.71

9.50

9.30

9.10

SHC

6.89

6.82

6.74

6.65

6.57

6.49

6.42

22.0°CWB

TC

10.53

10.35

10.16

9.96

9.77

9.57

9.37

SHC

6.8

6.8

6.7

6.6

6.5

6.5

6.4

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDTJ112HKXE2

28

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

11.57

11.32

11.04

10.73

10.42

10.12

9.83

SHC

8.71

8.60

8.47

8.33

8.20

8.07

7.94

18.0°CWB

TC

11.91

11.66

11.39

11.10

10.81

10.52

10.23

SHC

8.76

8.65

8.54

8.41

8.29

8.16

8.04

19.0°CWB

TC

12.22

11.95

11.69

11.45

11.20

10.89

10.57

SHC

8.79

8.68

8.57

8.47

8.37

8.24

8.11

20.0°CWB

TC

12.52

12.28

12.03

11.78

11.54

11.24

10.95

SHC

8.81

8.71

8.61

8.51

8.42

8.30

8.19

21.0°CWB

TC

12.82

12.60

12.35

12.08

11.82

11.57

11.32

SHC

8.82

8.74

8.64

8.54

8.44

8.34

8.25

22.0°CWB

TC

13.10

12.88

12.64

12.40

12.15

11.91

11.66

SHC

8.8

8.7

8.6

8.5

8.4

8.3

8.2

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDTJ140HKXE2

30

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

14.46

14.15

13.80

13.41

13.02

12.66

12.29

SHC

10.29

10.15

9.98

9.80

9.62

9.45

9.28

18.0°CWB

TC

14.88

14.57

14.24

13.87

13.51

13.15

12.78

SHC

10.34

10.20

10.04

9.88

9.72

9.55

9.40

19.0°CWB

TC

15.27

14.94

14.62

14.31

14.00

13.61

13.22

SHC

10.36

10.21

10.07

9.94

9.81

9.64

9.47

20.0°CWB

TC

15.65

15.34

15.04

14.73

14.42

14.06

13.69

SHC

10.37

10.24

10.11

9.98

9.85

9.70

9.55

21.0°CWB

TC

16.03

15.75

15.44

15.11

14.77

14.46

14.15

SHC

10.37

10.26

10.13

10.00

9.86

9.74

9.62

22.0°CWB

TC

16.38

16.10

15.81

15.50

15.19

14.88

14.57

SHC

10.3

10.2

10.1

10.0

9.8

9.7

9.6

Air flow

(m3/min)




- 67 -




(b) FDTS Series

Model FDTSJ22HKXE2B

11

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

2.27

2.22

2.17

2.11

2.05

1.99

1.93

SHC

2.04

2.02

2.00

1.98

1.95

1.93

1.91

18.0°CWB

TC

2.34

2.29

2.24

2.18

2.12

2.07

2.01

SHC

2.06

2.04

2.02

2.00

1.98

1.95

1.93

19.0°CWB

TC

2.40

2.35

2.30

2.25

2.20

2.14

2.08

SHC

2.08

2.06

2.04

2.02

2.00

1.98

1.95

20.0°CWB

TC

2.46

2.41

2.36

2.31

2.27

2.21

2.15

SHC

2.09

2.07

2.05

2.03

2.02

2.00

1.98

21.0°CWB

TC

2.52

2.48

2.43

2.37

2.32

2.27

2.22

SHC

2.10

2.08

2.07

2.05

2.03

2.01

2.00

22.0°CWB

TC

2.57

2.53

2.48

2.44

2.39

2.34

2.29

SHC

2.11

2.09

2.08

2.06

2.04

2.03

2.01

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDTSJ28HKXE2B

12

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

2.90

2.83

2.77

2.69

2.60

2.54

2.45

SHC

2.58

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

2.40

18.0°CWB

TC

2.98

2.92

2.85

2.78

2.72

2.63

2.55

SHC

2.60

2.57

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

19.0°CWB

TC

3.06

3.00

2.93

2.87

2.80

2.73

2.65

SHC

2.62

2.59

2.57

2.54

2.52

2.49

2.46

20.0°CWB

TC

3.12

3.07

3.02

2.95

2.88

2.82

2.75

SHC

2.63

2.61

2.59

2.56

2.54

2.52

2.49

21.0°CWB

TC

3.21

3.14

3.09

3.04

2.97

2.90

2.83

SHC

2.64

2.62

2.60

2.58

2.56

2.54

2.51

22.0°CWB

TC

3.29

3.23

3.16

3.10

3.05

2.98

2.92

SHC

2.66

2.64

2.61

2.59

2.58

2.55

2.53

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDTSJ36HKXE2B

12

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

3.73

3.64

3.56

3.46

3.35

3.26

3.15

SHC

3.20

3.16

3.13

3.09

3.04

3.01

2.96

18.0°CWB

TC

3.84

3.75

3.66

3.58

3.49

3.38

3.28

SHC

3.22

3.19

3.15

3.12

3.08

3.04

3.00

19.0°CWB

TC

3.94

3.86

3.77

3.69

3.60

3.51

3.41

SHC

3.24

3.21

3.18

3.15

3.11

3.08

3.04

20.0°CWB

TC

4.02

3.95

3.88

3.79

3.71

3.62

3.54

SHC

3.25

3.23

3.20

3.17

3.14

3.11

3.07

21.0°CWB

TC

4.13

4.04

3.97

3.90

3.82

3.73

3.64

SHC

3.27

3.24

3.21

3.19

3.16

3.13

3.10

22.0°CWB

TC

4.23

4.15

4.06

3.98

3.92

3.84

3.75

SHC

3.28

3.26

3.23

3.20

3.18

3.15

3.12

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDTSJ45HKXE2B

14

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

4.66

4.55

4.45

4.33

4.19

4.08

3.94

SHC

3.86

3.82

3.77

3.72

3.66

3.62

3.56

18.0°CWB

TC

4.80

4.69

4.58

4.47

4.37

4.22

4.10

SHC

3.89

3.85

3.80

3.76

3.71

3.66

3.61

19.0°CWB

TC

4.92

4.82

4.72

4.61

4.50

4.39

4.26

SHC

3.91

3.87

3.83

3.79

3.75

3.70

3.65

20.0°CWB

TC

5.02

4.94

4.85

4.74

4.64

4.53

4.42

SHC

3.92

3.89

3.85

3.81

3.77

3.73

3.69

21.0°CWB

TC

5.16

5.05

4.96

4.88

4.77

4.66

4.55

SHC

3.94

3.90

3.87

3.84

3.80

3.76

3.72

22.0°CWB

TC

5.28

5.18

5.08

4.98

4.91

4.80

4.69

SHC

3.95

3.92

3.88

3.85

3.82

3.78

3.75

Air flow

(m3/min)

- 68 -

Model FDTSJ71HKXE2B

18

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

7.36

7.19

7.01

6.83

6.60

6.43

6.22

SHC

5.56

5.49

5.41

5.33

5.23

5.15

5.06

18.0°CWB

TC

7.57

7.40

7.23

7.06

6.89

6.66

6.48

SHC

5.59

5.52

5.45

5.37

5.30

5.21

5.13

19.0°CWB

TC

7.77

7.61

7.44

7.27

7.10

6.93

6.72

SHC

5.61

5.55

5.48

5.41

5.34

5.27

5.18

20.0°CWB

TC

7.92

7.80

7.65

7.48

7.31

7.14

6.97

SHC

5.61

5.56

5.50

5.44

5.37

5.30

5.24

21.0°CWB

TC

8.14

7.97

7.82

7.70

7.53

7.36

7.19

SHC

5.63

5.57

5.51

5.46

5.40

5.33

5.27

22.0°CWB

TC

8.34

8.18

8.01

7.85

7.74

7.57

7.40

SHC

5.64

5.58

5.52

5.46

5.42

5.36

5.30

Air flow

(m3/min)




(c) FDR Series

Model FDRJ22HKXE2

10

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

2.28

2.23

2.17

2.12

2.05

1.99

1.93

SHC

2.05

2.02

2.00

1.98

1.95

1.93

1.90

18.0°CWB

TC

2.35

2.29

2.24

2.19

2.13

2.06

2.01

SHC

2.06

2.04

2.02

2.00

1.98

1.95

1.93

19.0°CWB

TC

2.41

2.36

2.31

2.25

2.20

2.15

2.08

SHC

2.08

2.06

2.04

2.02

2.00

1.98

1.96

20.0°CWB

TC

2.46

2.42

2.37

2.32

2.27

2.21

2.16

SHC

2.09

2.07

2.06

2.04

2.02

2.00

1.98

21.0°CWB

TC

2.52

2.47

2.42

2.38

2.33

2.28

2.23

SHC

2.10

2.08

2.06

2.05

2.03

2.01

2.00

22.0°CWB

TC

2.58

2.53

2.48

2.43

2.40

2.35

2.29

SHC

2.11

2.09

2.08

2.06

2.05

2.03

2.01

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDRJ28HKXE2

12

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

2.90

2.83

2.77

2.69

2.60

2.54

2.45

SHC

2.58

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

2.40

18.0°CWB

TC

2.98

2.92

2.85

2.78

2.72

2.63

2.55

SHC

2.60

2.57

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

19.0°CWB

TC

3.06

3.00

2.93

2.87

2.80

2.73

2.65

SHC

2.62

2.59

2.57

2.54

2.52

2.49

2.46

20.0°CWB

TC

3.12

3.07

3.02

2.95

2.88

2.82

2.75

SHC

2.63

2.61

2.59

2.56

2.54

2.52

2.49

21.0°CWB

TC

3.21

3.14

3.09

3.04

2.97

2.90

2.83

SHC

2.64

2.62

2.60

2.58

2.56

2.54

2.51

22.0°CWB

TC

3.29

3.23

3.16

3.10

3.05

2.98

2.92

SHC

2.66

2.64

2.61

2.59

2.58

2.55

2.53

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDRJ45HKXE2

14

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

4.66

4.55

4.45

4.33

4.19

4.08

3.94

SHC

3.86

3.82

3.77

3.72

3.66

3.62

3.56

18.0°CWB

TC

4.80

4.69

4.58

4.47

4.37

4.22

4.10

SHC

3.89

3.85

3.80

3.76

3.71

3.66

3.61

19.0°CWB

TC

4.92

4.82

4.72

4.61

4.50

4.39

4.26

SHC

3.91

3.87

3.83

3.79

3.75

3.70

3.65

20.0°CWB

TC

5.02

4.94

4.85

4.74

4.64

4.53

4.42

SHC

3.92

3.89

3.85

3.81

3.77

3.73

3.69

21.0°CWB

TC

5.16

5.05

4.96

4.88

4.77

4.66

4.55

SHC

3.94

3.90

3.87

3.84

3.80

3.76

3.72

22.0°CWB

TC

5.28

5.18

5.08

4.98

4.91

4.80

4.69

SHC

3.95

3.92

3.88

3.85

3.82

3.78

3.75

Air flow

(m3/min)

- 69 -

Model FDRJ56HKXE2

14

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

5.80

5.67

5.53

5.39

5.21

5.07

4.91

SHC

4.36

4.30

4.24

4.18

4.10

4.04

3.97

18.0°CWB

TC

5.97

5.84

5.70

5.57

5.43

5.25

5.11

SHC

4.39

4.33

4.27

4.21

4.16

4.08

4.02

19.0°CWB

TC

6.13

6.00

5.87

5.73

5.60

5.47

5.30

SHC

4.40

4.35

4.29

4.24

4.18

4.13

4.06

20.0°CWB

TC

6.25

6.15

6.04

5.90

5.77

5.63

5.50

SHC

4.40

4.36

4.32

4.26

4.21

4.16

4.10

21.0°CWB

TC

6.42

6.28

6.17

6.07

5.94

5.80

5.67

SHC

4.41

4.36

4.32

4.28

4.23

4.18

4.13

22.0°CWB

TC

6.57

6.45

6.32

6.19

6.10

5.97

5.84

SHC

4.42

4.37

4.32

4.28

4.25

4.20

4.15

Air flow

(m3/min)




Model FDRJ71HKXE2

18

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

7.36

7.19

7.01

6.83

6.60

6.43

6.22

SHC

5.56

5.49

5.41

5.33

5.23

5.15

5.06

18.0°CWB

TC

7.57

7.40

7.23

7.06

6.89

6.66

6.48

SHC

5.59

5.52

5.45

5.37

5.30

5.21

5.13

19.0°CWB

TC

7.77

7.61

7.44

7.27

7.10

6.93

6.72

SHC

5.61

5.55

5.48

5.41

5.34

5.27

5.18

20.0°CWB

TC

7.92

7.80

7.65

7.48

7.31

7.14

6.97

SHC

5.61

5.56

5.50

5.44

5.37

5.30

5.24

21.0°CWB

TC

8.14

7.97

7.82

7.70

7.53

7.36

7.19

SHC

5.63

5.57

5.51

5.46

5.40

5.33

5.27

22.0°CWB

TC

8.34

8.18

8.01

7.85

7.74

7.57

7.40

SHC

5.64

5.58

5.52

5.46

5.42

5.36

5.30

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDRJ90HKXE2

20

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

9.32

9.11

8.89

8.66

8.37

8.15

7.88

SHC

6.71

6.61

6.51

6.40

6.27

6.17

6.05

18.0°CWB

TC

9.59

9.38

9.16

8.95

8.73

8.44

8.21

SHC

6.74

6.64

6.55

6.45

6.36

6.23

6.13

19.0°CWB

TC

9.85

9.65

9.43

9.22

9.00

8.78

8.51

SHC

6.76

6.67

6.58

6.49

6.39

6.30

6.19

20.0°CWB

TC

10.04

9.88

9.70

9.49

9.27

9.05

8.84

SHC

6.75

6.68

6.60

6.52

6.43

6.34

6.25

21.0°CWB

TC

10.31

10.10

9.92

9.76

9.54

9.32

9.11

SHC

6.76

6.67

6.60

6.54

6.45

6.37

6.28

22.0°CWB

TC

10.57

10.37

10.15

9.95

9.81

9.59

9.38

SHC

6.76

6.69

6.60

6.53

6.47

6.39

6.31

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDRJ112HKXE2

28

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

11.60

11.33

11.07

10.77

10.42

10.15

9.81

SHC

8.72

8.60

8.48

8.35

8.20

8.08

7.93

18.0°CWB

TC

11.94

11.67

11.40

11.13

10.86

10.51

10.21

SHC

8.77

8.66

8.54

8.42

8.31

8.16

8.04

19.0°CWB

TC

12.25

12.01

11.74

11.47

11.20

10.93

10.60

SHC

8.80

8.70

8.59

8.48

8.37

8.26

8.12

20.0°CWB

TC

12.50

12.30

12.07

11.80

11.54

11.27

11.00

SHC

8.80

8.72

8.63

8.52

8.42

8.31

8.20

21.0°CWB

TC

12.84

12.57

12.34

12.14

11.87

11.60

11.33

SHC

8.83

8.72

8.64

8.56

8.46

8.36

8.26

22.0°CWB

TC

13.15

12.90

12.63

12.39

12.21

11.94

11.67

SHC

8.84

8.75

8.65

8.56

8.49

8.39

8.30

Air flow

(m3/min)

- 70 -

Model FDRJ140HKXE2

34

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

14.50

14.17

13.83

13.47

13.02

12.68

12.26

SHC

10.78

10.63

10.48

10.31

10.12

9.97

9.78

18.0°CWB

TC

14.92

14.59

14.25

13.92

13.58

13.13

12.77

SHC

10.84

10.69

10.55

10.40

10.26

10.07

9.91

19.0°CWB

TC

15.32

15.01

14.67

14.34

14.00

13.66

13.24

SHC

10.88

10.75

10.60

10.46

10.32

10.19

10.01

20.0°CWB

TC

15.62

15.37

15.09

14.76

14.42

14.08

13.75

SHC

10.87

10.77

10.65

10.52

10.38

10.25

10.12

21.0°CWB

TC

16.04

15.71

15.43

15.18

14.84

14.50

14.17

SHC

10.90

10.77

10.66

10.56

10.43

10.30

10.18

22.0°CWB

TC

16.44

16.13

15.79

15.48

15.26

14.92

14.59

SHC

10.91

10.80

10.67

10.56

10.47

10.35

10.23

Air flow

(m3/min)




(d) FDUM Series

Model FDUMJ36HKXE2

12

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

3.73

3.64

3.56

3.46

3.35

3.26

3.15

SHC

3.20

3.16

3.13

3.09

3.04

3.01

2.96

18.0°CWB

TC

3.84

3.75

3.66

3.58

3.49

3.38

3.28

SHC

3.22

3.19

3.15

3.12

3.08

3.04

3.00

19.0°CWB

TC

3.94

3.86

3.77

3.69

3.60

3.51

3.41

SHC

3.24

3.21

3.18

3.15

3.11

3.08

3.04

20.0°CWB

TC

4.02

3.95

3.88

3.79

3.71

3.62

3.54

SHC

3.25

3.23

3.20

3.17

3.14

3.11

3.07

21.0°CWB

TC

4.13

4.04

3.97

3.90

3.82

3.73

3.64

SHC

3.27

3.24

3.21

3.19

3.16

3.13

3.10

22.0°CWB

TC

4.23

4.15

4.06

3.98

3.92

3.84

3.75

SHC

3.28

3.26

3.23

3.20

3.18

3.15

3.12

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDUMJ45HKXE2

14

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

4.66

4.55

4.45

4.33

4.19

4.08

3.94

SHC

3.86

3.82

3.77

3.72

3.66

3.62

3.56

18.0°CWB

TC

4.80

4.69

4.58

4.47

4.37

4.22

4.10

SHC

3.89

3.85

3.80

3.76

3.71

3.66

3.61

19.0°CWB

TC

4.92

4.82

4.72

4.61

4.50

4.39

4.26

SHC

3.91

3.87

3.83

3.79

3.75

3.70

3.65

20.0°CWB

TC

5.02

4.94

4.85

4.74

4.64

4.53

4.42

SHC

3.92

3.89

3.85

3.81

3.77

3.73

3.69

21.0°CWB

TC

5.16

5.05

4.96

4.88

4.77

4.66

4.55

SHC

3.94

3.90

3.87

3.84

3.80

3.76

3.72

22.0°CWB

TC

5.28

5.18

5.08

4.98

4.91

4.80

4.69

SHC

3.95

3.92

3.88

3.85

3.82

3.78

3.75

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDUMJ56HKXE2

14

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

5.80

5.67

5.53

5.39

5.21

5.07

4.91

SHC

4.36

4.30

4.24

4.18

4.10

4.04

3.97

18.0°CWB

TC

5.97

5.84

5.70

5.57

5.43

5.25

5.11

SHC

4.39

4.33

4.27

4.21

4.16

4.08

4.02

19.0°CWB

TC

6.13

6.00

5.87

5.73

5.60

5.47

5.30

SHC

4.40

4.35

4.29

4.24

4.18

4.13

4.06

20.0°CWB

TC

6.25

6.15

6.04

5.90

5.77

5.63

5.50

SHC

4.40

4.36

4.32

4.26

4.21

4.16

4.10

21.0°CWB

TC

6.42

6.28

6.17

6.07

5.94

5.80

5.67

SHC

4.41

4.36

4.32

4.28

4.23

4.18

4.13

22.0°CWB

TC

6.57

6.45

6.32

6.19

6.10

5.97

5.84

SHC

4.42

4.37

4.32

4.28

4.25

4.20

4.15

Air flow

(m3/min)

- 71 -

Model FDUMJ71HKXE2

18

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

7.36

7.19

7.01

6.83

6.60

6.43

6.22

SHC

5.56

5.49

5.41

5.33

5.23

5.15

5.06

18.0°CWB

TC

7.57

7.40

7.23

7.06

6.89

6.66

6.48

SHC

5.59

5.52

5.45

5.37

5.30

5.21

5.13

19.0°CWB

TC

7.77

7.61

7.44

7.27

7.10

6.93

6.72

SHC

5.61

5.55

5.48

5.41

5.34

5.27

5.18

20.0°CWB

TC

7.92

7.80

7.65

7.48

7.31

7.14

6.97

SHC

5.61

5.56

5.50

5.44

5.37

5.30

5.24

21.0°CWB

TC

8.14

7.97

7.82

7.70

7.53

7.36

7.19

SHC

5.63

5.57

5.51

5.46

5.40

5.33

5.27

22.0°CWB

TC

8.34

8.18

8.01

7.85

7.74

7.57

7.40

SHC

5.64

5.58

5.52

5.46

5.42

5.36

5.30

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDUMJ90HKXE2

20

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

9.32

9.11

8.89

8.66

8.37

8.15

7.88

SHC

6.71

6.61

6.51

6.40

6.27

6.17

6.05

18.0°CWB

TC

9.59

9.38

9.16

8.95

8.73

8.44

8.21

SHC

6.74

6.64

6.55

6.45

6.36

6.23

6.13

19.0°CWB

TC

9.85

9.65

9.43

9.22

9.00

8.78

8.51

SHC

6.76

6.67

6.58

6.49

6.39

6.30

6.19

20.0°CWB

TC

10.04

9.88

9.70

9.49

9.27

9.05

8.84

SHC

6.75

6.68

6.60

6.52

6.43

6.34

6.25

21.0°CWB

TC

10.31

10.10

9.92

9.76

9.54

9.32

9.11

SHC

6.76

6.67

6.60

6.54

6.45

6.37

6.28

22.0°CWB

TC

10.57

10.37

10.15

9.95

9.81

9.59

9.38

SHC

6.76

6.69

6.60

6.53

6.47

6.39

6.31

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDUMJ112HKXE2

28

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

11.60

11.33

11.07

10.77

10.42

10.15

9.81

SHC

8.72

8.60

8.48

8.35

8.20

8.08

7.93

18.0°CWB

TC

11.94

11.67

11.40

11.13

10.86

10.51

10.21

SHC

8.77

8.66

8.54

8.42

8.31

8.16

8.04

19.0°CWB

TC

12.25

12.01

11.74

11.47

11.20

10.93

10.60

SHC

8.80

8.70

8.59

8.48

8.37

8.26

8.12

20.0°CWB

TC

12.50

12.30

12.07

11.80

11.54

11.27

11.00

SHC

8.80

8.72

8.63

8.52

8.42

8.31

8.20

21.0°CWB

TC

12.84

12.57

12.34

12.14

11.87

11.60

11.33

SHC

8.83

8.72

8.64

8.56

8.46

8.36

8.26

22.0°CWB

TC

13.15

12.90

12.63

12.39

12.21

11.94

11.67

SHC

8.84

8.75

8.65

8.56

8.49

8.39

8.30

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDUMJ140HKXE2

34

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

14.50

14.17

13.83

13.47

13.02

12.68

12.26

SHC

10.78

10.63

10.48

10.31

10.12

9.97

9.78

18.0°CWB

TC

14.92

14.59

14.25

13.92

13.58

13.13

12.77

SHC

10.84

10.69

10.55

10.40

10.26

10.07

9.91

19.0°CWB

TC

15.32

15.01

14.67

14.34

14.00

13.66

13.24

SHC

10.88

10.75

10.60

10.46

10.32

10.19

10.01

20.0°CWB

TC

15.62

15.37

15.09

14.76

14.42

14.08

13.75

SHC

10.87

10.77

10.65

10.52

10.38

10.25

10.12

21.0°CWB

TC

16.04

15.71

15.43

15.18

14.84

14.50

14.17

SHC

10.90

10.77

10.66

10.56

10.43

10.30

10.18

22.0°CWB

TC

16.44

16.13

15.79

15.48

15.26

14.92

14.59

SHC

10.91

10.80

10.67

10.56

10.47

10.35

10.23

Air flow

(m3/min)




- 72 -

(e) FDE Series

Model FDEJ36HKXE2B

14

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

3.73

3.64

3.56

3.46

3.35

3.26

3.15

SHC

3.34

3.30

3.26

3.23

3.18

3.15

3.10

18.0°CWB

TC

3.84

3.75

3.66

3.58

3.49

3.38

3.28

SHC

3.36

3.33

3.30

3.26

3.23

3.18

3.15

19.0°CWB

TC

3.94

3.86

3.77

3.69

3.60

3.51

3.41

SHC

3.39

3.36

3.32

3.29

3.26

3.23

3.19

20.0°CWB

TC

4.02

3.95

3.88

3.79

3.71

3.62

3.54

SHC

3.40

3.38

3.35

3.32

3.29

3.26

3.23

21.0°CWB

TC

4.13

4.04

3.97

3.90

3.82

3.73

3.64

SHC

3.42

3.39

3.37

3.34

3.31

3.28

3.25

22.0°CWB

TC

4.23

4.15

4.06

3.98

3.92

3.84

3.75

SHC

3.44

3.41

3.38

3.35

3.34

3.31

3.28

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDEJ45HKXE2B

14

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

4.66

4.55

4.45

4.33

4.19

4.08

3.94

SHC

3.86

3.82

3.77

3.72

3.66

3.62

3.56

18.0°CWB

TC

4.80

4.69

4.58

4.47

4.37

4.22

4.10

SHC

3.89

3.85

3.80

3.76

3.71

3.66

3.61

19.0°CWB

TC

4.92

4.82

4.72

4.61

4.50

4.39

4.26

SHC

3.91

3.87

3.83

3.79

3.75

3.70

3.65

20.0°CWB

TC

5.02

4.94

4.85

4.74

4.64

4.53

4.42

SHC

3.92

3.89

3.85

3.81

3.77

3.73

3.69

21.0°CWB

TC

5.16

5.05

4.96

4.88

4.77

4.66

4.55

SHC

3.94

3.90

3.87

3.84

3.80

3.76

3.72

22.0°CWB

TC

5.28

5.18

5.08

4.98

4.91

4.80

4.69

SHC

3.95

3.92

3.88

3.85

3.82

3.78

3.75

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDEJ56HKXE2B

14

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

5.80

5.67

5.53

5.39

5.21

5.07

4.91

SHC

4.36

4.30

4.24

4.18

4.10

4.04

3.97

18.0°CWB

TC

5.97

5.84

5.70

5.57

5.43

5.25

5.11

SHC

4.39

4.33

4.27

4.21

4.16

4.08

4.02

19.0°CWB

TC

6.13

6.00

5.87

5.73

5.60

5.47

5.30

SHC

4.40

4.35

4.29

4.24

4.18

4.13

4.06

20.0°CWB

TC

6.25

6.15

6.04

5.90

5.77

5.63

5.50

SHC

4.40

4.36

4.32

4.26

4.21

4.16

4.10

21.0°CWB

TC

6.42

6.28

6.17

6.07

5.94

5.80

5.67

SHC

4.41

4.36

4.32

4.28

4.23

4.18

4.13

22.0°CWB

TC

6.57

6.45

6.32

6.19

6.10

5.97

5.84

SHC

4.42

4.37

4.32

4.28

4.25

4.20

4.15

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDEJ71HKXE2B

18

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

7.36

7.19

7.01

6.83

6.60

6.43

6.22

SHC

5.56

5.49

5.41

5.33

5.23

5.15

5.06

18.0°CWB

TC

7.57

7.40

7.23

7.06

6.89

6.66

6.48

SHC

5.59

5.52

5.45

5.37

5.30

5.21

5.13

19.0°CWB

TC

7.77

7.61

7.44

7.27

7.10

6.93

6.72

SHC

5.61

5.55

5.48

5.41

5.34

5.27

5.18

20.0°CWB

TC

7.92

7.80

7.65

7.48

7.31

7.14

6.97

SHC

5.61

5.56

5.50

5.44

5.37

5.30

5.24

21.0°CWB

TC

8.14

7.97

7.82

7.70

7.53

7.36

7.19

SHC

5.63

5.57

5.51

5.46

5.40

5.33

5.27

22.0°CWB

TC

8.34

8.18

8.01

7.85

7.74

7.57

7.40

SHC

5.64

5.58

5.52

5.46

5.42

5.36

5.30

Air flow

(m3/min)




- 73 -

Model FDEJ112HKXE2B

28

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

11.60

11.33

11.07

10.77

10.42

10.15

9.81

SHC

8.72

8.60

8.48

8.35

8.20

8.08

7.93

18.0°CWB

TC

11.94

11.67

11.40

11.13

10.86

10.51

10.21

SHC

8.77

8.66

8.54

8.42

8.31

8.16

8.04

19.0°CWB

TC

12.25

12.01

11.74

11.47

11.20

10.93

10.60

SHC

8.80

8.70

8.59

8.48

8.37

8.26

8.12

20.0°CWB

TC

12.50

12.30

12.07

11.80

11.54

11.27

11.00

SHC

8.80

8.72

8.63

8.52

8.42

8.31

8.20

21.0°CWB

TC

12.84

12.57

12.34

12.14

11.87

11.60

11.33

SHC

8.83

8.72

8.64

8.56

8.46

8.36

8.26

22.0°CWB

TC

13.15

12.90

12.63

12.39

12.21

11.94

11.67

SHC

8.84

8.75

8.65

8.56

8.49

8.39

8.30

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDEJ140HKXE2B

34

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

14.50

14.17

13.83

13.47

13.02

12.68

12.26

SHC

10.78

10.63

10.48

10.31

10.12

9.97

9.78

18.0°CWB

TC

14.92

14.59

14.25

13.92

13.58

13.13

12.77

SHC

10.84

10.69

10.55

10.40

10.26

10.07

9.91

19.0°CWB

TC

15.32

15.01

14.67

14.34

14.00

13.66

13.24

SHC

10.88

10.75

10.60

10.46

10.32

10.19

10.01

20.0°CWB

TC

15.62

15.37

15.09

14.76

14.42

14.08

13.75

SHC

10.87

10.77

10.65

10.52

10.38

10.25

10.12

21.0°CWB

TC

16.04

15.71

15.43

15.18

14.84

14.50

14.17

SHC

10.90

10.77

10.66

10.56

10.43

10.30

10.18

22.0°CWB

TC

16.44

16.13

15.79

15.48

15.26

14.92

14.59

SHC

10.91

10.80

10.67

10.56

10.47

10.35

10.23

Air flow

(m3/min)

(f) FDFL, FDFU Series

Models FDFLJ28HKXE2, FDFUJ28HKXE2

12

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

2.90

2.83

2.77

2.69

2.60

2.54

2.45

SHC

2.58

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

2.40

18.0°CWB

TC

2.98

2.92

2.85

2.78

2.72

2.63

2.55

SHC

2.60

2.57

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

19.0°CWB

TC

3.06

3.00

2.93

2.87

2.80

2.73

2.65

SHC

2.62

2.59

2.57

2.54

2.52

2.49

2.46

20.0°CWB

TC

3.12

3.07

3.02

2.95

2.88

2.82

2.75

SHC

2.63

2.61

2.59

2.56

2.54

2.52

2.49

21.0°CWB

TC

3.21

3.14

3.09

3.04

2.97

2.90

2.83

SHC

2.64

2.62

2.60

2.58

2.56

2.54

2.51

22.0°CWB

TC

3.29

3.23

3.16

3.10

3.05

2.98

2.92

SHC

2.66

2.64

2.61

2.59

2.58

2.55

2.53

Air flow

(m3/min)


14

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

4.66

4.55

4.45

4.33

4.19

4.08

3.94

SHC

3.86

3.82

3.77

3.72

3.66

3.62

3.56

18.0°CWB

TC

4.80

4.69

4.58

4.47

4.37

4.22

4.10

SHC

3.89

3.85

3.80

3.76

3.71

3.66

3.61

19.0°CWB

TC

4.92

4.82

4.72

4.61

4.50

4.39

4.26

SHC

3.91

3.87

3.83

3.79

3.75

3.70

3.65

20.0°CWB

TC

5.02

4.94

4.85

4.74

4.64

4.53

4.42

SHC

3.92

3.89

3.85

3.81

3.77

3.73

3.69

21.0°CWB

TC

5.16

5.05

4.96

4.88

4.77

4.66

4.55

SHC

3.94

3.90

3.87

3.84

3.80

3.76

3.72

22.0°CWB

TC

5.28

5.18

5.08

4.98

4.91

4.80

4.69

SHC

3.95

3.92

3.88

3.85

3.82

3.78

3.75

Air flow

(m3/min)




- 74 -

18

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

7.36

7.19

7.01

6.83

6.60

6.43

6.22

SHC

5.56

5.49

5.41

5.33

5.23

5.15

5.06

18.0°CWB

TC

7.57

7.40

7.23

7.06

6.89

6.66

6.48

SHC

5.59

5.52

5.45

5.37

5.30

5.21

5.13

19.0°CWB

TC

7.77

7.61

7.44

7.27

7.10

6.93

6.72

SHC

5.61

5.55

5.48

5.41

5.34

5.27

5.18

20.0°CWB

TC

7.92

7.80

7.65

7.48

7.31

7.14

6.97

SHC

5.61

5.56

5.50

5.44

5.37

5.30

5.24

21.0°CWB

TC

8.14

7.97

7.82

7.70

7.53

7.36

7.19

SHC

5.63

5.57

5.51

5.46

5.40

5.33

5.27

22.0°CWB

TC

8.34

8.18

8.01

7.85

7.74

7.57

7.40

SHC

5.64

5.58

5.52

5.46

5.42

5.36

5.30

Air flow

(m3/min)

(g) FDK Series

Model FDKJ22HKXE2


9

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

2.27

2.22

2.17

2.11

2.05

1.99

1.93

SHC

2.04

2.02

2.00

1.98

1.95

1.93

1.91

18.0°CWB

TC

2.34

2.29

2.24

2.18

2.12

2.07

2.01

SHC

2.06

2.04

2.02

2.00

1.98

1.95

1.93

19.0°CWB

TC

2.40

2.35

2.30

2.25

2.20

2.14

2.08

SHC

2.08

2.06

2.04

2.02

2.00

1.98

1.95

20.0°CWB

TC

2.46

2.41

2.36

2.31

2.27

2.21

2.15

SHC

2.09

2.07

2.05

2.03

2.02

2.00

1.98

21.0°CWB

TC

2.52

2.48

2.43

2.37

2.32

2.27

2.22

SHC

2.10

2.08

2.07

2.05

2.03

2.01

2.00

22.0°CWB

TC

2.57

2.53

2.48

2.44

2.39

2.34

2.29

SHC

2.11

2.09

2.08

2.06

2.04

2.03

2.01

Air flow

(m3/min)




Model FDKJ28HKXE2

10

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

2.90

2.83

2.77

2.69

2.60

2.54

2.45

SHC

2.58

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

2.40

18.0°CWB

TC

2.98

2.92

2.85

2.78

2.72

2.63

2.55

SHC

2.60

2.57

2.55

2.52

2.49

2.46

2.43

19.0°CWB

TC

3.06

3.00

2.93

2.87

2.80

2.73

2.65

SHC

2.62

2.59

2.57

2.54

2.52

2.49

2.46

20.0°CWB

TC

3.12

3.07

3.02

2.95

2.88

2.82

2.75

SHC

2.63

2.61

2.59

2.56

2.54

2.52

2.49

21.0°CWB

TC

3.21

3.14

3.09

3.04

2.97

2.90

2.83

SHC

2.64

2.62

2.60

2.58

2.56

2.54

2.51

22.0°CWB

TC

3.29

3.23

3.16

3.10

3.05

2.98

2.92

SHC

2.66

2.64

2.61

2.59

2.58

2.55

2.53

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDKJ36HKXE2

10

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

3.73

3.64

3.56

3.46

3.35

3.26

3.15

SHC

2.93

2.89

2.86

2.82

2.77

2.73

2.68

18.0°CWB

TC

3.84

3.75

3.66

3.58

3.49

3.38

3.28

SHC

2.95

2.91

2.88

2.84

2.81

2.76

2.72

19.0°CWB

TC

3.94

3.86

3.77

3.69

3.60

3.51

3.41

SHC

2.96

2.93

2.90

2.86

2.83

2.79

2.75

20.0°CWB

TC

4.02

3.95

3.88

3.79

3.71

3.62

3.54

SHC

2.97

2.94

2.91

2.88

2.85

2.81

2.78

21.0°CWB

TC

4.13

4.04

3.97

3.90

3.82

3.73

3.64

SHC

2.98

2.95

2.92

2.89

2.86

2.83

2.80

22.0°CWB

TC

4.23

4.15

4.06

3.98

3.92

3.84

3.75

SHC

2.98

2.96

2.93

2.90

2.88

2.85

2.82

Air flow

(m3/min)

- 75 -

Model FDKJ56HKXE2

17

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

5.80

5.67

5.53

5.39

5.21

5.07

4.91

SHC

4.75

4.69

4.64

4.57

4.50

4.44

4.37

18.0°CWB

TC

5.97

5.84

5.70

5.57

5.43

5.25

5.11

SHC

4.78

4.73

4.67

4.62

4.56

4.49

4.43

19.0°CWB

TC

6.13

6.00

5.87

5.73

5.60

5.47

5.30

SHC

4.81

4.76

4.71

4.65

4.60

4.55

4.48

20.0°CWB

TC

6.25

6.15

6.04

5.90

5.77

5.63

5.50

SHC

4.82

4.78

4.74

4.69

4.64

4.59

4.54

21.0°CWB

TC

6.42

6.28

6.17

6.07

5.94

5.80

5.67

SHC

4.84

4.79

4.75

4.71

4.66

4.62

4.57

22.0°CWB

TC

6.57

6.45

6.32

6.19

6.10

5.97

5.84

SHC

4.86

4.81

4.77

4.72

4.69

4.65

4.60

Air flow

(m3/min)

Model FDKJ71HKXE2

21

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

7.36

7.19

7.01

6.83

6.60

6.43

6.22

SHC

5.95

5.87

5.80

5.72

5.63

5.56

5.47

18.0°CWB

TC

7.57

7.40

7.23

7.06

6.89

6.66

6.48

SHC

5.99

5.92

5.85

5.78

5.71

5.62

5.54

19.0°CWB

TC

7.77

7.61

7.44

7.27

7.10

6.93

6.72

SHC

6.02

5.96

5.89

5.82

5.75

5.69

5.61

20.0°CWB

TC

7.92

7.80

7.65

7.48

7.31

7.14

6.97

SHC

6.03

5.98

5.93

5.86

5.80

5.73

5.67

21.0°CWB

TC

8.14

7.97

7.82

7.70

7.53

7.36

7.19

SHC

6.06

5.99

5.94

5.89

5.83

5.77

5.71

22.0°CWB

TC

8.34

8.18

8.01

7.85

7.74

7.57

7.40

SHC

6.07

6.02

5.96

5.90

5.86

5.81

5.75

Air flow

(m3/min)




Model FDKJ45HKXE2

11.5

Outdoor

air temp.

(°CDB)

27

29

31

33

35

37

39


17.0°CWB

TC

4.66

4.55

4.45

4.33

4.19

4.08

3.94

SHC

3.54

3.49

3.44

3.39

3.33

3.28

3.22

18.0°CWB

TC

4.80

4.69

4.58

4.47

4.37

4.22

4.10

SHC

3.56

3.51

3.46

3.42

3.37

3.31

3.26

19.0°CWB

TC

4.92

4.82

4.72

4.61

4.50

4.39

4.26

SHC

3.57

3.53

3.48

3.44

3.40

3.35

3.30

20.0°CWB

TC

5.02

4.94

4.85

4.74

4.64

4.53

4.42

SHC

3.57

3.54

3.50

3.46

3.42

3.37

3.33

21.0°CWB

TC

5.16

5.05

4.96

4.88

4.77

4.66

4.55

SHC

3.58

3.54

3.51

3.47

3.43

3.39

3.35

22.0°CWB

TC

5.28

5.18

5.08

4.98

4.91

4.80

4.69

SHC

3.59

3.55

3.51

3.47

3.45

3.41

3.37

Air flow

(m3/min)

- 76 -

2.9 Characteristics of fan (1) Cassetteria type (FDR)

External static pressure table

How to interpret the blower characteristics table

Example : Case of FDRJ71HKXE2 1 2-spot blowout.....................Internal resistance increases morethan the standard 3-spot blowout.Approx. 1.4mmAq at 17m3/min

2 Square duct blowout...........Internal resistance decreasesmore than the standard round duct(ø200 3-spot). 3Pa(0.3mmAq) at17 m3/nin. (External static pres-sure increases in reverse.)

3 Suction panel.......................When the suction panel is notused with the ceiling return type,the part of internal resistance re-lated to the panel decrease.3Pa(0.3mmAq) ( = 0.6–0.3 ) at17mm3/min.

Model FDRJ22HKXE2 Model FDRJ28HKXE2

Type

Duct specs. 1 spot (1)

closing Standard (2)

Stan-dard

High(4)

speedStan-dard

High(4)

speedStan-dard

High(4)

speed

Square duct (3)

Air flow(m3 /min)

FDR22 type

FDR28 type

FDR71 type

FDR90 type

FDR112 type

FDR140 type

10

12

14

18

20

28

34

-

-

-

30(3)

25(2.5)

40(4)

40(4)

-

-

-

65(6.5)

60(6)

70(7)

70(7)

45(4.5)

45(4.5)

50(5)

45(4.5)

45(4.5)

50(5)

50(5)

85(8.5)

85(8.5)

85(8.5)

80(8)

80(8)

80(8)

80(8)

50(5)

45(4.5)

50(5)

50(5)

50(5)

55(5.5)

55(5.5)

90(9)

85(8.5)

90(9)

85(8.5)

85(8.5)

85(8.5)

85(8.5)

FDR45 56 type

Unit : Pa(mmAq)

Notes (1) 1 spot closing: Round duct flange at center is removed and shield with a special panel (option).

(2) Standard: Ø200 duct are installed at all blowout holes. (3) Square duct: All round ducts are removed and replaced with special

square duct flanges (option). (4) When operating at a high speed, invert the connection of white and red

connectors on the flank of control box.

40(4)

20(2)

0(0)

-20(-2)

1413 16 18 20

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(m

mA

q)

Air flow (m3 /min)

Standard Medium

Standard LowSquare duct blowerSquare duct blowerinternal resistanceinternal resistance

Internal resistance withoutsuction panelInternal resistance withoutsuction panel

2-spot blower2-spot blowerinternal resistanceinternal resistance

Standard

Standard

High

High

Standard Medium

Standard LowSquare duct blowerinternal resistance

Internal resistance without suction panel

2-spot blowerinternal resistance

Standard

High

[Standard][Standard]3-spot blower3-spot blowerinternal resistanceinternal resistance

Internal resistance without filterInternal resistance without filterInternal resistance without filter

[Standard]3-spot blowerinternal resistance

High speed•

Upper limit

High speed

Upper limit

High speed•H

igh

High speed•High

High speed•M

edium

High speed

Medium Standard•

Upper limit

Standard

Upper limit

High speed

Low limit

High speed

Low limit H

igh speed

Low

High speed

Low

Standard•H

igh

Standard• High

Standard•M

edium

Standard• Medium

Standard•Low

Standard• Low

Square duct blower internal resistance


Internal resistance without filter

[Standard]1-spot blower internal resistance

[Standard]2-spot blower internal resistance


Internal resistance without suction panelInternal resistance without filter

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Air flow (m3/min)

Lowerlimit

Upperlimit

Air flow (m3/min)

Lowerlimit

Upperlimit

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

8 9 10 11 10 12 14 15.5

(0)0

(-2)-20

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

0(0) (0)0

(-2)-20

- 77 -

High speed Upper li

mitHigh speed•

Upper limit

High speed•High

High speed•High High speed•Medium

High speed•Medium

Standard•Upper limit


High sp

eed•

Low lim

it

High speed•Low limit

High speed Low

Standard•High

Standard•High

Standard•Medium

Standard•Medium

Standard•Low

Standard•Low

Standard•

Low

2-spot blower internal resistance

[Standard] 3-spot blower internal resistance[Standard]2-spot blower internal resistance

Square duct blower internal resistanceSquare duct blower internal resistance

Internal resistance without suction panel Internal resistance without suction panel

Internal resistance without filterInternal resistance without filter

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Air flow (m3/min)Lowerlimit

UpperlimitAir flow (m3/min)Lower

limitUpperlimit

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

10 14 15.512 13 14 18 2016

(0)0

(-2)-20

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

(0)0

(-2)-20

High speed•

Upper limit

High speed•

Upper limit

High speed•High

High speed•High

High speed•Medium

High speed•Medium

Standard•

Upper limit

Standard•

Upper limit


High speed•Low lim

it High speed Low

High speed•

Low

Standard•High

Standard•High

Standard•Medium

Standard•Medium

Standard•Low

Standard•Low

4-spot blower internal resistance[Standard]

3-spot blower

internal resistance

2-spot blower

internal resistance



Internal resistance without filter



3 - spot blower internal resistance[Standard]

Air flow (m3/min)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Lowerlimit

Upperlimit


Upperlimit

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

14 17 20 22 21 22 25 28 31

(-2)-20

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

0(0)(0)0

-2(-20)

Model FDRJ90HKXE2 Model FDRJ112HKXE2

Models FDRJ45HKXE2, 56HKXE2 Model FDRJ71HKXE2

- 78 -

Model FDRJ140HKXE2





Standard•High

Standard•Medium

Standard•Low

High speed•

Upper limit

Standard•

Upper limit

High speed

Low limit

High speed•High

High speed•Medium

High speed•Low

Air flow (m3/min)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Lowerlimit

Upperlimit

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

24 26 30 34 38

(0)0(0)0

(-2)-20

- 79 -

(2) Satellite ducted type (FDUM)

External static pressure table How to interpret the blower characteristics table

Example : Case of FDUMJ71HKXE2

1 2-spot blowout.....................Internal resistance increases more thanthe standard 3-spot blowout. Approx.14Pa(1.4mmAq) at 17m3/min

2 Square duct blowout...........Internal resistance decreases more thanthe standard round duct (ø200 3-spot).3Pa(0.3mmAq) at 17 m3/min. (Externalstatic pressure increases in reverse.)

Model FDUMJ36HKXE2 Models FDUMJ45HKXE2, 56HKXE2

Type

Duct specs. 1 spotclosing Standard

Stan-dard

High(4)

speedStan-dard

High(4)

speedStan-dard

High(1)

speed

Square ductAir flow(m3 /min)

FDUM36 type

FDUM71 type

FDUM90 type

FDUM112 type

FDUM140 type

12

14

18

20

28

34

-

-

35(3.5)

30(3)

50(5)

50(5)

-

-

70(7)

65(6.5)

80(8)

75(7.5)

50(5)

50(5)

50(5)

50(5)

60(6)

60(6)

85(8.5)

85(8.5)

85(8.5)

85(8.5)

90(9)

85(8.5)

50(5)

50(5)

55(5.5)

55(5.5)

65(6.5)

65(6.5)

90(9)

90(9)

90(9)

90(9)

95(9.5)

95(9.5)

FDUM45 56 type

Unit : Pa (mmAq)

Note (1) For high speed operation, insert the white connector and the red connector beside the control box in other places respectively.

40(4)

20(2)

0(0)

-20(-2)

1413 16 18 20

-10(-1)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Air flow (m3/min)

3-spot blower3-spot blowerinternal resistance

Standard

High

Standard

Medium

Medium

Standard Low

Standard Low

Square duct blowerSquare duct blowerinternal resistance



Standard

High

Standard

Medium

Standard Low

Square duct blowerinternal resistance


Air flow (m3/min)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Lowerlimit

Upperlimit


Upperlimit

High speed • Upper lim

itH

igh speed•High

High speed•M

edium

Standard•

Upper limit

High speed•

Low


Standard•H

igh

Standard•M

edium

Standard•Low

High speed •

Upper limit

High speed•H

igh

High speed•M

edium


High speed

Low limit

High speed•Low

Standard•High

Standard•M

edium

Standard •

Low


[Standard]



Square duct blower internal resistanceSquare duct blower internal resistanceSquare duct blower internal resistance

100(10)

80(8)

40(4)

20(2)

-20(-2)

10 12 14 10 12 14 15.5

0(0)

100(10)

120(12)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

-10(-1)

0(0)

- 80 -







High speed

Upper limit

High speed•

Upper limit

High speed•High

High speed•High

High speed•Medium

High speed•Medium

High speed

Low limitHigh speed•

Low limit

Standard•

Upper limit

Standard•Upper limit High speed•Low

High speed•Low

Standard•High

Standard•High

Standard•Medium

Standard•Medium

Standard

Low

Standard•Low

Air flow (m3/min)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Lowerlimit

Upperlimit

Air flow (m3/min)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Lowerlimit

Upperlimit

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

0(0)

21 25 28 3124 26 30 34 38

(-1)-10

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

0(0)

(-1)-10

Model FDUMJ71HKXE2 Model FDUMJ90HKXE2

Model FDUMJ112HKXE2 Model FDUMJ140HKXE2

Air flow (m3/min)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Lowerlimit

Upperlimit Air flow (m3/min)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

Pa

(mm

Aq)

Lowerlimit

Upperlimit






High speed•

Upper limit

High speed

Upper limit

High speed•High

High speed•High

High speed•Medium

High speed•Medium

High speed•

Low limit

High sp

eed

Low lim

itStandard•U

pper limit

Standard•

Upper limit

High speed•Low

High speed•Low

Standard•High

Standard•M

edium

Standard•Medium

Standard•Low

Standard•

Low

[Standard][Standard]3-spot blower internal resistance3-spot blower internal resistance[Standard]3-spot blower internal resistance

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

0(0)

13 14 16 18 2014 17 20 22

120(12)

100(10)

80(8)

60(6)

40(4)

20(2)

0(0)

-10(-1)

(-1)-10

(0)0

(-2)-20

- 81 -

2.10 Noise levelNotes (1) The data are based on the following conditions.

Ambient air tempetature: Indoor unit 27˚C DB, 19˚C WB. Outdoor unit 35˚C DB

(2) The data in the chart are measuted in an unechonic room.

(3) The noise levels measured in the field are usually higher than the data because of reflection.

(1) Indoor unit

(a) Ceiling recessed type (FDT) Measured based on JIS B 8627Mike position as below

1.5mMike (center & low points)

Models FDTWJ28HKXE2B, 45HKXE2B56HKXE2B

Noise level 39 dB (A) at HIGH36 dB (A) at MEDIUM33 dB (A) at LOW

Model FDTWJ71HKXE2B



Measured based on JIS B 8616

Mike position as below



Model FDTJ140HKXE2Noise level 49 dB (A) at HIGH

46 dB (A) at MEDIUM43 dB (A) at LOW







Mid octave band frequency (Hz)

N30N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

N40

Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02µ

bar

) dB

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar)

Mid Octave Band Frequency (Hz)

N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar)


N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar

)


N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar

)


N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar

)


N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar

)


N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar

)


N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

Model FDTJ71HKXE2Model FDTJ28HKXE2, 36HKXE2 Model FDTJ45HKXE2, 56HKXE2

- 82 -

Model FDTWJ90HKXE2BNoise level 41 dB (A) at HIGH







Measured based on JIS B 8627Mike position as right

Models FDTSJ28HKXE2B,36HKXE2BNoise level 40 dB (A) at HIGH


Model FDTSJ45HKXE2BNoise level 43 dB (A) at HIGH


Model FDTSJ71HKXE2BNoise level 44 dB (A) at HIGH



Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Model FDTSJ22HKXE2BNoise level 39 dB (A) at MEDIUM

38 dB (A) at LOW


N30N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

N40

Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02µ

bar

) dB

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar)


N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar)


N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

Sou

ud P

ress

ure

Leve

l (

stan

dard

0.0

002µ

bar)


N30

N40

N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

- 83 -

Models FDRJ71HKXE2,90HKXE2Noise level 44 dB (A) at HIGH


Model FDRJ112HKXE2Noise level 46 dB (A) at HIGH










(ii) Silent Panel type


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB



1.5m

Unit


Model FDRJ22HKXE2 Model FDRJ28HKXE2Noise level 43 dB (A) at HIGH




Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


(i) Canvas duct Panel type


- 84 -

Model FDUMJ36HKXE2


Models FDUMJ45HKXE2,56HKXE271HKXE2


Model FDUMJ90HKXE2


Model FDUMJ112HKXE2Noise level 38 dB (A) at HIGH


Model FDUMJ140HKXE2Noise level 39 dB (A) at HIGH


1.5m

Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB











Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB

- 85 -

Model FDEJ140HKXE2BNoise level 50 dB (A) at HIGH



Models FDKJ28HKXE2,36HKXE2



Model FDKJ45HKXE2Noise level 44 dB (A) at HIGH


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


1m

Unit

Mike(Center & low points)

1m

Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Models FDEJ36HKXE2B,45HKXE2B56HKXE2B



Model FDEJ112HKXE2B


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


1m

Mike (front & low point)

1mUnit

Model FDEJ71HKXE2B



Noise level

Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB



37 dB (A) at LOW


N30N20

N50

N60

N70

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 800020

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

N40

Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02µ

bar

) dB

- 86 -

(2) Outdoor unit (FDC)

Note (1) The microphone position is as shown

below.

(JIS - B8627 · Coolong)

It is the maximum noise level point

which locates on the vertical face 1 m

apart from unit side face.

Elevation

45˚

1m 1m

Microphone position of noise meter

Models FDFLJ28HKXE2FDFUJ28HKXE2


Models FDFLJ 45HKXE2, 71HKXE2FDFUJ45HKXE2, 56HKXE2

71HKXE2Noise level 43 dB (A) at HIGH



Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB



Measured based on JIS B 8627Mike position as below

1m

Mike (front & at low point)

1m





Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB


Model GHCP450HMTE4Noise level 60 dB (A)

Model GHCP560HMTE4Noise level 61 dB (A)

1031.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

20

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

80


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB

1031.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

20

30

40

50

60

70

20

30

40

50

60

70

80


Sou

nd p

ress

ure

leve

l(S

tand

ard

0.00

02 µ

bar

) dB

- 87 -

3. ELECTRICAL DATA3.1 Electrical wiring(1) Indoor unit


Models All models

Mea

nin

g o

f m

arks

Mar

kP

arts

nam

eM

ark

Par

ts n

ame

Mar

kP

arts

nam

e

FM

I49

FI

CF

I

DM

FS

LM

LS

SM

X1,2

,3,6

X4

X5

Fan

mot

orIn

tern

al th

erm

osta

t for

FM

I

Cap

acito

r fo

r FM

I

Dra

in m

otor

Floa

t sw

itch

(For

ove

rflo

w p

reve

ntio

n)L

ouve

r m

otor

Lim

it sw

itch

Step

ping

mot

or (

For

Exp

.v)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

FM

I)A

uxili

ary

rela

y (F

or D

M)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

LM

)

Th

I-A

Th

I-R

SW

1S

W2

SW

3S

W4

SW

6T

rlV

alL

ED

· RL

ED

· G

The

rmis

tor

The

rmis

tor

Indo

or u

nit a

ddre

ss te

n's

plac

eIn

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

ten'

s pl

ace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Cha

nge

of h

eat p

ume

type

Tra

nsfo

rmer

Var

isto

rIn

dica

tion

lam

p (R

ed)

Indi

catio

n la

mp

(Gre

en)

F Cn

A-Z

TB

m

ark

m

ark

XR

1X

R2

XR

3X

R4

XR

5

Fuse

Con

nect

or (

m

ark)

Ter

min

al b

lock

Ter

min

al (

F)C

onne

ctor

Ope

ratio

n in

dica

tion

(DC

12)

Hea

ting

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)O

N in

dica

tion

for

CM

(D

C12

)C

heck

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)D

ista

nt o

pera

tion

Fu

nct

ion

of

swit

ches

Mar

kF

un

ctio

n

SW

5-1

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF

Rev

erse

Inv

alid

Run

Sto

p

Inpu

tsi

gnal

Hea

ting

tem

p. s

hift

+ 3

Nor

mal

Tes

t run

of

cond

ensa

te p

ump

mot

or

Nor

mal

SW

5-2

SW

5-3

Mar

kC

olo

r

BK

BL

BR

GR

OR

Bla

ckB

lue

Bro

wn

Gra

yO

rang

e

Mar

kC

olo

r

RD

WH

Y Y/G

N

Red

Whi

teY

ello

wY

ello

w/G

reen

Co

lor

mar

k

Prin

ted

Wiri

ng b

oard

Pow

erso

urce

Out

door

unit

(Sig

nal

line)

GR

10

LED

·G

Nor

mal

Che

ck

LED

· R

Trl

8V 17V

CnW

2C

nW1

CnE

Che

cker

XR

5

SM

Option

Thl

-A

Thl

-R

CnS

2LS

CnA

2

XR

1

XR

2

XR

3

XR

4X

1X

6

X2

X3

X4

X5

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

220/

240V

X Y Z

LM

CnO

CnK

2

CnD

X4

X5

X2

X3

Val

CnI

CnR

CnR

DM

FM

I(4

9FI)

CnJ

CnJ

CnF

CF

I

LM

HCnF

FS C

nI

X1

X6

CnU

F(3

.15A

)

TBTB L N A B

WH

RD

RD

WH BL

RD

BL

Y/G

N

WH

RD

RD

BL

BK

BR BKBR BK

Y/G

NY

/GN

OR WH WH

WH

OR

WH

OR

RD

BL

BKBK

RD RD

WH

WH

WH

Y/G

N

OR

BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

RD

WH

BK

WH

WH

RD

RD BL

BL

RD

OR

Y BK

GR

RD

OR

BK

GR

Y Thc

Rem

ote

cont

rolle

r

XY

ZR

DW

HB

K

1 2

CnK

3

1

23

5

1

22

1312

114

9

11 2

CnB

CnS

CnH

CnN

CnT

CnA

CnZ

HA

12

3

12

34

SW

5O

NO

FF

ON

OF

F

J4J3

J2

J7J6

J5S

W6

- 88 -

(b) 2-way outlet ceiling recessed type (FDTW)Models All models

Mea

nin

g o

f m

arks

Mar

kP

arts

nam

eM

ark

Par

ts n

ame

Mar

kP

arts

nam

e

FM

I49

FI

CF

ID

MF

SL

ML

SS

MX1

,2,3

,6X

4X

5

Fan

mot

orIn

tern

al th

erm

osta

t for

FM

I

Cap

acito

r fo

r FM

I

Dra

in m

otor

Floa

t sw

itch

(For

ove

rflo

w p

reve

ntio

n)L

ouve

r m

otor

Lim

it sw

itch

Step

ping

mot

or (

For

Exp

.v)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

FM

I)A

uxili

ary

rela

y (F

or D

M)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

LM

)

Th

I-A

Th

I-R

SW

1S

W2

SW

3S

W4

SW

6T

rlV

alL

ED

·RL

ED

·G

The

rmis

tor

The

rmis

tor

Indo

or u

nit a

ddre

ss te

n's

plac

eIn

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

ten'

s pl

ace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Cha

nge

of h

eat p

ume

type

Tra

nsfo

rmer

Var

isto

rIn

dica

tion

lam

p (R

ed)

Indi

catio

n la

mp

(Gre

en)

F Cn

A-Z

TB

m

ark

m

ark

XR

1X

R2

XR

3X

R4

XR

5

Fuse

Con

nect

or (

m

ark)

Ter

min

al b

lock

Ter

min

al (

F)C

onne

ctor

Ope

ratio

n in

dica

tion

(DC

12)

Hea

ting

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)O

N in

dica

tion

for

CM

(D

C12

)C

heck

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)D

ista

nt o

pera

tion

Fu

nct

ion

of

swit

ches

Mar

kF

un

ctio

n

SW

5-1

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF

Rev

erse

Inv

alid

Run

Sto

p

Inpu

tsi

gnal

SW

5-2

Mar

kC

olo

r

BK

BL

BR

GR

OR

Bla

ckB

lue

Bro

wn

Gra

yO

rang

e

Mar

kC

olo

r

RD

WH

Y Y/G

N

Red

Whi

teY

ello

wY

ello

w/G

reen

Co

lor

mar

k

DM

CnR SK

4

FS

X4

CnK

2

CnO

CnD

Y/G

N

CnS

2

RD

RD

WH

CnU

CnI

A B

F(3

.15A

)T

B TB

TB

Val

FM

l2

LM

X Y Z

RD

WH

WH

RD

BK

UH

UH

HH

MM O

RO

R

LL

CnJ

CnR

CnI

CnJ

RD

WH

1 2

9

10

BL

BL

LS

BK

BK BK

BK

BK

BK

CnH

CnN

CnS

BK

BK

BL

BL

CnK

Thl

-A

Thl

-R

X5

X1

X3

X2

X6

1112

1314

3

Trl

220/

240V

8V 17V

WH

WH

RD RD

BL BL

CnE

CN

Z

Che

cker

HA

Che

ckN

orm

al

LED

·RLE

D·G

CnB

BK

BL

RD

GR

BR BR

OR

RD RD

RD RD

OR WH

WH WH

WHWH

WH

WH

CnF

2C

nF1

CnF

2C

nF1

CnI

1

WH

WH

ON

OF

F

ON

OF

F1

23

4

12

34

SW

6

SW

5

CnT

XR

1

XR

5

XR

2

XR

3

XR

4

CnA

OR

RD Y BK

GR

OR

RD Y BK

GR

WH

WH

28~

56H

CA

SE

S

CnA

2

SM

Out

door

uni

t(S

igna

l lin

e)

Pow

erso

urce

Y/G

N

Y/G

N

Opt

ion

L N

OR

WH

OR

OR

OR

WH

CF

I2C

nFC

2C

nFC

1

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

J3J2

J1

J7J6

J5

J4 J8

Thc

Rem

ote

cont

rolle

r

ZY

XB

KW

HR

D

X4

X1

X5

X6

X2

X3

FM

l1

Prin

ted

Wiri

ng b

oard

1. F

MI2 is

eq

uip

ped

wit

h o

nly

fo

r 11

2,14

0

CnW

2C

nW1

J6 h

as 7

1H ~

90H

only

sho

rted

.

1

Hea

ting

tem

p. s

hift

+ 3

Nor

mal

Tes

t run

of

cond

ensa

te p

ump

mot

or

Nor

mal

SW

5-3

- 89 -

Mea

nin

g o

f m

arksNo

tes:

(1)

FD

TS

22H

KX

E2B

is d

iffe

ren

t fr

om

oth

ers

as in

dic

ated

wit

h *

2 in

th

e d

iag

ram

bel

ow

.

(

2) *

1 F

MI2 is

eq

uip

ped

wit

h o

nly

fo

r F

DT

SJ7

1HK

XE

2B

Mar

kP

arts

nam

eM

ark

Par

ts n

ame

Mar

kP

arts

nam

e

FM

I1,2

49F

IC

FI1

,2D

MF

SL

ML

SS

MX

1,2,

3X

4X

5

Fan

mot

orIn

tern

al th

erm

osta

t for

FM

I

Cap

acito

r fo

r FM

I

Dra

in m

otor

Floa

t sw

itch

Lou

ver

mot

orL

imit

switc

hSt

eppi

ng m

otor

(Fo

r E

xp.v

)A

uxili

ary

rela

y (F

or F

MI)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

DM

)A

uxili

ary

rela

y (F

or L

M)

Th

I-A

Th

I-R

SW

1S

W2

SW

3S

W4

SW

6T

rlV

alL

ED

·RL

ED

·G

The

rmis

tor

The

rmis

tor

Indo

or u

nit a

ddre

ss te

n's

plac

eIn

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

ten'

s pl

ace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Cha

nge

of h

eat p

ume

type

Tra

nsfo

rmer

Var

isto

rIn

dica

tion

lam

p (R

ed)

Indi

catio

n la

mp

(Gre

en)

F Cn

A-Z

TB

m

ark

m

ark

XR

1X

R2

XR

3X

R4

XR

5

Fuse

Con

nect

or (

m

ark)

Ter

min

al b

lock

Ter

min

al (

F)C

onne

ctor

Ope

ratio

n in

dica

tion

(DC

12)

Hea

ting

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)O

N in

dica

tion

for

CM

(D

C12

)C

heck

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)D

ista

nt o

pera

tion

Fu

nct

ion

of

swit

ches

Mar

kF

un

ctio

n

SW

5-1

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF

Rev

erse

Inv

alid

Run

Sto

p

Inpu

tsi

gnal

SW

5-2

Mar

kC

olo

r

BK

BL

BR

GR

OR

Bla

ckB

lue

Bro

wn

Gra

yO

rang

e

Mar

kC

olo

r

RD

WH

Y Y/G

N

Red

Whi

teY

ello

wY

ello

w/G

reen

Co

lor

mar

k

X4

DMC

nR

4

FS

X4

CnB

2

CnK

2

CnO

CnM

CnD

Y/G

NY

/GN

CnJ

S

RD

RD

RD

WH

CnU

CnI

A B

Prin

ted

wiri

ng b

oard

F(3

.15A

)T

B TB

TB

Val

FM

l1(4

9FI)

FM

l2(4

9FI)

CF

l 2C

FI1

LM

Trl

220/

240V

8V 17V

X Y Z

RD

Y/G

N

RD

WH

WH

RD

BL BL

WH

RD

BK

LL

MM

HH

UH

UH

CnJ

S

CnR

CnI

CnJ

S

CnW

4C

nW4

OR

OR

BR

BR

OR

OR

RD

WH

X1

X5

X2

X3

1 2

9

5

BL

BL

LS

BL

RD BL

BL

BK

BK

CnH

CnN

CnN

2

CnS

BK

BK

BK

BK

BL

BL

CnK

CnK

BK

BK

CnH

2

Thl

-A

Thl

-R

X5

X1

X2

X3

87

63

WH

RD RD

BL BL

RD R

D

BL BL

RD

WH

CnW

2

CnW

3

CnL

CnB

2

RD

WH

BK

12

3O

NO

FF

ON

OF

F1

23

4S

W6

CnE

CN

Z

Che

cker

HA C

heck

Nor

mal

LED

·RLE

D·G

CnB

RD

BL

BK

BK

GR

BR

OR

RD RD

RD RD

OR WH

WH

WH WH

WH

BR

CnF

3C

nF2

CnF

3C

nF2

RD*1

*2

BL

BK

BR

BK

BL

RD

BL BL

BK BK

BR

WH WH

WHWH

SW

5

CnT

XR

1

XR

5

XR

2

XR

3X

R4

CnA

OR

RD Y BK

GR

OR

RD Y BK

GR

CnA

2

SM

Out

door

uni

t(S

igna

l lin

e)

Pow

erso

urce

Y/G

N

Y/GNY/GN

Cn

F6

Cn

F5

Opt

ion

L N

Y/GN

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

J3J2

J1

J7J6

J5

J4

Thc

Rem

ote

cont

rolle

r

XY

ZR

DW

HB

K

FM

I1(4

9FI) C

nF2

CnF

2

UH

BR OR

OR

WHWH

Y/GNY/GNBLBL BL

RDRD

BKBK HM

LR

D

*1

CF

I1

RD

RD


Models All models

Hea

ting

tem

p. s

hift

+ 3

Nor

mal

Tes

t run

of

cond

ensa

te p

ump

mot

or

Nor

mal

SW

5-3

- 90 -

Mea

nin

g o

f m

arks

No

te: *

1 F

MI2 is

eq

uip

ped

wit

h o

nly

fo

r F

DR

J112

HK

XE

2,14

0HK

XE

2

Mar

kP

arts

nam

eM

ark

Par

ts n

ame

Mar

kP

arts

nam

e

FM

I1,2

CF

I1,2

DM

FS

SM

X1,

2,3

X4

49F

IT

hI-

A

Fan

mot

orC

apac

itor

for

FMI

Dra

in m

otor

Floa

t sw

itch

Step

ping

mot

or (

For

Exp

.v)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

FM

I)A

uxili

ary

rela

y (F

or D

M)

Inte

rnal

ther

mos

tat f

or F

MI

The

rmis

tor

Th

I-R

SW

1S

W2

SW

3S

W4

SW

6T

rlV

alL

ED

·RL

ED

·GF

The

rmis

tor

Indo

or u

nit a

ddre

ss te

n's

plac

eIn

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

ten'

s pl

ace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Cha

nge

of h

eat p

ume

type

Tra

nsfo

rmer

Var

isto

rIn

dica

tion

lam

p (R

ed)

Indi

catio

n la

mp

(Gre

en)

Fuse

Cn

A-Z

TB

m

ark

m

ark

XR

1X

R2

XR

3X

R4

XR

5

Con

nect

or (

m

ark)

Ter

min

al b

lock

Ter

min

al (

F)C

onne

ctor

Ope

ratio

n in

dica

tion

(DC

12)

Hea

ting

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)O

N in

dica

tion

for

CM

(D

C12

)C

heck

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)D

ista

nt o

pera

tion

Fu

nct

ion

of

swit

ches

Mar

kF

un

ctio

n

SW

5-1

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF

Rev

erse

Inv

alid

Run

Sto

p

Inpu

tsi

gnal

SW

5-2

SW

5-3

Mar

kC

olo

rB

KB

LB

RG

RO

R

Bla

ckB

lue

Bro

wn

Gra

yO

rang

e

Mar

kC

olo

rR

DW

HY Y

/GN

Red

Whi

teY

ello

wY

ello

w/G

reen

Co

lor

mar

k

CF

l1C

FI2

L

L

M

M

H

HU

HU

H

OR

OR

OR

OR

CnF

2C

nF3

CnF

4C

nF4

CnF

2

CnD

CnF

3

CnF

4

CnF

5C

nF5

CnF

5

L N A B

F(3

.15A

)T

B TB

TB

X4

DM

FS

TrI

200/

240V

8V 17V

X Y Z

RD

RD

WH

WH

RD

WH

WH

RD

BL BL

WH

RD

BK

CnO

CnS

CnR

CnR

CnI

CnI

CnW

1

CnT

CnW

2

RD

RD

BK

BK

BK

BK

X1

X2

X3

X1

X2 X3

BL

BL

CnK

CnK

2

1 2

5

BK

BK

CnH

2

CnH

CnN

BL

BL

X4

Val

ThI

-A

ThI

-R

XR

1

XR

5

XR

2

XR

3

XR

4

CnR

I

CnR

IC

nRI

CnR

I

CnN

3 BK

BK

CnN

2

OR

RD Y BK

GR

CnA

2

SM

87

64

9

CnA

OR

RD Y BK

GR

RD

WH

CnU

RD

RD RD

BL

BL BL BL

BL

BK

BK BK BK

BR BR BR

BR BR

BK

RD

BL BL

WH

WH

WH

WHWHBKRDRDBKBR

RDGR WHRDRDRD

WH

BK BK

RD RD

BL

BK

WH

FM

I1

(49F

I)F

MI2

(49F

I)1

23

ON

OF

F

CnE

CnZ

Che

cker

HA Che

ckN

orm

al

LED

·RLE

D·G

12

34

ON

OF

F

SW

6

SW

5

CnB

Pow

erso

urce

Out

door

unit

(Sig

nal l

ine)

Y/GN

Option

Y/G

N

Y/G

N

Y/G

N

Y/GNY/GNY/GN

Prin

ted

wiri

ng b

oard

Thc

Rem

ote

cont

rolle

r

XY

ZR

DW

HB

K

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

J3

J7J6

J5

J4

*1


Models All models

Hea

ting

tem

p. s

hift

+ 3

Nor

mal

Tes

t run

of

cond

ensa

te p

ump

mot

or

Nor

mal

- 91 -


Models All models

Mea

nin

g o

f m

arks

No

te:

1 F

MI2 is

eq

uip

ped

wit

h o

nly

fo

r F

DU

MJ1

12H

KX

E2,

140

HK

XE

2

Mar

kP

arts

nam

eM

ark

Par

ts n

ame

Mar

kP

arts

nam

e

FM

I1,2

CF

I1,2

DM

FS

SM

X1,

2,3

X4

49F

IT

hI-

A

Fan

mot

orC

apac

itor

for

FMI

Dra

in m

otor

Floa

t sw

itch

(For

ove

rflo

w p

reve

ntio

n)St

eppi

ng m

otor

(Fo

r E

xp.v

)A

uxili

ary

rela

y (F

or F

MI)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

DM

)In

tern

al th

erm

osta

t for

FM

I

The

rmis

tor

Th

I-R

SW

1S

W2

SW

3S

W4

SW

6T

rlV

alL

ED

RL

ED

GF

The

rmis

tor

Indo

or u

nit a

ddre

ss te

n's

plac

eIn

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

ten'

s pl

ace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Cha

nge

of h

eat p

ume

type

Tra

nsfo

rmer

Var

isto

rIn

dica

tion

lam

p (R

ed)

Indi

catio

n la

mp

(Gre

en)

Fuse

Cn

A-Z

TB

m

ark

m

ark

XR

1X

R2

XR

3X

R4

XR

5

Con

nect

or (

m

ark)

Ter

min

al b

lock

Ter

min

al (

F)C

onne

ctor

Ope

ratio

n in

dica

tion

(DC

12)

Hea

ting

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)O

N in

dica

tion

for

CM

(D

C12

)C

heck

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)D

ista

nt o

pera

tion

Fu

nct

ion

of

swit

ches

Mar

kF

un

ctio

n

SW

5-1

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF

Rev

erse

Inv

alid

Run

Sto

p

Inpu

tsi

gnal

SW

5-2

SW

5-3

Mar

kC

olo

r

BK

BL

BR

GR

OR

Bla

ckB

lue

Bro

wn

Gra

yO

rang

e

Mar

kC

olo

r

RD

WH

Y Y/G

N

Red

Whi

teY

ello

wY

ello

w/G

reen

Co

lor

mar

k

CnU

FM

I1F

MI2

(49F

I)(4

9FI)

LL

MM

HH

UH

UH

OR

OR

OR

OR

A BL N

FT

B TB

TB

CnB

X4

DM

FS

CnG

CnF

3

CnF

5

CnF

5

CnF

3

CnF5

CnF

4

CnF

2 CnF

4

CnF

4

CF

I2C

FI1

CnF

2

(3.1

5A)

220/

240V

8V 17V

X Y Z

X1

X2

X3

X1

X2

X3

1 2

5

X4

XR

1

XR

5

Option

XR

2X

R3

XR

4

CnA

2

SM

87

64

9

CnA

CnH

CnNCnT

CnE

CnR

IC

nRI

CnI

CnR

CnW

1Cn

W2

CnZ

CnI

CnR

IC

nRI

CnR

CnD

HA

Thl

-A

Thl

-R

CnH

2

CnN

3C

nN2

CnA

3

Che

cker

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

Pow

erso

urce

Out

door

unit

(Sig

nal l

ine)

RD

RDW

H

WH

BL

BL

Y/G

N

Y/G

N

Y/GNY/GNY/GN

Y/GN

Y/G

N

CnM

CnO

12

3O

NO

FF

ON

OF

F1

23

4S

W6

SW

5

RD

OR

OR

OR

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

YY

Y

BK

BK

BK

RD

BL

WH

WH

Trl

BK

BK

RD

/BK

RD

/BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

GR

GR

GR

WH

BK

Nor

mal

Che

ck

RDRDRDGR RD

BKRD

BK BK

BKBK BK

BR BR

BRBR

BL

BL

BL

BLBLBL

RD RD

RDRDRD

BK

BL

RD

RD

BK

BK

BL

BR

BKBRBR WH WH

WH

WH

WH

WH

WH

WH

WH

*1

Prin

ted

wiri

ng b

oard

Val

RD

WH BL

CnK

CnK

2BL

LED

·RLE

D·G

J3

J7J6

J5

J4

Thc

Rem

ote

cont

rolle

r

XY

ZR

DW

HB

K

Hea

ting

tem

p. s

hift

+ 3

Nor

mal

Tes

t run

of

cond

ensa

te p

ump

mot

or

Nor

mal

- 92 -

Mea

nin

g o

f m

arks

No

te: *

1 F

MI2 is

eq

uip

ped

wit

h o

nly

fo

r F

DE

J71H

KX

E2B

,112

HK

XE

2B,1

40H

KX

E2B

Mar

kP

arts

nam

eM

ark

Par

ts n

ame

Mar

kP

arts

nam

e

FM

I1,2

CF

I1,2

49F

IL

ML

SS

MX

1,2,

3X

5T

hI-

A

Fan

mot

orC

apac

itor

for

FMI

Inte

rnal

ther

mos

tat f

or F

MI

Lou

ver

mot

orL

imit

switc

hSt

eppi

ng m

otor

(Fo

r E

xp.v

)A

uxili

ary

rela

y (F

or F

MI)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

LM

)T

herm

isto

r

Th

I-R

SW

1S

W2

SW

3S

W4

SW

6T

rlV

alL

ED

·RL

ED

·GF

The

rmis

tor

Indo

or u

nit a

ddre

ss te

n's

plac

eIn

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

ten'

s pl

ace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Cha

nge

of h

eat p

ume

type

Tra

nsfo

rmer

Var

isto

rIn

dica

tion

lam

p (R

ed)

Indi

catio

n la

mp

(Gre

en)

Fuse

Cn

A-Z

TB

m

ark

m

ark

XR

1X

R2

XR

3X

R4

XR

5

Con

nect

or (

m

ark)

Ter

min

al b

lock

Ter

min

al (

F)C

onne

ctor

Ope

ratio

n in

dica

tion

(DC

12)

Hea

ting

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)O

N in

dica

tion

for

CM

(D

C12

)C

heck

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)D

ista

nt o

pera

tion

Fu

nct

ion

of

swit

ches

Mar

kF

un

ctio

n

SW

5-1

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF

Rev

erse

Inv

alid

Run

Sto

p

Inpu

tsi

gnal

SW

5-2

SW

5-3

Mar

kC

olo

r

BK

BL

BR

GR

OR

Bla

ckB

lue

Bro

wn

Gra

yO

rang

e

Mar

kC

olo

r

RD

WH

Y Y/G

N

Red

Whi

teY

ello

wY

ello

w/G

reen

Co

lor

mar

k

RD

WH

CnU L N A B

Prin

ted

wiri

ng b

oard

F(3

.15A

)T

B TB

TB

VaI

FM

I2

(49F

I)F

MI1

(49F

I)C

FI2

CF

I1

LM

Tr1

200/

240V

8V 17V

X Y Z

RD

WH

WH

WH

BL BL

WH

RD

BK

CnO

CnD

CnM

LL

MM

H60

HH

50U

H

CnJ

S

CnJ

S

CnW

4C

nW4

CnK

2

CnK

2

CnW

3

OR

OR

OR

Y/G

N

OR

RD

WH

CnE

CnZ

Che

cker

HA

Che

ckN

orm

al

LED

·RLE

D·G

SW

3S

W4

12

3O

NO

FF

12

34

ON

OF

F

SW

6

CnB

X5

SW

1S

W2 SW

5

X1

X4

X2

X3

1 2

9

5

BL

BL

LS

RD

BL

BK

BL

BK

CnN

2C

nN

CnH

CnS

2C

nS

BK

BK

BK

RD

BK

BL

BL

CnK

BK CnH

2

ThI

-A

ThI

-R

X5

X1

X2

X3

87

63

Cn

F6

CnF

3

Cn

F5

WH

RD

RD

BL BL

RD

RD

RD

RD

BL

BL

RD

WH

CnW

2

CnL

CnB

2RD

WH

BK

RD

RD

CnA

OR

RD Y BK

GR

OR

RD Y BK

GR

SM

CnT

XR

1

XR

5

XR

2

XR

3

XR

4

CnF

2

CnF

3C

nF2

RD

BL

BK

BR

BLBL

RD RD

BKBK

BRBR

BK

RD Y/GN

WH

WH

WH

Y/GN

Out

door

uni

t(S

igna

l lin

e)

Pow

erso

urce

Y/G

N

Y/G

NY

/GN

*1

OR OR WH WH WH

Option

Thc

Rem

ote

cont

rolle

r

XY

ZR

DW

HB

K

J3J2

J1

J7J6

J5

J4


Models All models

Hea

ting

tem

p. s

hift

+ 3

Nor

mal

Tes

t run

of

cond

ensa

te p

ump

mot

or

Nor

mal

- 93 -

Mea

nin

g o

f m

arks

Mar

kP

arts

nam

eM

ark

Par

ts n

ame

Mar

kP

arts

nam

e

FM

IC

FI

49F

IL

ML

SS

MX

1,2,

3X

5T

hI-

A

Fan

mot

orC

apac

itor

for

FMI

Inte

rnal

ther

mos

tat f

or F

MI

Lou

ver

mot

orL

imit

switc

hSt

eppi

ng m

otor

(Fo

r E

xp.v

)A

uxili

ary

rela

y (F

or F

MI)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

LM

)T

herm

isto

r

Th

I-R

SW

1S

W2

SW

3S

W4

SW

6T

rlV

alL

ED

·RL

ED

·GF

The

rmis

tor

Indo

or u

nit a

ddre

ss te

n's

plac

eIn

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

ten'

s pl

ace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Cha

nge

of h

eat p

ume

type

Tra

nsfo

rmer

Var

isto

rIn

dica

tion

lam

p (R

ed)

Indi

catio

n la

mp

(Gre

en)

Fuse

Cn

A-Z

TB

m

ark

m

ark

XR

1X

R2

XR

3X

R4

XR

5

Con

nect

or (

m

ark)

Ter

min

al b

lock

Ter

min

al (

F)C

onne

ctor

Ope

ratio

n in

dica

tion

(DC

12)

Hea

ting

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)O

N in

dica

tion

for

CM

(D

C12

)C

heck

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)D

ista

nt o

pera

tion

Fu

nct

ion

of

swit

ches

Mar

kF

un

ctio

n

SW

5-1

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF

Rev

erse

Inv

alid

Run

Sto

p

Inpu

tsi

gnal

SW

5-2

SW

5-3

Mar

kC

olo

r

BK

BL

GR

OR

Bla

ckB

lue

Gra

yO

rang

e

Mar

kC

olo

r

RD

WH

Y Y/G

N

Red

Whi

teY

ello

wY

ello

w/G

reen

Co

lor

mar

k

L N A B

F(3

.15A

)T

B

CnU

TB

TB

VaI

FM

I

(49F

I)C

FI

23

4

X Y Z

RD

RD

WH

WH

WH

RD

BK

CnO

CnD

LM

H

CnB

OR

X1

X2

X3

CnE

CnZ

Che

cker

HA

1 2

5

BL

BL

1

CnT

ThI

-A

CnF

1

CnF

1

OR

OR

OR

CnF

2

ON

OF

F

RD

RD

CnH

CnN

BK

BK

BK

BK

X1

X2

X3

BL

BL

CnK

CnK

2

Che

ckN

orm

al

87

6

ThI

-R

CnN

2

LED

·RLE

D·G

XR

1

XR

5

XR

2

XR

3

XR

4

23

1O

NO

FF

SW

4S

W3 S

W6

WH

WH

RD RD

BL BL

9

CnJ

X5

LM

CnJ

SW

1S

W2

BL

BLCnS

CnS

2

BK

BK

LS

RD

WH

3

X5

SW

5

CnA

OR

RD Y BK

GR

SM

TrI

220/

240V

8V 17V

CnW

2C

nW1

Option

Prin

ted

wiri

ng b

oard

WHOROR

GR

BK

BL

RD

BK

BL

RD

WH WH WH

WH

Y/G

NY

/GN

Y/G

N

Out

door

uni

t(S

igna

l lin

e)

Pow

erso

urce

CnF

1

J3

J7J6

J5

J4

Thc

Rem

ote

cont

rolle

r

XY

ZR

DW

HB

K


Models All models

Hea

ting

tem

p. s

hift

+ 3

Nor

mal

Tes

t run

of

cond

ensa

te p

ump

mot

or

Nor

mal

No

te: (

1) F

DK

J22H

KX

E2

is d

iffe

ren

t fr

om

oth

ers

as in

dic

ated

wit

h *

1 in

th

e d

iag

ram

bel

ow

.

FM

I1(4

9FI) CnF

1

CnF

1

CnF

2O

R

OR

WH WH

WH

Y/GN

Y/G

N

BL BL

RDRD

BKBK HM

L

*1

CF

I

- 94 -



Models All models

Mea

nin

g o

f m

arks

Mar

kP

arts

nam

eM

ark

Par

ts n

ame

Mar

kP

arts

nam

e

FM

IC

FI

49F

IS

MX

1,2,

3T

hI-

AT

hI-

RS

W1

SW

2

Fan

mot

orC

apac

itor

for

FMI

Inte

rnal

ther

mos

tat f

or F

MI

Step

ping

mot

or (

For

Exp

.v)

Aux

iliar

y re

lay

(For

FM

I)T

herm

isto

rT

herm

isto

rIn

door

uni

t add

ress

ten'

s pl

ace

Indo

or u

nit a

ddre

ss u

nit's

pla

ce

SW

3S

W4

SW

6T

rlV

alL

ED

·RL

ED

·GF

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

ten'

s pl

ace

Out

door

uni

t add

ress

uni

t's p

lace

Cha

nge

of h

eat p

ume

type

Tra

nsfo

rmer

Var

isto

rIn

dica

tion

lam

p (R

ed)

Indi

catio

n la

mp

(Gre

en)

Fuse

Cn

A-Z

TB

m

ark

m

ark

XR

1X

R2

XR

3X

R4

XR

5

Con

nect

or (

m

ark)

Ter

min

al b

lock

Ter

min

al (

F)C

onne

ctor

Ope

ratio

n in

dica

tion

(DC

12)

Hea

ting

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)O

N in

dica

tion

for

CM

(D

C12

)C

heck

indi

catio

n (D

C12

)D

ista

nt o

pera

tion

Fu

nct

ion

of

swit

ches

Mar

kF

un

ctio

n

SW

5-1

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF

Rev

erse

Inv

alid

Run

Sto

p

Inpu

tsi

gnal

SW

5-2

SW

5-3

Mar

kC

olo

r

BK

BL

GR

OR

Bla

ckB

lue

Gra

yO

rang

e

Mar

kC

olo

r

RD

WH

Y Y/G

N

Red

Whi

teY

ello

wY

ello

w/G

reen

Co

lor

mar

k

L N A B

FT

B TB

CnK

CnK

2

TB

FM

I

CF

I

CnF

CnF

CnS

(3.1

5)

Val

8V 17V

X Y Z

(49F

I)

LM

H

X1

X2

X3

HA

Che

cker

1 2

9 5

X1

X2

X3

87

6

12

3

12

34

CnA

CnE

CnZ

CnT

CnH

CnN

CnB

SM

XR

1

XR

5

XR

2

XR

3

XR

4

Pow

erso

urce

Out

door

unit

(Sig

nal l

ine)

Option

CnH

2

CnA

2

CnW

2C

nW1

CnN

BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

YY

BLBL

RD

RD

WH

WH

220/

240V

RD

RD

OR

OR

GR

GR

BK

RD

RD

WH

BK

RD

BK

BK

Thl

-A

Thl

-R

Trl

LED

·RLE

D·G

Prin

ted

wiri

ng b

oard

Nor

mal

Che

ck

SW

1

SW

5

SW

6

SW

2S

W3

SW

4

ON

OF

F

ON

OF

F

WH

Y/G

NY

/GN

CnD

Y/G

N

WH

WH

BK

BK

RDRDRD/Y

BLBLBL

BKBKBK

GR

RD

RD

RD

RD

WH

WH

BL

BL

BL

BL

WH

Y/G

N

Thc

Rem

ote

cont

rolle

r

XY

ZR

DW

HB

K

J3

J7J6

J5

J4

Hea

ting

tem

p. s

hift

+ 3

Nor

mal

Tes

t run

of

cond

ensa

te p

ump

mot

or

Nor

mal

- 95 -

INC

AS

E O

F R

EP

LAC

ING

TH

E P

RIN

TE

D C

IRC

UIT

BO

AR

D, R

EF

ER

TO

TH

E F

OLL

OW

ING

BE

LOW

.1.

TA

KE

OU

T IC

8 A

ND

CH

AN

GE

IC O

F N

EW

PR

INT

ED

CIR

CU

IT B

OA

RD

.2.

SE

T S

W10

-2~

4 F

OR

SP

EC

IFIC

MO

DE

L S

ELE

CT

ION

.

(NO

TE

1) O

PT

ION

INTE

GRAT

ED O

PERA

TION

TIME

OF E

NGIN

E - N

O

BK

BL

BR

GN

GR

OR

RD

WH

Y

BL

AC

KB

LU

EB

RO

WN

GR

EE

MG

RA

YO

RA

NG

ER

ED

WH

ITE

YE

LL

OW

SW

1S

W2

SW

3-1

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

SW

3-2

SPA

RE

ON

OFF

SW

3-3

SW

3-4

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW

3-5

ON

OFF

SW

3-6

SW

3-7

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW

3-8

ON

OFF

SW10

-1

SW10

-2~4

ON

OFF

MO

DE

L

SW10

-5O

NO

FFO

NO

FFSW

10-6

SW10

-7O

FFO

NSP

AR

E

SW10

-8O

FFSP

AR

EO

N

OU

TDO

OR

No.

R.L

ED

R

ESE

T

SNO

W

PRO

TECT

UNM

ATCH

C

HE

CK

TR

IAL

RU

NH

EA

T/C

OO

L

EX

T.

MO

DE

SHIP

MEN

T

SW

8S

W7

SW

6S

W5

SW

4PU

MP

OIL

ER

R C

HE

CK

DA

TA S

ELEC

T

SW

9-1

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW

9-2

OFF

ON

SW

9-3

OFF

ON

SW

9-4

SIL

EN

T

FOR

CED

EN

G.

MA

INTE

EX

T.P

/L

R22

/R40

7

CO

LD

AR

EA

MA

INTE

.H

R

OU

TDO

OR

UN

IT N

o.(1

0TH

DIG

IT)

OU

TD

OO

R U

NIT

No.

(1ST

DIG

IT)

INSP

EC

TIO

N L

ED

(RE

SET

)

YE

SN

OY

ES

NO

TE

ST-O

PER

AT

ION

NO

RM

AL

TEST

-OPE

RATI

ON

MO

DE(

COO

LIN

G)

EX

T.I

NPU

T M

OD

E(D

EM

AN

D)

TE

ST M

OD

E

SIL

EN

T M

OD

E -

YE

S

COOL

ING W

ATER

PUMP

(PM) M

ANUA

L OPE

RATIO

N SW

EN

GIN

E O

IL I

NSP

EC

TIO

N S

WIN

SPE

CT

ION

DIS

PLA

Y S

WDA

TA D

ISPL

AY SE

LECT

OR SW

(10T

H DI

GIT)

SIL

EN

T M

OD

E -

NO

4000

H80

00H

COOL

ING

HEAT

ING

FORC

ED O

PERA

TION

INTE

GRAT

ED O

PERA

TION

TIME

OF E

NGIN

E - Y

ES

EX

T.I

NPU

T(P

UL

SE I

NPU

T)

EX

T.I

NPU

T(L

EV

EL

IN

PUT

)

MO

DE

L S

WIT

CH

ING

R40

7CR

22Y

ES

NO

GA

S SH

UTD

OW

N V

ALV

EEN

GIN

E O

IL S

UPP

LY V

ALV

ESO

LEN

OID

VA

LVE(

4 W

AY

-VA

LVE)

SOLE

NO

ID V

ALV

E(PA

RTIA

L)O

VER

CURR

ENT

RELA

Y(F

M01

)O

VER

CURR

ENT

RELA

Y(P

M)

RELA

Y(F

M01

)RE

LAY

(PM

)RE

LAY

(STR

)H

IGH

PRE

SSU

RE S

W(P

ROTE

CTIO

N)

LOW

PRE

SSU

RE S

W(P

ROTE

CTIO

N)

CRA

NK

CA

SE H

EATE

RCO

NN

ECTO

R(

MA

RK)

RAM

CH

ECK

ERCO

OLI

NG

HEA

TIN

G F

ORC

ED O

PERA

TIO

NEX

TERN

AL

OPE

RATI

ON

INPU

TCH

ECK

ERCO

OLI

NG

WA

TER

FLO

W C

ON

TRO

L V

ALV

ED

IOD

E(ST

R)EN

GIN

E CO

NTR

OL

UN

ITEF

L FI

LTER

FUSE

(5A

)FA

N M

OTO

R

SOLE

NO

ID V

ALV

E (L

IQU

ID B

YPA

SS)

TERM

INA

L BL

OCK

(PO

WER

)TE

RMIN

AL

BLO

CK (S

IGN

AL)

TERM

INA

L BL

OCK

(IN

VER

TER)

TERM

INA

L BO

X (H

EATE

R)

BIM

ETA

L SW

ITCH

THER

MIS

TOR

(OU

TDO

OR

TEM

PERA

TURE

)TH

ERM

ISTO

R (D

ELIV

ERY

PIPE

TEM

PERA

TURE

)TH

ERM

ISTO

R (M

ACH

INE

ROO

M)

THER

MIST

OR (W

ATER

COOL

ED HE

AT EX

CHAN

GER O

UTLE

T)TH

ERM

ISTO

R (C

OOLI

NG W

ATER

PUM

P IN

LET)

THER

MIST

OR (E

NGIN

E OUT

LET W

ATER

TEMP

ERAT

URE)

TRA

NSF

OM

ER (S

TART

ER)

TRA

NSF

OM

ER (C

ON

TRO

L LI

NE)

TRA

NSF

OM

ER (E

CU)

TRA

NSF

OM

ER (4

00/2

00V

)TH

ROTT

LE S

WRE

LAY

RELA

Y (I

GN

ITIO

N)

VA

RIST

OR

20G1

,220

OL1,

220

S20

UF

51F

0151

P52

F01

52P

52S

63H

63L

CH

CN

Cn

EC

NG

CN

SC

nV

CWFV

1,2D E

CU

EF

LF FM

01,2

FILT

ERFA

NCO

OLI

NG

WA

TER

LEV

EL S

WD

RAIN

FIL

TER

HEA

TER

DRA

IN H

OSE

HEA

TER

HIG

H P

RESS

URE

SEN

SOR

IGN

ITIO

N A

SSY

INV

ERTE

R(FM

02)

RED

-INSP

ECTI

ON

DIS

PLA

YG

REEN

-NO

RMA

L D

ISPL

AY

SEG

MEN

T(TI

ME/

REV

OLU

TIO

N/E

RRO

R)LO

W P

RESS

URE

SEN

SOR

ENG

INE

OIL

LEV

EL S

WEN

GIN

E O

IL P

RESS

URE

SW

MO

TOR

OF

COO

LIN

G W

ATE

R PU

MP

REG

ULA

TOR

FOR

STA

RTIN

GST

EPPI

NG

MO

TOR

(MIX

ER)

STA

RTER

MO

TOR

SOLE

NO

ID V

ALV

E (C

OO

LIN

G C

OM

P)SO

LEN

OID

VA

LVE

(HO

T G

AS

BY-P

ASS

)SO

LENO

ID VA

LVE (

OUTS

IDE U

NIT H

EAT E

XCHA

NGER

INLE

T)

FC

FM

EF

SH

DF

H1

H2

H3

HP

SIIA IN

VL

ED

1L

ED

2LE

D4~6

LPS (

NOTE

2)O

L1,

2O

PE

PM

RE

GS

MS

TR

SV

1S

V2~

4S

V7

SB

8T

B1

TB

2T

B6

TB

HT

HS

1T

HS

2T

HS

3T

ho

-AT

ho

-DTh

o-E

TTh

o-M

OTh

o-P

ITh

o-W

TR

1T

R2

TR

3T

R4

TS

1, 2

X1~

23X

G1~

3Z

NR

INSP

EC

TIO

N L

ED

(NO

RM

AL

)

TEST

-OPE

RATI

ON

MO

DE(

HEA

TIN

G)

EX

T.I

NPU

T M

OD

E(N

OR

MA

L)

OR

DIN

AR

Y

DATA

DIS

PLAY

SELE

CTOR

SW(1

ST D

IGIT

)

OR

DIN

AR

Y

Mea

nin

g o

f m

arks

Mar

kP

arts

nam

eM

ark

Par

ts n

ame

Mar

kP

arts

nam

e

Fu

nct

ion

of

swit

ches

Mar

kF

un

ctio

nM

ark

Fu

nct

ion

Mar

kC

olo

r

Co

lor

mar

k

50

Hz

40

0V3-

PH

AS

E

BK

WH

BK

BK

WH

WH

BR

WH

OR

BL

Y

GN

RD

BK

BR

WH

OR

BL

Y

GN

RD

BK

RD

RDBK

BKBL

BL

Y

5

X16

OUTPUT ERROR

RD

RD

WH

WH

BK

BK

BK

BK

WH

WH

WH

WH

RD

GN

BR

BR

BK

RD

GN

WH

YRD

OR

BR

WH

RD

BK

BK

BK

RD

RD

RD

BKBK/Y

BK/Y

RD

PK

PK

(OU

TD

OO

R T

EM

P.)

Tho

-A

(DE

LIV

ER

Y P

IPE

TE

MP

.)T

ho-D

YRD

BL YRD

BL

GN

GN

(LO

W P

RE

SS

UR

E S

WIT

CH

)LP

S(N

OT

E 2

)B

LB

LB

L

RD

RD

RDB

L

BLB

L

BL

RD

RD

RD

RD

WH

WH

WH

RD

RD

RDRDRD

RD

RD

RDRD

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

BL

WH

BK

WH

RD

WH

WH

WH

BK

WH

NF

B(1

A)

+ DS

4-

TB

H

HD

F

TH

S3

H1

12

TH

S2

H2

TH

S1

H3

34

87654321

65

43

21

1615

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

43211211

87654321321654

87654321

CH

63H

CN

E

CH

EC

K E

RR

OIL

PU

MP

SW

10

OU

TD

OO

R N

o.

DA

TA

SE

LEC

T

CN

1

DC

12V

IC8(

OP

ER

AT

ION

TIM

E)8

76

54

OF

F

ON

32

1

X23

X22

X21

X20

X18

X17

X16

X15

X13

X12

X11

X10

X8

X7

X6

X5

X4

X3

DC

24V X12

UF

20Y

2425

OPERATION OUTPUT

87 XG

1

CN

FC

NC

WF

V

CW

FV1

CW

FV2

(FO

R IN

DO

OR

UN

IT)

S

IGN

AL

LIN

E

TB

2 BA

EX

T. I

NC

NS

FO

RC

ED

OP

ER

AT

ION

CO

OLI

NG

HE

AT

ING

CN

GC

NS

CN

TH

(MA

CH

INE

RO

OM

)T

ho-E

T

PU

MP

INLE

T)

(CO

OLI

NG

WA

TE

RT

ho-P

I

EX

CH

AN

GE

R O

UT

LET

)(W

AT

ER

CO

OLE

D H

EA

TT

ho-M

O

CN

PS

LPS

(HIG

H P

RE

SS

UR

E S

WIT

CH

)H

PS

HP

S

15

G2

20

2764

X14

13

G1

20

26X10

12

X13 17 FM

EO

L220

X15 O

L120

16

X11 14 52

S

X18 28

1110

SV

8S

V7

X8

SV

4

X7

X6 SV

3

9

X5 SV

2

8

X4 SV

1

7

20S

6X3

52P

4X1

CN

R

PR

INT

ED

CIR

CU

IT B

OA

RD

(UN

IT)

ZN

R

321 27V

17V

8V

TR

2

CN

I

(5A

)

F

52P

2221

CN

K

3

12

GER

CN

13

XG

3

CN

12

XG

15353

XG

2

TR

3

CN

3

CN

2R

S -+

-+P

CB

CN

1

78

87

X14

XG

2C

N4

CN

3

CN

2

(EC

U)

PC

B LED

2LE

D1

1338111512642010199

CN

5C

N8

OL2

OL1

SU

BT

AN

K

OIL

Cn6

CN

10

CN

9

CN

7

TS

1

TS

2

OP

E

IIATho

-W

SM

EN

GIN

EB

ST

RC

N11

CN

M

-

+D

FM

01

24

6

51F

01

52F

015

31

TR

1

64

213

52S

5

RD

PM

465

3

21

51P

52P

IC7

CN

V

4O

FF

ON

32

1SW

9

XG

3

X1

SW

8S

W7

LED

5LE

D4

LED

2LE

D1

LED

6

SW

4S

W6

SW

5

87

65

4O

FF

ON

32

1

SW

1S

W3

SW

2

63L

FS

51F

01

1822212051

P

CnQ

2C

nQ1

RD

F01

52

33X23

3231

30

X22

X21

X20

L3L2L1TB

3

L3L1 L2TB

1

BR

EA

KE

RLE

AK

AG

EG

RO

UN

D

50

Hz

20

0V3-

PH

AS

E

U

NIT

SID

EO

N T

HE

OU

TD

OO

R

PO

WE

R

)(

TR

4

N

30B

30C

CM

FW

D X

1 X

2 X

3R

EV

INV

UW

V

L2

FM

O2

TB

4N

L

N'

L'

GN

L L1

G

BK

OR

RD

BR

GN

YBL

PK

WH

WH

WH

WH

RD

RD

RD

WH

WH

RD

RD

GN

/BK

GN

/RD

BK

/WH

GN

/BK

GN

/Y

GN

/RD

WH

/BK

GN

/WH

BK

/RD

BL

RD

FCE

FL

(2) Outdoor unit

Models GHCP450HMTE4, 560HMTE4

- 96 -

4. OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER(1) Remote controller (Optional parts)

FDR, FDUM, FDFL and FDFU series are not provided with AUTO SWING switch.

FILTERRESET

CHECK

F A NSPEED

A U T OSWING

TIMER

SET

MODET E M PT I M E

PROGRAM TIMER

ON OFF

P MA M

SET TEMP

LoMiHi

FAN

CENTER REMOTE F I L T E R DRYCOOLFANHOT KEEP

FILTER AUTO LIFT

Filter reset switchUse this switch to reset (erase) the filtersign display.(Press the switch after cleaning the air filter.)

Filter signWhen this sign is indicated, clean the filter.

Remote displayThis is displayed when the unit is controlledwith an individual controller during normal operation.(Also displayed when the air conditioner is stopped.)

Inspection switch Use this switch when servicing the unit.

Operation mode display

Fan speed displayDisplays the fan speed that has been set.

Operation/Inspection indicator lampDuring operation: Green lamp flashes.In case of error: Red lamp flashes.

On/Off switch

Fan speed switchUse this switch to set a fan speed.

Mode switch

Cover

Heatingpreparation display

Timer switchUse this switch when selecting contents of timer operation.

Set switchUse this switch to set a time for the timer.

Temperature/Time setting switch

Auto swing switch

Auto swing displayIndicates the swing louver condition.

Settingtemperature displayDisplays the temperaturethat has been set.

Return air temperature displayDisplays the return air temperature.

Note

Outdoor No.

Central displayThis is displayed when the unit iscontrolled with the optional central console.

Timer operation displayContents of timer operation are displayed.(Also displayed when the air conditioneris stopped.)

Use this switch to start or stop the air conditioner. First push on the switch starts the unit and second push stops it. (The switch can be operated without opening the cover.)

Indicated value may be different from actual reading on a thermometer or other instrument but this is notnecessarily an error.

Use this switch to select operation modes.

Use this switch to operate or stop the swing louver.

Use this switch to set the room temperature or time on the timer.

Displays the operation mode that has been selected.

Panel shown below will appear if you open the cover. All contents of display on the LCD are indicated

simultaneously for the purpose of explanation.

Pull the knob on the cover to this side to open it downward.

- 97 -

Engine

Thermostat

ON

4 minutes a

3-minute delay

b

ON OFF ON

ON

• Thermostat ON/OFF depending on the control

• Thermostat OFF depending on the fuzzy calculation

• 4 minutes are not counted in the range a of 3-minute delay but in the range b.Note (1) Also if the fuzzy calculation turns off the thermostat when the operation is started, the thermostat will not be turned off for 4 minutes but the lowest frequency

will be required.

Preset temperature

Room air temperaturedetection (thermistor)

Temperature differenceTemperature variation

Calculation Fuzzy calculationCommand of enginerevolution speedCommand of openingdegree of expansion valve

Operation modeCooling

ThermostatON

ThermostatOFF

ThermostatON

ThermostatOFF

HeatingDehumidification

Defrosting

Fan complete

stopFunctional part

Engine

Starter (STR)

ignition (XG1)

Cooling water pump (52P)

Outdoor fan motor (FM01)

Outdoor fan motor (FM02)

4-way valve (20S)

Solenoid valve [cooling] (SV1)

Solenoid valve [capacity control] (20UF)

Solenoid valve [bypass] (SV2)



Solenoid valve [capacity control] (SV7)

Solenoid valve [capacity control] (SV8)

Gas shutdown valve (20G1, 2)

Cooling fan (FME)

Solenoid valve [engine oil supply] (20OL1, 2)

Cooling-water flow-control valve (CWFCV1)

Cooling-water flow-control valve (CWFCV2)

Notes (1). When the indoor units are all in the same mode, the output states are shown above.

(2). : ON, : OFF, / : ON or OFF

¡ If the thermostat of the indoor unit is turned on once, the thermostat will not be turned off for 4 minutes after the engine is on

even though the fuzzy calculation turns off the thermostat. If the fuzzy calculation turns off the thermostat within 4 minutes

after the engine is on, the lowest required frequency except Hz will be required as specified by the model.

(2) Fuzzy control ¡ Fuzzy control depending on the preset temperature and intake air temperature.

(3) Operation of functional parts during cooling/heating operation

- 98 -

( )

Unit 0

Fan

Cooling

Dehumidifying

Heating

Stopping

Uni

t 1

Fan

Coo

ling

Deh

umid

ifyi

ng

Hea

ting

Sto

ppin

g

<Combination of operation modes>

Code descripotion

: Mode match

: Mode mismatch .............

................ (It operates as set by the remote control.)

The earlier side is prior for operation.The later operated side is in the drying mode, and the remote control LCD indicates the selected operation mode in the flashing mode.

(a) Priority rank

1) At the priority rank of cooling, heating, dehumidifying and automatic operation, the earlier operatedunit has the operation priority.If any later operated unit is mismatched, the indoor unit will be forcibly operated in the “Fan” mode.

2) If the earlier operated mode mismatches with the later operated mode, the remote control LCD on thelater operated side will flash in the operation mode (at the intervals of 0.5 seconds).

3) “Fan” mode is out of the priority rank. Moreover, “cooling” and “dehumidifying” do not mismatchwith each other in the same mode.

(4) Priority rank of operation mode

When the indoor units are connected in the multi-mode, each unit selects the desired operation mode for itself but the opera-

tional content is determined in the priority rank of the operation mode as shown below.

If any operation mode is mismatched, the operation mode preset for the other indoor unit shall be changed.

(b) Operation example of priority rank (Note: ON shows the operation of the remote control.)

1) If the units 0 and 1 are in the same mode, they operate in the mode.

0Unit Cooling

ON

Cooling

Cooling

ON

1Unit

2) If cooling is mismatched between the units 0 and 1, the unit 0 on the earlier operation side has the

priority.

0Unit Cooling Cooling

ON

Heating FanFlashing LCD ofheating mode

ON

1Unit

3) If any mismatch occurs in the same mode, the not operated side (unit 1) has the operation priority.

0Unit Cooling

Cooling

ON

Cooling

FanFlashing LCD ofheating mode

ON

Heating

ON

1Unit

4) Since no priority is in the fan mode, the later operated side can be operated in the desired operation

mode.(c) Cancellation of mismatched unit

If any mismatch occurs, cancel the mismatched state by any operation of the following.1) Change of operation mode of mismatched unit (unit indicated by the remote control LCD in the flash-

ing mode)¡ Change the mode to the mode of the earlier operated side (unit now in operation).

¡ Select “Fan” or “stopping” mode.

- 99 -

Operation

Start request

Start/stop command

Revolution speed command

Starter magnet (52S)

Ignition relay (XG1)

Gas shutdown valves (20G1, 2)

Start/stop command

Revolution speed monitor

Within specified time

Completed engine start(The starter is released.)

Engine stop

Operation

Operation

Ignition

(500)

(300)

Start with STR

Completedcombustion

ON

ON

ON

2) Change of operation mode of earlier operated side (unit now in operation)¡ Change the mode to that of the mismatched unit. (Match the operation mode.)

¡ Select “drying” or “stopping” mode.

(5) Engine starting method

(a) The engine is started with the combination of ON-OFF control of the starter motor, ignition and fuel gas shutdown valve and

the communication control of the engine controller.

(b) To start the engine, “start command” of “engine start/stop commands” is sent. After the answer is received for the command,

the starter magnet (52S), ignition relay (XG1) and gas shutdown valve (20G1,2) will be turned on at the timing when the

engine speed is sent. When the engine is speeded up by start of the starter motor (STR) and the fuel ignition of the ignite, the

engine control will send the start state of “engine start/stop states”.

(c) After “start state” of “engine start/stop states” is received, the starter magnet (52S) will be turned off within 100mS to release

the starter. In this state, the engine will be completely started.

(d) The following start is applied when the power is turned on or the start is applied after halt of 168 hours or more.

The ignition relay (XG1) and gas shutdown valves (20G1, 2) being kept off, the starter magnet (52S) alone is continually

activated 3 times of 3 seconds for ON/2 seconds for OFF to purge air from the engine.

(e) The following is performed for operations other than (d).

If the outdoor temperature exceeds 0 °C with 20G1 and 2 in the off mode, XG1 will be turned on for 4 seconds and off for 6

seconds, 52S will be turned on for 5 seconds and off for 5 seconds for 3 times continuously. After a 1.0 second delay, 20G1

and 2 will be turned on for 3 seconds and off for 7 seconds for 3 times continuously. If the unit does not start, there is a 3

minute delay and this process is repeated once again.

(f) To stop the engine, “stop command” of “engine start/stop commands“ is sent and the gas shutdown valves (20G1, 2) and

ignition relay (XG1) are also turned off. Then, the engine speed is sent as 0 min-1.

(g) When SW10-6 is ON:

Upon 168-hour stopping, the engine will be operated for 3 minutes; furthermore, the lowest speed will be sent for the engine

speed. During this period, the bypass solenoid valves (SV2, SV3, SV4) will be ON (i.e., open), and both the 4-way valve

(20S) and the outdoor fan motor will be OFF. Indoor data communication will be terminated and outdoor unit protection

control will be enabled. If operation commences, this control will be terminated and operation will be governed in accor-

dance with 3-minute delay control.

Note (1) The bypass solenoid valve SV2 is normally off for the 450 model.

- 100 -

(6) Determination of engine revolution

The engine revolution speed is determined according to the frequency required by the indoor unit.

(a) Minimum/maximum frequency list

Maximum frequency 200Hz 265Hz

10Hz 10HzMinimum frequency

ModelFrequency GHCP450HMTE4 GHCP560HMTE4

(b) Engine revolution speed for frequency

(i) GHCP450HMTE4

Partial load Full load

Frequency (Hz)Engine revolutionspeed (min-1) Frequency (Hz)

Engine revolutionspeed (min-1) Frequency (Hz)

Engine revolutionspeed (min-1)

1655

1700

1745

1835

1880

1925

2015

2060

2105

2195

2240

2285

2375

140

145

150

155

160

165

170

175

180

185

190

195

200

890

935

980

1070

1115

1160

1205

1295

1340

1385

1475

1520

1565

70~75

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

115

120

125

130

135

890

935

980

1070

1115

1160

1205

1295

1340

1385

1475

1520

–

10~35

40

42.5

45

47.5

50

52.5

55

57.5

60

62.5

65

–

Notes (1) 10 to 65 Hz: Partial load (Calculation is performed at 2.5 Hz intervals)

(2) 70 to 200 Hz: Full load (Calculation is performed at 5 Hz intervals)

(ii) GHCP560HMTE4

Partial load Full load

Frequency (Hz)Engine revolutionspeed (min-1) Frequency (Hz)

Engine revolutionspeed (min-1) Frequency (Hz)

Engine revolutionspeed (min-1)

1655

1700

1745

1790

1835

1880

1925

1970

2015

2060

2105

2150

2195

2240

2285

2330

2375

185

190

195

200

205

210

215

220

225

230

235

240

245

250

255

260

265

890

935

980

1025

1070

1115

1160

1205

1250

1295

1340

1385

1430

1475

1520

1565

1610

90~100

105

110

115

120

125

130

135

140

145

150

155

160

165

170

175

180

890

935

980

1025

1070

1115

1160

1205

1250

1295

1340

1385

1430

1475

1520

–

–

10~50

52.5

55

57.5

60

62.5

65

67.5

70

72.5

75

77.5

80

82.5

85

–

–

Notes (1) 10 to 85 Hz: Partial load (Calculation is performed at 2.5 Hz intervals)

(2) 90 to 265 Hz: Full load (Calculation is performed at 5 Hz intervals)

- 101 -

(7) Outdoor fan control

In the cooling/heating mode, the outdoor blower is controlled according to the outdoor temperature (detected with Tho-A) or the

required frequency.Note (1) The high-pressure control, the defrost control, the high-pressure control (protection) and the outdoor fan control with cooling low outdoor tem-

perature control are prior.

Model (Indoor) All series

Category

Selected frequency (Hz)

Required frequency (Hz)

Notes (1) Frequency during cooling is 45 Hz.

22 model

10~15

5~15

28 model

10~20

5~20

36 model

10~25

5~25

45 model

10~25

5~25

56 model

15~30

5~30

71 model

15~40

5~40

90 model

15~50

5~50

112 model

35~60

5~60

140 model

35~70

5~70

(1)

Zone (A)

Zone (B)

1310Outdoor temperature (°C)

Zone (B)

Zone (A)


(8) Cooling operation

(a) Cooling

¡ The frequency is controlled at the intervals of 5Hz according to the load (fuzzy control).

1) The determined frequency of the indoor unit satisfies that required in the following table when the total of the required

frequencies are less than the maximum frequency.

Moreover, when the total of the required frequencies is more than the maximum frequency, the frequency is gained by

proportionally interpolating the required frequency.

Frequency bands for indoor unit models

¡ Operational content of outdoor fan

Cooling mode Heating mode

(b) Cooling thermostat OFF

¡ If all thermostats are turned off in the indoor unit of the module, the cooling thermostat will be turned off in each module

unit of the outdoor unit.

¡ If the frequency determined for the indoor unit becomes less than 5Hz or the required frequency enters the OFF area due

to the fuzzy calculation, the indoor unit will be brought into the cooling thermostat OFF operation.

Frequency (Hz)

Item

Model

GHCP450HMTE4

GHCP560HMTE4

Outdoor unit fan control

Cooling

Zone (A) Zone (B) Zone (A) Zone (B)

Heating

10~75

80~110

115~200

10~77.5

80~110

115~185

190~265

3 speeds

6 speeds

7 speeds

3 speeds

8 speeds

9 speeds

9 speeds

3 speeds

6 speeds

7 speeds

3 speeds

6 speeds

7 speeds

8 speeds

3 speeds

7 speeds

7 speeds

3 speeds

7 speeds

7 speeds

7 speeds

3 speeds

6 speeds

7 speeds

3 speeds

6 speeds

7 speeds

7 speeds

- 102 -

(9) Dehumidifying (Thermal dry) [Indoor unit adaptation]

¡ This cooling operation is mainly for dehumidifying, with which the compressor, indoor and outdoor fans are operated in the

patterns as listed in the following table and in accordance with operation blocks switched with the room temperature sensor.

The operation blocks are selected by checking the return air temperature at 4-minute intervals. Respective functional items are

operated in each operation block as shown by the following table.

Compressor Sum of frequencies on combined indoor units

Indoor unit electronic expansion valve Frequency adaptation

Indoor unit fan Me Lo Lo Lo↔OFF

Outdoor unit fan Operation Operation Operation Stop

A B C DOperation block

Item

Indo

or u

nit f

requ

ency

(H

z)

22 model 10 10 10 0

28 model 15 10 10 0

36 model 20 15 10 0

45 model 20 15 10 0

56 model 25 15 15 0

71 model 30 20 15 0

90 model 40 25 15 0

112 model 50 40 35 0

140 model 60 45 35 0

(10) Heating operation

(a) Heating: This is same as the cooling operation.

(b) Heating thermostat OFF

1) If all thermostats are turned off in the indoor unit of the module, the heating thermostat will be turned off in each unit

of the outdoor unit module.

2) If the determined frequency for indoor becomes less than 5Hz or the required frequency enters the thermostat OFF area

due to the fuzzy calculation, the relevant indoor unit will be brought into the heating thermostat OFF operation.

Ope

ratio

n bl

ock

D C B A

Low -2 +2 High

Room temperaturesetting point

• Indoor unit fan will be operated in

D block as shown below.

Temperature check

20 sec.

4 min.

Temperature check

Lo

OFF

Engine ON Engine OFFOperation state

Functional part

Frequency required by

the indoor unit

Indoor electronic

expansion valve

Thermostat ON (indoor unit)

Thermostat OFF (indoor unit)




Thermostat OFF (indoor unit)(1)

Refer to the table above

0Hz0Hz

Remote controller command Remote controller command

Applied to the determined frequency

Fully closed.Fully opened

StopRun

ON

ON

ON

ONOFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Notes (1) Stopping and fan (including the mismatch) are included.(2) The oil return control has the priority.

(2)

Outdoor fan motor

Ignition

Gas shutdown valve

Cooling water pump

4-way valve

Indoor fan motor

(c) Operation of major function part during cooling operation

- 103 -

(c) Heating operation with thermostat OFF

1) Intermittent fan operation control

a) When the jumper wire J3 on the indoor PCB is shorted (installed at shipping),the fan of the unit of which the thermostat is

turned OFF during heating is operated in the Lo mode, and the indoor fan is turned OFF if the temperature rises 1˚C or more

than the return air temperature at the thermostat OFF.

b) Indoor fan OFF condition is maintained for 5 minutes and then the operation is reset at the Lo mode again. After operating for

2 minutes in the Lo mode, return air temperature is checked and, if it is 1˚C or higher, the indoor fan is turned OFF or, if it is

not higher than 1˚C, the Lo mode operation continues.Notes (1) If the heating thermostat has been turned OFF, the temperature is indicated on the remote controller only when the indoor fan is operated in the Lo mode.

When it is OFF, the room temperature at the end of Lo operation is indicated.

(2) If the operation is changed to the defrosting mode while the heating thermostat is at OFF or the thermostat is turned OFF during defrosting, the indoor

fan is turned OFF.

(3) Residual operation of heater is dominant over this control.

2) Fan stop control

a) If the jumper wire J3 on the indoor PCB (installed at shipment) is opened or the thermostat is turned OFF during heating

operation with the remote control sensor operating, the fan on the indoor unit is turned OFF.

(d) Hot start [cold draft prevention during heating] (corresponding to the indoor unit)

1) To prevent the thermostat ON unit from cold draft during start of the heating operation, during thermostat resetting, during

defrosting operation of during heating resetting, the indoor blower is controlled according to the temperature (detected with

ThI-R) of the indoor air heat exchanger as shown below.

Stop

20 30

Preset blow rate (Hi, Me, Lo)

Temperature of indoor air heat exchange (˚C)

Note (1) The heating preparation (in the liquid crystal/remote control) is displayed during the hot start (the engine runs but the indoor fan is not at the preset blow rate.)

RunningStopDefrostStartThermostatON

Hot start

LoLo

Hot startHot startHot start

ThermostatOFF

0Hz except

0Hz

0Hz except

0Hz

30°C or higher

20°C or lower

Preset valueIndoor fan

Heat exchanger sensor

Answered Hz

Required Hz

OFF

2) During the heating operation, the hot start control will be also applied if the required frequency becomes 0Hz (heating thermo-

stat OFF) but it becomes out of 0Hz and the answered-back frequency is also out of 0Hz (when the thermostat is reset).

3) If the indoor fan motor has been continuously off for 7 minutes due to the hot start control, the indoor fan motor will be turn off

regardless the heat exchanger sensor (ThI-R) to turn off the “heating preparation” LCD.

Even of the fan motor has been continuously stopped for 7 minutes during defrosting, it will not be forcibly turned on. If the fan

motor has been continuously turned off for 7 minutes after the end of defrosting, it will be turned on regardless of the heat

exchanger thermistor.

- 104 -

Engine ON Engine OFFOperation state

Functional part

Frequency required by

the indoor unit

Indoor electronic

expansion valve






Thermostat OFF (indoor unit)(1)

Refer to the table above

0Hz

Remote controller command

0Hz

LoLo

Applied to the determined frequency

70 PulsFully opened

StopRun

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

Notes (1) Stopping and fan (including the mismatch) are included.(2) The oil return control has the priority.

(2)

Outdoor fan motor

Ignition

Gas shutdown valve

Cooling water pump

4-way valve

Indoor fan motor

ON OFF

Targeted revolution speed

2 seconds 2 seconds

Practical revolution

speed of engine

Freq

uenc

y st

ep

(500)

(300)

Ignition

FullPartial

6 se

cond

s

3 se

cond

s

Indicated revolution

Eng

ine

revo

lutio

n sp

eed

(min

-1)

Completedcombustion

Notes (1) It will be regarded as the engine start failure if the engine does not reach

the revolution speed of 700 min-1 or more within 5 seconds after the partial

load is switched to the full load or if the engine stops before the end of the

4-way valve assurance. In this case, it will be regarded as the engine start

failure and the 3-minute delay will be regarded as invalid. Then, the engine

will be automatically restarted after 7 seconds. The start failure of this

control will be counted as the number of the start failures.

(2) During this control, the high-pressure control and discharge pipe tempera-

ture control are made to be invalid.

(e) Operation of major functional parts during heating operation

(11) Up/down control of engine revolution speed¡ The revolution speed commanded to the engine controller is set at 1 step/2 seconds unless any speedup or slowdown is specially

specified for the frequency determined from the required frequency.

(12) 4-way valve switch assurance(a) At the start of the engine, the following operation method is applied regardless of the determined frequency.

1) Revolution speed indicated at the start

Indicated revolution speed 1115min-1 1115min-1

ModelItem GHCP450HMTE4 GHCP560HMTE4

2) The capacity control of the compressor is set in the partial load mode. (20UF-ON)

3) The bypass solenoid valves SV2, SV3, and SV4 are turned ON upon starting of the engine.

4) Upon faulty starting of the engine, the bypass solenoid valves SV2, SV3, and SV4 are turned OFF at the same time as the

gas-shutdown valve 20G1.2.

(b) When the engine has been successfully started and after 3 seconds have elapsed since the receipt of [Start] of the [Engine

Stopped Condition] from the engine controller, compressor-capacity control will be set to full load (i.e., 20UF = OFF) and

SV2, SV3, SV4 will be maintained in the ON condition. Note that at this time, the 2-minute delay in compressor-capacity

control is canceled to enable full load to be achieved..

- 105 -

2-minute partial

Revolution speedarea

Protective startof compressor

partialpartial

4-way valveassurance

Indicatedrevolution

890

1 step/2 seconds

Full

1 minute 45 seconds

Rev

olut

ion

spee

d of

eng

ine

(min

-1)

Time (minute)

1 minute 45 seconds

0

890

Indicatedrevolution

speed

2 steps/minute

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 17 18

Partial load

Partial load,2 minutes

Rev

olut

ion

spee

d of

eng

ine

(min

-1)

~~~~

Time (minute)

1 minute 45 seconds

0

2 steps/5 minutes 2 steps/1 minute

27 28 29 30 31 32 335 10 15 20 25 26 34 35 36 37 38

Partialload

10 minutes

Partial load

Rev

olut

ion

spee

d of

eng

ine

Notes (1) The control is canceled in 38 minutes.(2) If it is stopped during the control, the control is applied till the integrated operation time including the second and following operation times

becomes 38 minutes.

Partial load

2 minutes

(13) Protective start of compressor

(a) To protect the compressor, the compressor ca-

pacity control will be set at the partial load and

the indicated revolution speed will be set at the

upper limit of the engine revolution speed for 1

minute 45 seconds since the start after the end of

the 4-way valve switch assurance.

(b) If the engine revolution speed for the determined

frequency is below the indicated revolution

speed, the revolution speed corresponding to the

frequency will be applied.

(c) For the first start after 6 hours or more of power

ON or the second or following start after 6 hours

or more of halt, it is increased at a rate of 2 steps

per minute for 18 minutes after the start. How-

ever, it must not exceed the area of the previous

item for 1 minute 45 seconds.

(d) For the fist start of less than 6 hours, the compressor is controlled according to the energized time of the crank case heater.

For the second or following start, it is started at the above item (a).

(e) It stops for 18 minutes after the start. For the next start, the frequency increasing method with the control is applied till a total

of 18 minutes, and the upper limit is increased at a rate of 2 steps/minute.

(14) Compressor protection control due to energized time of crank case heater

After power ON (CH energization), the time is integrated. If the operation is started in less than 6 hours, the engine revolution

speed is controlled as follows.

- 106 -

Outdoor unit fan control enabled.

Outdoor unit fan control disabled.

22 27

Outdoor temperature (°C)

The speed of the outdoor fan motor is maintained at the current level.

The speed of the outdoor fan motor is increased by a single level. The condition of the high-pressure is checked after 1 minute have elapsed, and if found to be 1.65 MPa or higher, the speed is increased by a further level. Note, however, that the maximum speed remains the limiting factor.

The speed of the outdoor fan motor is reduced by a single level. The condition of the high-pressure is checked after 2 minutes have elapsed, and if found to be 1.45 MPa or lower, the speed is reduced by a further level.

1.45 or lower

1.45 ~ 1.65

1.65 or higher


(Control enabled at 22 or lower)

(Control disabled at 27 or higher)

High pressure (MPa) Control details

(15) Warming-up operation

(1) The warming-up control is applied after the protective start of the compressor is completed.

(2) During warming-up, the [Permission] form of the [Warming-up Operation Permission Command] is sent to the engine

controller, and when 5 minutes have subsequently elapsed, the [Prohibited] form of this command is sent. (Only applicable

to cooling operation)

(3) When both of the following conditions have been satisfied, the engine speed is set to partial-load, 1160 min-1.

a) The operation mode at the termination of compressor-protection control is heating.

b) The temperature of the water at the cooling-water pump inlet (i.e., Tho-PI) is less than 55°C.

(4) While warming-up control is active, the engine controller itself controls the engine speed in accordance with the water

temperature. If the indicated engine speed is greater than the warming-up operation speed, then this indicated speed is given

priority.

(16) Engine start delay

If the engine is stopped due to cool/heating thermostat activation, remote control start switch, trouble or similar, the engine can not

be restarted for 3 minutes. Here, even if the power is turned on, the 3-minute timer is invalid.

(17) Compressor capacity control

(a) The capacity of the compressor is controlled by opening and closing the solenoid valve 20UF on the outdoor side.

(b) When the solenoid valve 20UF is opened, the partial load operation is selected, and when it is closed, the full load operation

is selected.

(18) Cooling operation control at the low outdoor temperature (down to –5°C)

¡ If cooling is necessary in the intermediate term or winter in the OA room, electricity control room or similar, this function will

be applied even at the standard specifications.

¡ The revolution speed of the outdoor fan motor is controlled according to the temperature (Tho-R) and outdoor temperature

(Tho-A) of the outdoor air heat exchanger in order to make the cooling operation possible to the outdoor temperature of –5°C.

(a) When the temperature of the outdoor air drops to 22°C or lower, the condition of the high-pressure is checked and speed of

the outdoor fan motor is controlled. Note that this control procedure is disabled when the temperature of the outdoor air rises

to 27°C or higher.

(b) Control content

Lower 1 speed

Maintain speed

Raise 1 speed

High Pressure (MPa)

1.45 1.65

- 107 -

22 20

ON ON

450 type : SV3560 type : SV2 OFFOFF

25 25

Outdoor temperature (˚C) Determined frequency(Hz)

2

Outdoor temperature (˚C)

(Ordinary control)ON

OFF4

(c) If the outdoor temperature (Tho-A) is 22°C or less and the required frequency is 20Hz or less, the solenoid valve (SV2, 3) for

hot gas bypass will be turned on. It will be reset at the outdoor temperature of 25°C or more or at the required frequency of

25Hz or more.

(20) High-pressure control

During operation, high-pressure control is enabled in accordance with the following if the high-pressure sensor (HPS) detects

either a pressure of 2.70 MPa or higher, or a pressure of 2.85 MPa or higher.

(a) Control when the high-pressure sensor detects a pressure of 2.70 MPa or higher:

1) If the high-pressure detects a pressure of 2.70 MPa or higher during warming-up operation, the [Prohibited] form of the

[Warming-up Operation Permission Command] is sent to the engine controller.

2) Note that this is disabled during 4-way valve protection operation.

3) Control details:

a) When the high-pressure detects a pressure of 2.70 MPa or higher, the frequency level is reduced in accordance with

the model in question.

(19) Outdoor fan control for lower outdoor temperature

Only during heating operation, the outdoor fan control is applied according to the outdoor temperature in order to do the ON-OFF

control of the outdoor fan.

Note (1) During cooling operation (including low outdoor-air cooling control), the fan tap for the outdoor fan is determined in accordance withitem (a)-4; during heating operation, this is determined in accordance with normal control.

b) If the high-pressure sensor's value fails to drop to 2.30 MPa or lower, the frequency level will be subsequently

dropped at 30-second intervals in accordance with item (a) above

c) The partial-load lower-limit will apply and operation will not be terminated.

d) In situations where the determined frequency drops and full load switches to partial load, operation will be per-

formed in accordance with compressor-capacity control.

e) When the high-pressure sensor detects a level of 2.70 MPa or higher, the compressor cooling solenoid valve (SV1)

is turned ON, and the hot-gas bypass solenoid valve (SV3) is turned ON in accordance with the requested fre-

quency. When the high-pressure sensor detects a level of 2.30 MPa or lower, both the compressor cooling solenoid

valve (SV1) and the hot-gas bypass solenoid valve (SV3) are turned OFF.

4) During cooling operation and low outdoor-air cooling control, the high-pressure is regularly checked and the following

control is implemented.

a) When the high-pressure sensor detects a level of 2.70 MPa or higher, the fan speed is increased by a single level.

b) When 1 minute has passed after the fan speed was increased, the high-pressure sensor level is checked, and if it is

found that the pressure has not dropped to 2.20 MPa or lower, the fan speed is increased by a further level. If it is

found that the pressure has, in fact, dropped to 2.20 MPa or lower, outdoor fan control is implemented.

(b) Control when the high-pressure sensor detects a pressure of 2.85 MPa or higher:

1) If during full-load operation, a pressure of 2.85 MPa or higher is detected by the high-pressure sensor, the compressor

capacity control is switched to partial-load operation. Furthermore, even if a pressure of 2.85 MPa or higher is detected

by the high-pressure sensor during partial-load operation, the compressor capacity control will not be changed.

2) In situations where the high-pressure sensor detects a pressure of 2.85 MPa and partial-load operation is to be imple-

mented, and furthermore, when the current full-load speed is greater than the maximum partial-load speed for the

model in question, the maximum partial-load speed is sent to the engine controller and control is then switched to

partial-load operation.

If [minimum partial-load speed ≤ full-load speed ≤ maximum partial-load speed], then partial-load operation is imple-

mented at the full-load speed.

GHCP450HMTE4

GHCP560HMTE4

3

4

Model Frequency reduction level Up-down control of the engine speed is disabled during

the period of deceleration.

- 108 -

(21) Discharge pipe temperature control

If the discharge pipe temperature (Tho-D) exceeds the preset value, the solenoid valve (SV1) for compressor cooling and the

indoor expansion valve will be controlled to suppress the discharge temperature. If the temperature rises farther, it will be con-

trolled to lower the revolution speed of the engine.

(a) Control of compressor cooling solenoid valve (SV1) due to the discharge pipe temperature (Tho-D).

SV1 Open (ON)

SV1 Closed (OFF)

115˚C108˚CDischarge pipe temperature (Tho-D)

Holding

Retention

Reset

= Added by 1Hz

80˚C 108˚C 115˚CDischarged pipe temperature (Tho-D)

Revolution speed down

Retention

Reset

115˚C 120˚C

Discharged pipe temperature (Tho-D)

Engine stop

Engine operation

Retention

90˚C 130˚C

Discharged pipe temperature (Tho-D)

(b) Control of indoor expansion valve with discharge pipe temperature (Tho-D)

(c) Engine revolution speed control with discharge pipe temperature

(d) Discharge pipe temperature trouble

1) If the discharge pipe temperature (Tho-D detection) continuously rises beyond 130°C for 2 seconds, the engine will be

stopped. If it drops to 90°C or less, it will be automatically reset.

2) If the second stop of the compressor occurs within 60 minutes after the first stop due to the discharge pipe temperature

(Tho-D detection) trouble or if it continues beyond 130°C for 60 minutes, the unit will stop in the trouble mode with the

inspection display (remote control: E36, outdoor LED-green/red: continuous flashing, red).Note (1) Unless the temperature has been below 90°C for continuous 45 minutes since the discharge pipe temperature trouble occurred, it can

not be restored into operation. (Cleared by resetting the power.)

Note (1) When Tho-D 120 °C after 1 minute has passed sincethe speed reduction, the speed is further reduced.

3) In normal situations, when the high-speed condition is in accordance with item b), 30-second frequency reductions are

continued in accordance with item a). (The term "normal situations" as used here refers to all situations other than

those corresponding to 63H breakage and/or open circuits.).

4) End conditions

If the high-pressure drops to 2.30 MPa or lower, frequency-cancellation operation will be implemented.

5) When the engine is stopped and then restarted, normal control will be restored.Note (1) An abnormal stop can be implemented by assembling the high-pressure switch (63H) to the gas shutdown valve circuit, and by operating 63H

to turn off the shutdown valves (20G1, 20G2).

- 109 -

4-way valve protection

Low tempera-ture cooling

Cold-region interval control

SV1

SV7SV8

HPS HPS&T

(1) 52.5

Notes (1) Total of required frequencies (2) Discharged pipe temperature (3) Determined frequency (4) Blank column shows OFF.

ON(560 type)

ON(560 type)

ON(560 type)

ON(450 type)

ON

ONON ON

ON ON

ON

ON/OFF

ON/OFF

ON

Td(2) FK(3) 70HeatingOutdoor

temperature·Td<=<=

HPS&T

(1) 70<=

450 model 560 model

SV2(Large)

SV3(Middle)

SV4(Small)

(23) Solenoid control on the outdoor side

(a) When the engine is started, SV2, 3 and 4 (hot gas bypass) are controlled with the 4-way valve assurance.

(b) SV2 (hot gas bypass) with lower outdoor temperature is controlled with the low outdoor air cooling control.

(c) SV1 (for compressor cooling) and SV3 (hot gas bypass) with the high pressure sensor are controlled with the high pressure

control.

(d) SV1 (for compressor cooling) with the discharge pipe temperature (Td) is controlled from the discharge pipe.

(e) When the determined frequency is 70Hz or less, SV4 (hot gas bypass) is turned on. If it exceeds 70Hz, it will be reset.

Note, however, that during heating operation only, if the engine speed corresponds to the minimum partial-load speed and the

high pressure is simultaneously 1.40 MPa or less, then SV4 (hot-gas bypass) will be turned OFF.

(f) SV7 and SV8 (performance-control valves) are operated in accordance with control for the heat-exchanger refrigerant-inlet

solenoid valves.

(i) SV1 is operated under the OR conditions that are the detection of 2.70 MPa by the HPS and the operation of the Td.

(ii) If SV2, 3 and 4 are doubly controlled, they will operate as follows.

1) Among SV2, 3 and 4, the large or small one is turned on in the priority.

Example 1 If SV2, 3 and 4 are required to be turned on, SV2 alone will be turned on.

Example 2 If SV3 and 4 are required to be turned on, SV3 alone will be turned on.

2) If the double control is reset and the signal control is applied, the ordinary solenoid valve control will be applied.

3) Among SV2, 3 and 4, two or more ones must not be turned on at the same time.

(g) Operation for each condition

(22) Frequency Release Operation

Simultaneous with the satisfaction of the conditions for cancellation of engine speed control in accordance with high-pressure

control, discharge-pipe temperature control, and cooling-water temperature, the frequency will be raised by a single level. When

operation has been maintained at that frequency for a period of 1 minute, the level-increasing procedure will be repeated once

again. This control will be cancelled when the actual frequency matches the required frequency.

- 110 -

(24) Cooling water pump operation and cooling fan operation

(a) The cooling water pump and cooling fan are turned on and off with the magnetic contactor 52P for pump.

(b) The pump will be started when the engine is completely started and the 4-way valve assurance is completed.

(c) After the engine stops, the pump will be kept on for 3 minutes 10 seconds and be turned off when the time has elapsed.

ON

3 minuets 10 seconds

Operation

Engine

Cooling water pump

1 2

1 The engine starts

2 The 4-way valve

protection is completed.

(d) Manual pump operation

(i) Press the manual pump start switch (SW4) on the P.C.B of the outdoor unit, and the pump will be started in the manual

mode.

(ii) Possible conditions for manual start

1) The indoor unit is wholly stopped.

2) Also possible during abnormal stop (however excluding the pump motor overcurrent trouble, cooling water level

trouble, reversed/open-phase power supply and cooling water system trouble)

(iii) During manual operation, the cooling-water flow-volume control valves (CWFCV1, CWFCV2) are opened and closed

sequentially in order to perform air bleeding from the cooling-water system.

(e) The cooling fan FME is turned ON only when the conditions from item (f) have been satisfied.

(f) The cooling fan FME is turned ON and OFF in accordance with the outdoor air temperature (Tho-A) for cooling operation

and dehumidifying operation and with the machinery-compartment temperature (Tho-ET) during power ON.

(g) If the engine stops (or a full stop is implemented) while the cooling fan FME is ON, this fan will remain ON for a subsequent

period of 3 minutes and 10 seconds after stopping of the engine, and it will then be turned OFF.

(iv) The sequence of [switch on → 30 seconds], [30 seconds → 1 minute, 30 seconds], [1 minute, 30 seconds → 2 minutes],

and [2 minutes → 3 minutes] is considered as being one cycle, and this cycle is repeated until the pump manual-

operation switch (SW4) is pressed once again.

(v) When the engine is started and the pump is turned on with the ordinary control during manual operation, the control

will be reset.

Time elapsed

Switch on → 30 seconds

30 seconds → 1 minute, 30 seconds

1 minute, 30 seconds → 2 minutes

2 minutes → 3 minutes

Cooling-water flow-volume control valve 1 (CWFCV1)

Cooling-water flow-volume control valve 2 (CWFCV2)

Bypass-side, 200 pulses

Bypass-side, 0 pulses Water heat-exchange side, 300 pulses

Water heat-exchange side, 0 pulses

Water heat-exchange side, 0 pulses

22

Outdoor-air temperature (°C)

(Cooling, dehumidifying operation)

ON

OFF27 50

Machinery-compartment temperature (°C)

(Power ON)

ON

OFF60

- 111 -

Example 1

Example 2

Example

(c) Trouble display function

1 E is displayed at the 1st bit on the function display unit.

2 The number of the trouble code is displayed on the data display unit.

3 The display method and content of a trouble comply with the trouble and fault display.

(d) RAM value display function

1 The next RAM value is displayed with a combination of SW7 and SW8.

2 The data display is justified rightward.

3 The function No. not defined is designated “-” on the data display unit.

4 The function display of 00 thru 47 shows the indoor unit No.

(e) At shipment, SW7 and SW8 are set at “60” (engine operation time following maintenance).

0 0 1

9

Function display Data display unit

LED4 LED5

SW7 SW8

LED6 LED7 LED8 LED9(Example)

(25) 7-segment LED display

(a) The 7-segment display unit is composed of 2 digits for the function display unit and 4 digits for the data display unit, and

various data can be displayed with a combination of SW7 and SW8.

(b) Two kinds of displays for RAM values and troubles are provided.

- 112 -

SW7

0

1

2

3

4

5

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

8

6

7

~~

~

Connected capacity 1 of indoor unit

Connected capacity 20 of indoor unit

Hz requiered by indoor unit 1

Hz required by indoor unit 20

Answer-back Hz of indoor unit 1


Number of indoor units connected

Total of Hz required

Determined Hz

Throttle opening degree

Integrating operation hours of engine

Engine revolution speed

Indicated engine revolution speed

Compression full/partial -indicates halt

Engine cooling water temperature

Outdoor temperature

Discharge-pipe temperature

Water heat exchanger's refrigerant-outlet temperature

Cooling-water-pump inlet temperature

Integrated operation time of engine

Integrated operation time of engine

Starter operated items (times)

Starter operated items (times)

Starter operated hours (min-1)

Engine operated times (times)

Engine operated times (times)

High pressure (MPa)

Low pressure (MPa)

Machinery-compartment temperature



Cooling-water flow-volume control valve 1

Cooling-water flow-volume control valve 2

Solenoid valve

Solenoid valve

Display content

0

9

0

9

0

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

1

2

2

3

4

4

9

0

1

2

5

6

7

9

0

SW8

00~47

00~47

00~47

00~47

00~47

00~47

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

71

1

72

1

73

74

1

79

80

81

00~47

00~47

86

87

69

70

22

140

40

20

50

50

15

200

195

10

3000

2200

2150

F. P. –

60

35

100

20

50

3000

0001

250

0001

50

250

0001

2.31

0.32

35

50

50

250

250

22~140

22~140

0~125

0~125

0~155

0~155

0~20

0~1000

0~265

0~100

0~9999

0~3000

0~2400

-20~130

-20~43

-20~135

-35~75

-20~135

0~9999

10000~32767

0~9999

10000~32767

0~9999

0~9999

10000~32767

0~3.00

0~1.00

-20~135

0~155

0~155

0~850

0~850

1

5

1

1

5

5

1

1

1

5

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

0.01

0.01

1

1

1

1

Functional display

Data display(example)

Minimumunit

Display range

SV7 0:OFF 1:ONSV8 0:OFF 1:ON

SV1 0:OFF 1:ONSV2 0:OFF 1:ONSV3 0:OFF 1:ONSV4 0:OFF 1:ON

0 0 1 0

Empty

0 0 0 1

Note (1) * When the accumulated time or repetitions exceeds 10,000, the 7-segment function display indicated the 10,000 digit.

"—" indicates stop

(f) Display content

- 113 -

(26) Test operation, and operation with external input

(a) Test operation

¡ Operation in the test operation mode is controlled from outdoor with the switches SW3-5, 6 on the outdoor P.C.B.

Functions of switches

Switch Function• All indoor units connected are operated.• The indoor unit requires the maximum frequency, and the outdoor unit is operated at the maximum frequency (See the table below.) according to the request from outdoor.

• Ordinary operation

SW3–5 is ON.: Cooling operation

SW3–5 is ON.: Heating operation

ON

OFFSW3–5

SW3–6ON

OFFNote (1) The operation is prior to the center console and other options. The operation state is transferred to the option.

Model GHCP450HMTE4 GHCP560HMTE4

Max. operation Hz 200 265

Remarks: The fuzzy control is not done during test operation. (The calculation is done.) The other control is valid.

Maximum frequency of outdoor unit during test operation (The rated capacity time is shown.)

(b) Outdoor/indoor connection unmatch check function

It is operated from the outdoor with the switches SW3-4, 5 and 6 on the P.C.B of the outdoor unit. This is prior to the center

console and other options, and the operation state is transferred to the option.

(i) Start conditions: SW3-4, 5 and 6 are all turned on.

(ii) Control content

1) If the energization control of the crank case heater is activated

The ordinary cooling operation is executed until the integrated operation time of the engine becomes 25 minutes.

When it becomes 25 minutes, both indoor and outdoor units are stopped. (Stopped when fully open indoor expan-

sion valve, indoor fan OFF, remote control “center” are displayed.)

After 3 minutes, the heat exchange thermistor temperature (ThI-R) of all indoor unit is checked, and the outdoor

unit alone is restarted. (In the indoor unit, the expansion valve to stop the fan is fully opened.) The temperature of

the indoor heat exchange thermistor is compared with the temperature of the heat exchange thermistor before

restart every 20 minutes to verify that it drops 7 deg or more. If there is any unit whose temperature does not drop

7 deg or more even though it is continuously checked for 5 minutes, the trouble will be displayed on the remote

control and outdoor unit.

Abnormal stop 2

Abnormal engine stop

Abnormal engine stop 2

6

5

7

8

Empty

Overspeed of engineUnderspeed of engineStepping motor trouble

Water temp. thermistor trouble

Oil level SW troubleFully closed/open SW troubleIIA/hydraulic SW trouble

Abnormal stop

78

77

76

75Fan inverter

HPS activationAbnormal discharged pipe temperatureEmpty

0 0 1 0

63L activation

EmptyEmptyEmpty

0 0 0 1

0 0 1 0

0 1 0 0

7

7

7

7

Display contentFunctional

display Data display(example)SW8SW7

- 114 -

Flashing for 20 units.Displayed regarding of the positions of SW7 and 8.

(Lit.) (Flashing)

The error No. 30 flash.

(Lit.) (Flashing)

Short circuit

Open

Short circuit

Open

Cns meaning switch: SW3–7 SW3–7: OFF

CnS: Operation enable/ disable mode switch

Input: CnS CnS input system switch: J1

J1: Short circuitLevel input

J1: OpenPulse input

J1: Short circuitLevel input

J1: OpenPulse input

CnS: Demand control/normal operation switching

SW3–7: ON

Operation prohibition mode

Operation permission mode

Operation permission/prohibition mode (inversion)Normal operation/Demand control switching(Reversal)

Demand control

Normal operation

(NOP) (NOP)

Operation permission mode

Operation prohibition mode

Normal operation

Demand control

2) If the energized control of the crank case heater does not operate

Check the heat exchange thermistor temperatures (ThI-R) of all indoor units, and start the outdoor unit alone. (If

SW3-4, 5 and 6 are turned on during cooling operation or ordinary operation, both indoor and outdoor units are

stopped. After 3 minutes, check the temperatures of the heat exchange thermistor of all indoor units, and start the

outdoor unit alone. The remote control is stopped with “center” display.)

Every 20 minutes, the temperature of the indoor heat exchange thermistor is compared with the temperature of the

heat exchange thermistor before the outdoor unit alone is started to verify that it drops 7 deg or more. The display

method is the same as that in the previous item.

(ii) End conditions: The unit is stopped if it is completely verified that all indoor units are normal. When the check of 5

minutes is completed, it is stopped with the normality or abnormality displayed.

(iii) 7-segment LED display

The ordinary display is applied for 25 minutes and 5 minutes as previously described.

1) 7-segment LED display (lit on the function display unit, and flashing on the data display unit) for normal state

2) 7-segment LED display for abnormal state

3) Flashing 7-segment LED is canceled when SW3-4 is turned off.

Item 1) above 56 20 (Flashing) / Normal display with SW7, 8

Item 2) above E 30 (Flashing) / Normal display with SW7, 8

(c) Demand control

1) The demand control is a function applicable for peak-cut of power.

2) The demand control/ordinary operation is switched or the operation enable mode/disable mode is switched with the dip

switch SW3-7 on the board of the outdoor unit, and external input (CnS).

3) The signal system of the external input (CnS) can be switched to the level input/pulse input with the jumper line on the

board of the outdoor unit.

• J1 Short circuit (at shipment from factory): CnS is valid as the level input.

• J1 Open (cut at the site): CnS is valid as the pulse input.

4) Operation with input CnS from the outdoor unit: The stop controls are summarized in the following table.

5) The remote control shows the operation state. The operation state is transferred to the option.

6) If any control is not received from the remote control due to this control, “center” is displayed.

- 115 -

ONOFFON

ON (shorted)

Air conditioner ON OK

ON

ONON

RemoteCenter

OFFOFFOFF

OFF (open) OFF (open)

Center

CnS input

Remote controller operation

Remote controller display

Air conditioner ON/OFF

ON OFFONON

ON OFF ON OFF

ON

ONON

Remote RemoteCenter

OFF

Air conditioner ON OK Air conditioner ON OK

CenterCenter

CnS input




OFFONOFF

ON (shorted) ON (shorted)

Demand control

Engine OFFEngineOFF

ON

ONON

OFF OFFOFF

OFF (open)CnS input




Remote

NormalNormal

3 Operation enable/operation disable mode (SW3-7 OFF), pulse input (SW10-1 ON)

2 Ordinary operation/demand control (SW3-7 ON), level input (SW10-1 OFF)

7) Operation pattern

Among the following functions, any function can be selected with SW3-7 and jumper cable (J1).

1 Operation enable/operation disable mode (SW3-7 OFF), level input (SW10-1 ON)

- 116 -

OFFONOFF

Demand controlDemand control

Engine OFF EngineOFF

ON

OFFONOFFON

CnS input




Remote

OFF

ON

35

Outdoor air temperature (°C)

Outdoor fan

4 Ordinary operation/demand control (SW3-7 ON), pulse input (SW10-1 OFF)

Notes (1) After power is turned on, the remote is selected but the center is disable till the registration completion of the indoor unit (approx. 40 seconds).(2) After power is turned on, the ordinary operation is initially set.

(27) Snow fan control

Set the dip switch SW3-3 on the outdoor unit control circuit board to ON. The outdoor unit fan of the standing unit is operated at

the Hi speed for 10 seconds once every 10 minutes when the outdoor air temperature drops to 3°C or less under the condition that

the outdoor fan is stopped continuously for 10 minutes or more.

(29) Auto Swing Control (Excepted FDR, FDUM, FDFL, FDFU, models)

(a) Have a louver motor to move the louvers up and down for the so called “AUTO SWING” function.

(b) The louver auto swing starts when the AUTO SWING switch is pressed once and stops when the AUTO SWING switch is

pressed again. The louver position is displayed on the LCD on the remote controller. During auto swing, the position dis-

played on the LDC changes, but the positions of the louvers and the display are not coordinated. (The louvers swing3-4 times

per minute but the display changes once per second.)

(c) Stopping the louvers

When the AUTO SWING switch is pressed to stop the louver movement, the LCD louver-position display stops and the

louvers stop when they come to the position displayed on the LCD. There are four louver stop position on the LCD. (When

jumper wire J2 on the indoor unit printed circuit borad is cut, the louvers stop immediately at the AUTO SWING switch is

pressed to stop them and the LCD display changes to show this posiition. Refer to page 199 for position of jumper wire J2.

(d) Movement of louver when the power supply to the controller controlling 4 positions of the louver is switched on.

When power supply is switched on, the louver will automatically swing about 2 times (without operating remote controller).

This is an action for the microcomputer to confirm the louver position in order to input the cycle of the luver motor (LM) to

the microcomputer with the limit switch (LS) pushing the louver motor (LM). If the LS action is not input to the microcom-

puter, the louver will stop within 1 minute after the power supply is switched on and will not move from then on.

(28) Filter Sign

When 600 hours(1) of operating time (the amount of time the on/off switch is in the on position) has been reached, the filter sign on

the remote controller will come on. If the filter sign is not reset, it will begin flashing 8 hours after it first came on. Resetting can

be done during normal operation by pressing the "Filter Reset" button. It can also be reset when the power is off.Note (1) This is disabled by cutting the jumper line (J4).

- 117 -

Float switch operation (Contactor : Open)

Control B

NO

*1

Operation mode?

Engine

Control A

ONOFF

COOL DRYOFFFAN

HEAT

Drain motor ON

3 minutesafter float operation?

3 minutesafter float operation?

Drain motor OFF

10 seconds afterdrain motor OFF?

Reset

YES

YES

YES

NO

Reset

Float SW?

Float SW?

Operation

Operation

No

No

End Error stop E9Drain motor 3-minute ON

Error stop E9Drain motor ON

Drain motor OFFError stop E9 continues

Float operation?

* 1 In the flow in the frame of broken line, operations of operation mode change and thermostat reset are effective and operated immediately upon selection.However, the compressor ON command is not transmitted.

1) Control A

a) When the float switch detects drain, E9 is displayed, the drain pump is turned ON, and an abnormal stop is achieved by

fully closing the expansion valve. After 3 minutes have passed, the condition of the float switch is again checked, and if

it is found to be normal, the operation of the drain pump is terminated; however, the other abnormal-stop items are

maintained in the current condition..

b) If the float switch continues to detect drain, the operation of the drain pump is allowed to continue. Note that this will

continue as long as the float switch detects drain.

(e) Keeping the louvers horizontal during heating

While HOT KEEP is displayed (during hot start operation or when the thermostat has turned off during heating operation),

the louvers stay in the horizontal position to prevent cold drafts, independent of the setting of the AUTO SWING switch

(auto swing or stop). The louver position display of LCD displays continuously the original position before this control

operation. When the HOT KEEP display goes out, both the louver and the LCD display return to their previous positions.

(However, after the power supply to the unit is switched on, the louvers swing two times as a check of the power source

frequency, regardless of the setting of the ON/OFF or AUTO SWING switches.)

(30) Condensate pump motor (DM) control (Only FDT, FDTW, FDTS, FDR, FDUM models)

(a) Drain motor is started no sooner than the compressor is turned ON during cooling or dehumidifying operation. The drain

motor continues to operate for 2 minutes after the stop of unit operation, stop with the error stop, thermostat stop and at

switching from cooling or dehumidifying operation to blowing or heating operation. When there is any unit subjected to oil

return control, the drain motor is operated for 3 minutes at such occasion.Note (1) Drain motor may be operated forcibly by turning ON the dip switch SW5-3 on the PCB. Turn the switch OFF to stop the drain motor.

(b) Overflow detection is always operable by means of the float switch regardless of operation modes. If the overflow is detected

(or when the float switch is disconnected or its wire is broken), operation is stopped with the error stopped. (FDT, FDTW,

FDTS, FDR and FDUM) If the overflow is detected while the drain motor is stopped, the drain motor is operated for 3

minutes and then the overflow detection is performed to judge whether it is normal or not.

During engine ON Control A

During engine OFF Control B

Indoor unit operation mode

OFF (1) COOL DRY FAN (2) HEAT

Notes (1) Including OFF and error stop during COOL,DRY, FAN and HEAT.

(2)Including “FAN” operation due to unmatchof operation mode.

• Flow chart of drain motor operation

- 118 -

2) Control B

a) If the float switch detects the draining, the expansion valve is closed, the drain motor is turned ON for 3 minutes and, as 10

seconds elapses after the drain motor OFF, the float switch is checked. If the result is normal, the operation stops in the

normal way while, if it is not normal, E9 is displayed, the drain motor is turned ON and the operation stops with the error

stop with the expansion valve being closed completely. (It is left at ON while the draining is detected.)

Stop

Standard

Run

-1 +1 +2 +4

Set. temp.Room temp. (deg)

Standard

Run

Stop

With SW5-2 "ON"

Set. temp.Room temp. (deg)

(34) External control (remote display)/control of input signal

(a) External control (remote display) output

Following output connectors (CNT) are provided on the control circuit board of indoor unit.

(i) Operation output: Power to engage DC 12V relay (provided by the customer) is outputted during operation.

(ii) Heating output: Power to engage DC 12V relay (provided by the customer) is outputted during the heating operation.

(iii) Compressor ON output: Power to engage DC 12V relay (provided by the customer) is outputted while the compressor

is operating.

(iv) Error output: When any error occurs, the power to engage DC 12V relay (provided by the customer) is outputted.

(31) Expansion valve control for oil return

After the power is turned on, the first ON time of engine start is integrated. In order to collect the refrigerant oil after 10 hours of

the running, it will be stopped, the thermostat will be turned off, blowing will be applied and the indoor expansion valves of the

abnormally stopped units will be sequentially and fully opened one unit by one unit.Notes (1) The sequence to fully open the expansion valves is the sequence of the addresses registered in the outdoor unit but not the sequence of the address

Nos..(2) The units in the cooling and dehumidifying units are fully opened for one minutes, and the units in the heating mode are fully opened for 4

minutes.

(32) Value shift adjustment of room air temperature detection in heating

Under the standard specifications, the room temperature is adjusted at the setting temperature by controlling the indoor unit

capacity based on the setting temperature of thermostat and the suction air temperature.

However, where the unit is installed in the ceiling and warm air tends to stay around the ceiling, temperature in the living space

may not be adjusted at the setting temperature. In such occasion, it is recommended to change the setting of dip switch SW5-2,

which is found on the PCB of the indoor unit, to ON position so that the capacity control is tripped at +3 above the setting

temperature of thermostat and thus the heating feeling will improve.

(33) Frost prevention during cooling

To prevent frosting during cooling operation, the temperature (detected by ThI-R) of the indoor heat exchanger is checked. If it

becomes 3°C or lower, the frequency (expansion valve opening) of the blowing unit will be decreased. If the temperature of the

heat exchanger is 2°C or lower for 2 minutes or longer, the thermostat will be turned off to switch the operation to the FAN mode.

If the temperature of the heat exchanger becomes 16°C or more after thermostat OFF operation is started, it will be returned to the

cooling mode. However, the operation will not be applied for 10 minutes after the thermostat is turned off. Moreover, the compres-

sor will be turned off for 3 minutes if the stopped unit is continuously at the temperature of 2 °C or less for one minute. After 3

minutes, it will be returned into the normal control.

- 119 -

(b) Control of input signal

(Make sure to connect the standard remote control unit. Control of input signal is not available without the standard remote control unit.)

Control of input signal (switch input, timer input) connectors (CNT) are provided on the control circuit board of the indoor unit.

However, when the operation of air conditioner is under the Center Mode, the remote control by CnT is invalid.

(i) At shipping from factory (SW5-1 on PCB OFF)

1) Input signal to CnT OFF → ON [Edge input] Air conditioner ON

2) Input signal to CnT ON → OFF [Edge input] Air conditioner OFF

(ii) When SW5-1 on the PCB of indoor unit is turned on at the field.

Input signal to CnT becomes valid at OFF → ON only and the motion of air conditioner [ON/OFF] is inverted.

Notes (1) The overall length of the signal wire shall be less than 1000m.(2) The length of remote control signal wire and crossover for remote controller between room shall be less than 600m.

CnT Input

A Unit

B Unit

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

CnT Input

A Unit

B Unit

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

Outdoorunit

IndoorunitNo.1

IndoorunitNo.2

IndoorunitNo.3

Indoorunit

No.16

Outdoorunit

Signalwire

(1)

(1)Signal wire

Remote controlsignal wire

(2) (2)

Remote controlsignal wire

(35) Multiple Units Control-Simultaneous Control of 16 unit with one remote controller

(a) Function

Multiple units (even of outdoor different systems, 16 units maximum) can be simultaneously controlled by using a remote

control switch (a special order item). The remote control switch is used to set the “operation mode”, and all the unit can be

operated and stopped. Thermostat and protective functions of each unit functions independently.

Note(1) When part of the group gets out of order (the protective device operates), the relevant unit comes to an abnormal stop, but other normal units keep operating.

(b) Wiring Procedures

(i) Lay power cable of each unit and signal wire as usual. (Remove the remote control switches from all units excluding

only one unit.)

Lay wiring for the remote controller separately from power cable and wires for all other electrical equipment.

(ii) Arrange the terminal block (X, Y, Z) of the remote controller as shown next page for the simultaneous control, and lay

cross over in each indoor unit.

- 120 -

Item

ModelGHCP450HMTE4 GHCP560HMTE4

Frequency reduction steps 3 4

(38) Unit protection

(a) High-pressure trouble

If operation occurs twice within 40 minutes after the detection of a pressure of 3.00 MPa or over by the high-pressure sensor

(HPS), or if the pressure does not drop to 2.45 MPa or under within this 40-minute period, an abnormal stop will be imple-

mented and inspection displays are indicated. (i.e., remote controller, 7-segment display, : E40, indoor LED-green: continu-

ous flashing, red: stays OFF, outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing). Note, however, that if the

engine is stopped and the pressure is 2.45 MPa or lower for the first operation, an automatic restart will be implemented after

a delay of 3-minute.

(b) Overcurrent protection of pump motor

If the overcurrent relay 51P of pump motor is activated (the contact is open) during operation of the pump, it will be stopped

as a trouble. The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop even though the 51P is restored. Therefore, it will

not be possible to implement a reset using the remote controller during this time.

Inspection display (remote controller: E64, 7-segment display,: E64-1, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: stays

OFF, outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).Note (1) In accordance with the manual-return configuration, return will not be possible until a reset is performed.

(c) Cooling water level trouble

If the float switch (FS) is continuously activated (contact is opened) 3 minutes or more, it will be stopped as a trouble.

The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop even though the FS is restored. Therefore, it will not be

possible to implement a reset using the remote controller during this time.


OFF, outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).

(36) Engine oil supply control

When the outdoor unit controller receives a signal from the engine controller that the oil level switch (OL1) has operated continu-

ously for 2 minutes and 30 seconds, the following controls are performed.

(a) Engine speed is reduced to the lowest speed (partial).

(b) After the operation in (a) has been performed, the engine oil supply valve (20OL1, 2) is opened for 10 minutes and to supply

engine oil to the sub-tank.

(c) If the engine is stopped, engine oil can be supplied by setting DIP switch SW3-4 to on and pressing SW6 for 2 seconds. This

will open the engine oil supply valve for 10 minutes.

(37) Engine speed control by coolant temperature

When the coolant temperature reaches 95 ˚C or more, the frequency is reduced.

(a) Frequency reduction steps

(b) After the frequency has been reduced, if the coolant temperature is between 85 and 95 °C, the frequency will be reduced

according to the steps shown in (a) above every 30 seconds. The lowest is the partial operation limit. It will not stop.

(c) When the coolant temperature reaches 85 °C, frequency release operation will be performed.

(d) However, when in fan tap, if the cooling water reaches 85 °C or less, fan tap maintains maximum speed until the release

operation is completed. Then it will perform normal outdoor unit fan control. (Except for cooling control during cold

temperatures and during heating operations.)

- 121 -

95Water temperature (°C)

ON

OFF

110

(d) Overcurrent protection of outdoor fan motor

If the overcurrent relay 51FO1 of the outdoor fan motor FMO1 is activated (the contact is open), it will be stopped as a

trouble.

The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop even though the 51FO1 is restored. Therefore, it will not be

possible to implement a reset using the remote controller during this time.


OFF, outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).Note (1) In accordance with the manual-return configuration, return will not be possible until a reset is performed.

(e) Fan invertor trouble

If the trouble output of the invertor (30B-30C on the P.C.B) is activated (the contact is opened) two times within 40 minutes,

it will be stopped as a trouble.

The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop even though the inverter abnormality is restored. Therefore,

it will not be possible to implement a reset using the remote controller during this time.


OFF, outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).

However, at the first activation, the engine is stopped, and is automatically restarted a delay of 3 minutes if the trouble is

reset.

(f) Engine water temperature trouble

If the outdoor controller receives the water temperature trouble from the engine controller, it will be stopped as a trouble.

The operation of the cooling water pump and outdoor fan is continued after emergency stop until the cooling water tempera-

ture drops to 95°C or less.

The restart by the reset of the remote controller will be possible after the cooling water temperature drops to 95°C or less.

The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop even though the cooling water temperature abnormality is

restored. Therefore, it will not be possible to implement a reset using the remote controller during this time.

Inspection display (remote controller: E80, 7-segment: E80 indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: stays OFF, outdoor

LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).

(g) Engine oil pressure trouble

If the engine oil pressure switch (OPE) is activated (the contact is opened), it will be stopped as a trouble.

Inspection display (remote controller: E81, 7-segment: E81 indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: stays OFF, outdoor

LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing). The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop

even though the hydraulic abnormality is restored. Therefore, it will not be possible to implement a reset using the remote

controller during this time.

(h) Engine oil level trouble 2

If the oil level switch (OL2) is activated (the contact is opened), the engine and compressor will be lowered to a partial load.

If it continues 30 seconds, it will be stopped as a trouble. It will not be possible to implement a restart by the check and reset

of the remote controller.

Inspection display (remote controller: E88, 7-segment: E88-2, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: stays OFF, out-

door LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).

- 122 -

Start timing

Trials for trouble judgment

Normal

(except the left)

• First start after a halt of 168 hours or more

• First start after power is turned on

(3 times → 3 minute delay) × 3 cycles

[First cycle is 6 times including air purging 3 times](3 times → 3 minute delay) × 3 cycles

(i) Engine overspeed trouble

If the outdoor controller receives the engine overspeed signal from the engine controller, the engine will be immediately

stopped.

After a delay of 3 minutes, it will be automatically restarted if the trouble is reset.

If the engine overspeed trouble occurs 2 times within 40 minutes, it will be stopped as a trouble.

The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop even though the engine overspeed is restored. Therefore, it

will not be possible to implement a reset using the remote controller during this time.

Inspection display (remote controller: E82, 7-segment: E82, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: stays OFF, outdoor


(J) Engine underspeed trouble

If the outdoor controller receives the engine underspeed signal from the engine controller, the engine will be immediately

stopped.

After a delay of 3 minutes, it will be automatically restarted if the trouble is reset.

If the engine underspeed trouble occurs 2 times within 40 minutes, it will be stopped as a trouble.

The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop even though the engine underspeed is restored. Therefore, it

will not be possible to implement a reset using the remote controller during this time.



(k) Engine start failure

If the start of “engine start/stop state” is not received from the engine controller after the start of the engine (the starter is

started but the complete combustion does not occur), it will be controlled with the following method.

(i) Outdoor temperature and starter start time

(ii) Start timing, and maximum start trials for trouble judgment

Note (1) The failure of 4-way valve start assurance is also counted as the start failure of the control.

(iii) After the start of start operations, if the "engine operation/stop mode" operation is not received within the starter start

time indicated in (i), the gas shut-off valve (20G1,2), supply relay (XG1) and status solenoid contactor (52S) are

immediately set to off. After 6 seconds, the start operation is repeated. Note that if starting does not occur within the

number set for error determination, a error stop is performed.

The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop. Therefore, it will not be possible to implement a reset

using the remote controller during this time.

Inspection display (remote controller: E84, 7-segment: E-84, indoor LED-green : continuous flashing, red : stays OFF,

outdoor LED-green : continuous flashing, red : continuous flashing.

(l) Engine controller communication trouble

If the answer back signal of 0.5-second intervals of the engine controller can not be normally received for continuous 10

seconds, the following control will be applied.

(i) If the outdoor controller detects the receiving trouble (process of 10 seconds),

1) The revolution speed indicated of the engine is ordinarily controlled according to the required frequency. The

answer-back frequency is determined by interpolating the value which was before the communication trouble.

2) The engine is stopped after 10 seconds.

3) Automatic restart becomes possible after a delay of 3 minutes.

Outdoor temperature

Starter start time

0°C or lower

5 seconds

0°C or higher

5 seconds

- 123 -

(ii) If the engine controller detects the communication trouble,

1) If the communication is not normal for 10 seconds, the engine revolution speed will be dropped to Minimum speed

after 10 seconds.

2) After 10 seconds, the auxiliary relay (X14) is turned off for normal resetting. It will be held until the start command

is received.

3) For this while, the outdoor board will be kept in the control of (i), 2) and following in order to detect the communi-

cation trouble.Note(1) Since the engine control will not answer back if the signal receiving is abnormal for 10 seconds, the outdoor board will stop the

engine as the communication trouble.

(iii) Abnormal stop if any communication trouble occurs 4 times for 15 minutes



Inspection display (remote control: E89, 7-segment: E89-9, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: stays OFF,

outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).

(m) Reversed phase/open phase of power supply

(i) Reversed phase of current

The control board detects the phase order for 2 seconds (at all times when the power is turned on). Since R / T / S /

R is judged as the reversed phase, the unit is stopped as a trouble (E32).

(ii) Open phase trouble

If the open phase of T phase is detected by the control board for 2 seconds after the power is turned on, it will be stopped

as a trouble (E32).

(iii) Inspection display



Remote controller: E32, 7-segment: E32, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: stays OFF, outdoor LED-green:

continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing

(n) Connected quantity protection

If 20 indoor units or more are connected, it will be stopped as a trouble.



(o) Thermistor wire breakage (Abnormal stop if any thermistor is subject to wire breakage, gets off or is

largely dislocated)

(i) Indoor unit

1) Heat exchanger thermistor (ThI-R)

If wire breakage continues 5 seconds during 2 minutes to 2 minutes 20 seconds after start of the engine start or wire

breakage continues 5 seconds during 10 seconds after the power is turned on, it will be stopped as a trouble.

Inspection display (remote controller: E6, 7-segment; E6, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: flashing

one time, outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).

Note (1) It is not detected for 5 minutes after defrosting is completed.

2) Return air temp. thermistor (ThI-A)

If the wire breakage continues 5 seconds, it will be stopped as a trouble.

Inspection display (remote controller: E7, 7-segment : E7, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: flashing

one time, outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).

(ii) Outdoor unit

1) Outdoor temp. thermistor (Tho-A). Water heat exchanger's refrigerant outlet thermistor (Tho-MO)

If the wire breakage continues 5 seconds during 2 minutes to 2 minute 20 seconds after start of the engine start, the

outdoor unit will be stopped, and be then restarted after a delay of 3 minutes. If it is detected three times within 40

minutes after the first detection, it will be stopped as a trouble. If 20 seconds have passed since the power is

supplied, it will be stopped as a trouble at the first time.

Inspection display (remote controller: E37, E38 7-segment: E37, E38, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red:

stays OFF, outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing).

Note (1) It is not detected for 5 minutes after defrosting is completed.

- 124 -

2) Discharge pipe thermistor (Tho-D), Machinery-compartment thermistor (Tho-ET)

If the wire breakage continues 5 seconds during 10 minutes to 10 minutes 20 seconds after start of the engine start,

the outdoor unit will be stopped, and be then restarted after a delay of 3 minutes. If it is detected three times within

40 minutes after the first detection, it will be stopped as a trouble.

Inspection display (remote controller: E39, E89, 7-segment: E39, E89-3, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing,

red: stays OFF, outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing)

3) Cooling-water pump's inlet thermistor (Tho-PI)

If an open-circuit condition continues for a period of 5 seconds between 3 minutes and 3 minutes and 20 seconds

after startup of the engine, the outdoor unit will be stopped and restarted after a delay of 3-minute; furthermore, if

the third detection is made within 40 minutes after the first detection, an abnormal stop will be implemented. In

situations where 20 seconds has elapsed since power ON, an abnormal stop will be implemented at the first detec-

tion.

Inspection display (remote controller: E52, 7-segment display: E52, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red:


4) High-pressure sensor (HPS)

An open circuit is normally detected during engine operation. If an open circuit continues for a period of 5 seconds,

the outdoor unit will be stopped and restarted after a delay of 3-minute; furthermore, if the third detection is made

within 40 minutes after the first detection, an abnormal stop will be implemented.

Inspection display (remote controller: E54, 7-segment display: E54, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red:


(p) Engine controller trouble

If the outdoor controller receives the engine controller trouble from the engine controller, the engine will be immediately

stopped. After a delay of 3 minutes, it will be automatically restarted if the trouble is reset.

If the engine controller trouble is activated 2 times within 40 minutes, it will be abnormally stopped.

The abnormal status is kept for 3 minutes after emergency stop even though the controller abnormality is restored. Therefore,

it will not be possible to implement a reset using the remote controller during this time.

Inspection display (remote controller: E89, 7-segment: E89-5 thru 9, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: stays OFF,

outdoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing)

(q) Low-pressure trouble

If the lower-pressure switch 63L (0.05 open/0.15 closed MPa) is turned OFF continuously for 5 seconds during the operation

of the compressor, the engine will be stopped, and if the low-pressure switch is turned OFF after a delay of 3 minutes, it will

be restarted. If it is activated 2 times within 40 minutes, it will be abnormally stopped as a trouble.

Inspection display (remote controller: E57, 7-segment: E57, indoor LED-green: continuous flashing, red: unlit, outdoor

LED-green: continuous flashing, red: continuous flashing)

(r) Post-maintenance engine operation-time abnormalities

If after the completion of maintenance, the engine's operating time reaches 8,000 hours, then the speed of the engine and of

the compressor will be reduced to the corresponding minimum levels, and when a further 30 seconds have passed, an abnor-

mal stop will be implemented. The condition will remain abnormal for a period of 3 minutes following this; consequently, it

will not be possible to implement a reset using the remote controller. The abnormal stop is implemented every 50 hours of

operation on and after 8,000 hours. When restarting from the remote controller, abnormal stops will be implemented at

periods of 4 hours after 8,100 hours have passed. To clear the accumulated operation time to 0, set SW7 and SW8 to 60, and

then continue pressing the dip switch SW5 from the outdoor unit's circuit board until a value of 0 is reached.

Notes (1) The operating time can be changed to 4,000 hours by turning ON the dip switch SW9-2 from the outdoor unit's circuit board.

Functionality of the SW9-4 from the outdoor unit's circuit board:• SW9-4 ON: Abnormal stop not implemented• SW9-4 OFF: Abnormal stop implemented

- 125 -

(s) Regulation of the engine's cooling-water flow-control valvesDuring cooling and heating operation, the engine's cooling-water flow-control valves (CWFCV1, CWFCV2) are regulated

in accordance with the temperature of the engine's cooling water.

¡ Degree of opening of the engine's cooling-water flow-control valves upon unit stopping:CWFCV1: 850 pulses

CWFCV2: 0 pulses

(t) Regulation of the outdoor heat-exchanger refrigerant-inlet solenoid valvesDuring heating operation, a heat-exchanger inlet solenoid valve (SV7) has been provided in order to prevent the in-flow of

liquid refrigerant to the outdoor heat exchanger, and a liquid-return solenoid valve (SV8) has been provided to return accu-

mulated refrigerant to the outdoor heat exchanger; furthermore, these solenoid valves are regulated in accordance with the

outdoor temperature.


ON

OFF

4

SV7


ON

OFF

4

SV8

(u) Regulation of maximum speed in accordance with outdoor temperatureIn situations where the total capacity of the indoor unit is less than 105% of the capacity of the outdoor unit when the

thermostat of the former is ON, the control of maximum engine speed is carried out in accordance with the outdoor tempera-

ture as follows:


2375 min-1

2195 min-1

38

Cooling

4


2375 min-1

2015 min-1 (450 type)2195 min-1 (560 type)

6

Heating

(v) Control as performed by the machinery-compartment thermistor (Tho-ET)1) In situations where the temperature of the machinery compartment raises to a level of 80°C or higher for a period of 2

seconds, the engine will be stopped. When the temperature subsequently drops to 60°C or lower, the engine will be

restarted after a 3-minute delay period.

2) An abnormal stop will be implemented either if the engine is stopped in accordance with the above twice in a period of

60 minutes or less, or if the temperature remains continuously at 80°C or greater for a period of 60 minutes (including

the period over which the engine is stopped); furthermore, this control will be terminated when the temperature of the

machinery compartment drops to 60°C or lower for a period of 45 minutes.Note (1) Even if the temperature returns to 60°C or lower during the 45-minute period after the machinery-compartment temperature abnormality, the engine

will not be restarted. (Remote-controller setting is not possible, and this condition must be canceled by resetting the power supply.)

60

Machine-compartment temperature (°C)

ON

OFF

80

Engine

- 126 -

5. APPLICATION DATA

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS• Before installation, read through “safety precautions” for the complete work.• Since the cautionary items herein include the important content for safety, be sure to observe them. The indication marks and

their meanings are as follows.

WARNING Unless it is observed during installation, it may lead to a serious injuries of death, etc.

CAUTION Unless it is observed during installation, it may lead to a serious result depending on the situation.

• After the installation work is completed, test the operation to verify that there is no abnormality. Also instruct the customer ofthe operation method, maintenance method and periodic inspection along with the instruction manual. Moreover, make thecustomer carefully store this installation manual together with the instruction manual for the future reference.

WARNING• Installation must be done by the dealer or qualified individual and not by the customer. Improper installation by

untrained individual may result to intoxication due to exhaust gas entry into the building, water leakage, electricshock, fire hazards, etc.

• Installation must be done according to this installation manual. Improper installation may result to intoxication due toexhaust gas entry into the building, water leakage, electric shock, fire hazards, etc.

• When transporting the unit, secure it with a rope suitable for its weight, routing the rope at the specified points of theunit. If the rope was routed to a weak point during transport, the unit may drop, resulting to serious injuries or death.

• Install the outdoor unit outside in the open to prevent exhaust gas accumulation that can cause intoxication due toexhaust gas entering the building concerned.

• The outdoor unit must be installed in a location where the exhaust gas cannot pass through and enter the buildingthrough the intake/exhaust ports, vent port or through the piping connected to the building. Exhaust gas entering thebuilding concerned can cause intoxication.

• Be sure to release the exhaust gas into the open without affecting the surroundings. (Never release any exhaust gasinto the drainage channel, gutter, etc.) Exhaust gas entering the building concerned can cause intoxication.

• Install the outdoor unit in a secure and firm location, otherwise, the unit may become unstable and fall off causinginjuries.

• Install the outdoor unit in a stable and horizontal foundation to prevent the unit from falling off. Be sure to fasten it withanchor bolts. Inadequate foundation and fixtures could cause the unit to fall down which may result to gas leakage,injuries, etc.

• If the exhaust drain of the outdoor unit is connected to a closed drainage channel, gutter, etc., or if the exhaust drainof the outdoor unit and the drain of the indoor unit are discharged at the same place, specify which pipe releases theexhaust gas in the exhaust drain to the open air. Exhaust gas entering the building concerned can cause intoxication.

• Do not join the exhaust drain pipe of the outdoor unit with the drain pipe of the indoor unit. Exhaust gas entering thebuilding concerned can cause intoxication.

• Fuel piping must be done by a qualified individual. Otherwise, it may cause gas leakage.

• Electrical works must be done by a qualified individual. Otherwise, it may cause electrical shock, fire hazard, etc.

• Use the exclusive branch circuit for electric wiring, do not connect it with the circuit of any other electrical equipment,otherwise, the breaker may fail and cause minor injures.

• For wiring, use the specified cables and securely connect them. To prevent an external force of the cable from beingtransmitted to the terminal connected area, securely fasten the cable. If it is incompletely connected or fastened, itwill cause heating, fire hazards, etc.

• Use only the specified parts and accessory parts when installing. Unless original parts are used, it may cause majorunit breakdown, water leakage, fire hazard, electric shock, refrigerant leakage or gas reakage.

• After completing the installation, make sure that there is no refrigerant gas reakage. Leaking refrigerant gas in theindoor unit becomes poisonous when it contact with flame from fan heater, stove, hot plate, etc.

• Use only the specified refrigerant when installing the unit, make sure that no other gas is mixed during installation orduring transportation of the unit. If air or any other gas is mixed, there will be unusual high pressure in the refrigerationcycle that may burst and cause injury.

- 127 -

CAUTION• Maintain a specified distance between the outdoor unit and combustible materials. Insufficient distance may result to

fire hazard.

• Never install the outdoor unit or indoor unit in a place where combustible gas may generate, flow in, accumulate orleak or volatile flammable material is being handled. Otherwise, combustible material or flammable gas may catchfire, causing fire hazard.

• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its emissions may hit plants or similar. Otherwise, the plants or similarwill be damaged by the emissions.

• Provide space for inspection and maintenance works. Insufficient space may pose hazards and cause injury toservicing personnel.

• For outdoor unit installed on roofs or elevated location, provide access ladders, hand rail, etc., on the passage wayor fence, this will provide safety for seivice personnel around the outdoor unit to avoid injuries.

• Use double wrench to tighten flare nuts to its specified torque. Be careful not to excessively tighten the flare area soas not to damage it. (Refer to the tightening torque table) Damaged or loosened flare area will result to refrigerantgas leakage which may cause oxygen deficiency.

• Cover the refrigerant pipe with a dew-proof heat insulator. Insufficient dew-proof heat insulator will cause waterleakage or condensate drippings that can damage furniture, etc.

• Perform airtight test after completing the refrigerant piping work to verify if there is leakage. Refrigerant gas leaks inconfined rooms may result to oxygen deficiency.

• When installing the outdoor units on roofs, the exhaust drain pipe must be extended to drain the water onto the roofgutter. If the exhaust drain drains on the floor as it is, it can the waterproof sheet or stain the surface of the concrete.

• Execute the grounding works. Do not connect the ground cable to the gas pipe, tap water pipe, lightning arrestor ortelephone cable grounding. If it is poorly grounded, it will sometimes cause electric shock.

• In some installation site, it is necessary to install the ground leakage breaker. Unless the ground leakage breaker isinstalled, it will result in an electric shock.

• When connecting the pipe, use the double wrench.• Between the gas cock of the fuel pipe and the outdoor unit, use the enforced gas hose, or the low-pressure gas hose

which is provided with the liquefied petroleum gas fitting. If any hose not specified is used, it will be damaged due tovibration and cause gas leakage, thus causing fire hazards, etc.

• After the fuel gas work is completed, verify that gas does not leak from the fuel gas piping. If any fuel gas leaks, it willcause fire hazards or similar.

- 128 -

5.1 Installation of indoor unit(1) Ceiling recessed type (FDT)

(a) Selection of installation location1) Select location where the space above ceiling is larger than those mentioned

below and perfect draining can be assured.2) Places where perfect drainage can be prepared and sufficient drainage gradient

is available.3) Places free from air distrubances to the air inlet and outlet of the indoor unit.4) Places with the environmental dew-point temperature is lower than 28˚C

and the relative humidity is less than 80%. (When installing at a place undera high humidity environment, pay sufficient attention to prevention of dewingsuch as thermally insulating the unit properly.)

5) Do not place where the unit is exposed to oil splashes or steam (e.g. kitchensand machine plants). (Istallation and use at such places will causes the per-formance drop, corrosion in the heat exchanger and damage in moldedsynthetic resin parts.)

6) Do not place where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas) or inflammablegas (thinner, gasoline, etc.) is generated or remains. Installation and use atsuch places will cause corrosion in the heat exchanger and damage in moldedsynthetic resin parts.

7) Do not place adjacent to equipment generating electromagnetic waves or high-frequency waves such as in hospitals,Generated noise may cause malfunctioning of the controller.

(b) Preparation for installation1) Ceiling hole size and Position of suspension bolts.a) The pattern sheet may shrink or expand as humidity

changes, so check the actual size before use.b) The size of ceiling opening can be adjusted within

the range shown below. Bring the unit body to theceiling opening right in the center so as not to be setaside and so that space between a ceiling openingend and the outside of the unit body becomes equalto that on the opposite side.

c) The size of the pattern sheet equals to the maximumsize of the square ceiling opening.

2) Location of pipesFor the location of pipe, see the exterior dimension.

(c) Hanging• Arrange four sets of a suspension bolt (M10 or M8), a nutfor it, a plain washer and a spring washer on site.

When there is the ceiling1. Make an 860 to 890 mm-square cutout on the ceiling. Refer to the outside dimensions of packing cardboard container.sAlign the center of ceiling cutout and the center of unit.2. Decide the suspension bolt position (675780).3. Use four hang bolts and fix them so that each bolt can resist the pull

out load of 50 kgf.4. Decide the length of suspension bolt to approx. 70 mm above the

ceiling surface.5. After hanging in the unit, fix the attached level gauge and secure the

height of unit.6. Use a transparent hose filled with water to check the levelness of unit.

(The maximum allowable height difference between both ends of unit

is 3 mm.)

Request• For the suspension bolt whose length exceeds 1.3m, use the M10

size hang bolt and moreover combine a diagonal member to thehang bolt for reinfocement.

FDT28, 36, 45, 56, 71, 90

FDT112, 140

Type Space above ceiling

Over 270mm

Over 330mm

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

Gas refrigerant piping

Liquid refrigerant piping

Drain piping connecting hole

Power intake hole

Hang bolt

Outside air intake hole

Supply air branch duct connecting hole

1‚000 and over1‚000 and over

(mm)

Obstacle

400

420

267310

EBA

F

G

C

D

332840

637

422

9545

and

ove

r

Hanger

Drain hose(accessory)Attach on site.

Ceiling opening dimension : 860 to 890 squaresuspension bolt pitch : 780

Control box

137

167

30ba

susp

ensi

on b

olt p

itch

: 675

Refrigerant piping

Drain Hang boltNutWasher

SpringWasher

Mainbody

Level gauge In-door unitHose

10~25

40~

45

Supply air grillAdjust so that level gauge surface andthe lower surface of ceiling are in matching.

Fix the level gauge in alignmentwith this face of supply air grill.

Ceilingmember Level gauge (insulation)

• Installtation space

Model a

210

270

260

320

b

FDT28, 36, 45,56, 71, 90

FDT112, 140

Unit : mm

- 129 -

(d) Drain Piping1) Drain piping should always be in downhili grade (1/50 ~ 1/100) and avoid riding across and elevation or making traps.

2) When connecting the drain pipe to unit, pay sufficient attention not to applay excess force to the piping on the unit side.Also, fix the piping at a point as close as possible to the unit.

3) For drain pipe, use hard PVC general purpose pipe VP-25(I.D.1”)which can be purchased locally. When connecting, insert a PVCpipe end securely into the drain socket before tightening securelyusing the attached drain hose and clamp. Adhesive must not beused connection of the drain socket and drain hose (accessory).

4) When consturcting drain piping for several units, position the com-mon pipe about 100 mm below the drain outlet of each unit asshown in the sketch. Use VP-30(11/4”) or thicker pipe for thispurpes.

5) Be sure to provide heat insulation to hard PVC pipes of indoorplacement.

6) Do not ever provide an air vent.

Drainage Test

1 Conduct a drainage test after completion of the electrical work.

2 During the trial, make sure that drain flows properly through the piping and that no water leaks from connections.

3 In case of a new building, conduct the test before it is furnished with the ceiling.

4 Be sure to conduct this test even when the unit is installed in the heating season.

Procedures

1 Supply about 1000 cc of water to the unit through the air outlet by using a feed water pump.

2 Check at the exhaust port if drain is flowing.

(Note) Conduct this test paying attention to rotating sound of the drain motor.

3 Remove the drain plug located on the bottom of the drain pan when the water has to be evacuated from the unit.

4 After the test, fit the drain plug to the original place and turn off the power source.

If the electrical work has not been completed, connect a convex joint in the drain

pipe connection to provide a water inlet.

Then, check if water leaks from the piping system and that drain flows through

the drain pipe normally.

1.5 m ~ 2 mSuspensionbolts

A downhill gradeof 1/100 or more

Heatinsulation

Avoid riding across an elevation

Air ventKeep free from traps

Do not pipe under water

Drain hoseStagedifferencepartDrain socket

Drain socketClamp(accessory)

Pipe cover (large)[for insuation](accessory)

VP25 joint(field purchased)

Drain hose(accessory)

Main unit

Adhesion

Pipe cover (small)[for insuation](accessory)

Pipe cover [for insuation](field purchased)

VP25(field purchased)

Secure the elevation as high as possible(approx. 100 mm)

VP30

VP25 joint(field purchased)

A downhill grade of1/100 or more

295 ~ 325 mm 100 mm or less

Drain hose

700

mm

or l

ess

Put the tip of the feed water pumpin the drain pan of the unit body

• Good piping • Improper piping

Pour water into a convex joint

7) The height of the drain head can be elevated up to a point 700 mm ablve theceiling and, when an obstacle exisits in the ceiling space, elevate the piping toavoid the obstacle using an elbow or corresponding gadget. When doing this,if the stretch for the needed height is too high, the back-flow quantity of drainat the event of interruption of the operation gets too much and it may causeoverflow at the drain pan. Therefore, make the height of the drain pipe withinthe distance given in the sketeh below.

8) Avoid positioning the drain piping outlet at a place where generation of odormay be stimulated. Do not lead the drain piping direct into a sewer fromwhere sulfur gas may generate.

9) The purpose of drain hose is to absorb minute discrepancy of the unit or thedrain piping occurred when they are installed. Therefore, when it is bentintentionally or used under expanded condition, it may be damaged and resultin water leakage.

- 130 -

(e) Fixing of Decorative Panel (The panel fixing bolts are attached on the panel.)

1) Check with the accessory level gauges that indoor unit height and the size of ceiling hole are correct.

• Remove the level gauges from the indoor unit before fixing the decorative panel.

2) Screw two bolts out of four accessory bolts less than 5 mm in the indoor unit diagonally.

3) Hang the panel on the two bolts and fix them temporarily.

4) Tighten the bolts fixed temporarily and the remaining two bolts.

Screw the remaining two bolts, and tighen all (four) bolts.

5) Connect the louver motor connector (red) to the panel respectively.

6) If the louver motor is not operated by remote control, check if the connector is connected correctly, and turn off the power

for more then 10 seconds, then reset it.

Panel Joint Setting

The panel can turn 30 mm to the left and to the right in all (approx 2°), and the indoor unit turns 30 mm to the left and to the right in

all (approx 3°), But, it cannot turn if the panel is secured.

Limit in Fixing Panel

1 Fix the panel only in the direction shown in the figure.

2 If it is fixed in other way, air will leak. Also, wires cannot be connected for auto swing and receiver amp.

Louver motorElectricalequipmentbox

Refrigerant piping Drain piping

- 131 -

(2) 2-way outlet ceiling recessed type (FDTW)

(a) Selection of installation location

1) This unit is a ceiling surface direct return air and direct supply air type.

Install the unit a place the allows air to reach every part of the room, in accordance with the shape and heigh of the room.

• Installation space

2) This unit permits connecting a branch duct (B 200 mm) according to the method shown in the figure below so that air

disribution may be improved to the shape of the room. (For the connecting port of the duct, refer to the exterior dimension

on page 31~33.)

3) Cold air throw

Notes (1) The cold air throw is the same in 2 directions.

Conditions:

1.Unit height: 3.0 m above the floor

2.Fan speed: Hi

3.Location: Freee space without obstacle

4.The throw is as the per the table above.

5.Air velocity at the throw: 0.3(m/s)

4) Places where chilied or heated air circulates freely. When the installation heiht exceeds 3.5m, warmed air stays close to the

ceiling. In such cases, suggest your client users to install air circulators.

5) Places where perfect drainage can be prepared and sufficient drainage gradient is available.

6) Places free from air disturbances to the return air port and supply hole of the indoor unit, places where the fire alarm may

not malfunction to short circuit.

7) Places with the environmental dew-point temperature is lower than 28°C and the relative humidity is less than 80%. (When

installing at a place under a high humidity environment, pay suffcient attention to prevention of dewing such as thermally

insulating the unit properly.)

Item

ModelsFDTW28, 45, 56 type FDTW71, 90 type FDTW112 type FDTW140 type

Standerd 4.0 4.5 4.7 5.0

UHi 4.5 5.0 5.2 5.5

Unit : m

1500ormore

1500ormore

100ormore

100ormore 10

00or

mor

e

Unit : mm

200 mm

Air interruption

- 132 -

8) Places exposed to oil splashes or steam (e.g. kitchens and machine plants.)

Installation and use at such places will incur deteriorations in the performance or corrosion with the heat exchanger or

damage in molded synthetic resin parts.

9) Places where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas) or inflammable gas (thinner, gasoline, etc.) is generated or remains.

Installation and use at such places will cause corrosion in the heat exchanger and damage in molded synthetic resin parts.

10) Place adjacent to equipment generating electromagnetic waves or high-frquency waves such sa in hospitals. Generated

noise may cause malfunctioning of the controller.

(b) Preparations for installation

1) Ceiling hole and suspension bolt positions

a) The pattern sheet shrinks or expands as humidity changes, so check the actual size before use.

b) The ceiling hole sizes and suspension bolt sizes are shown in the following figure.

(c) Installation

For the suspension bolt, use four M10 or W 3/8 bolts and secure so that each bolt can withstand a 50 kg/f pullout load.

Use a suspension bolt length that extends approximately 95 mm for the ceiling surface.

Models

Mark1 2 3 4

FDTW28, 45, 56type

FDTW112, 140type

FDTW71, 90 type

1015

1260

1730

885

1130

1600

468

590

825

417

540

775

Unit : mm

Dimension table

- 133 -

Vinyl tube

A. If there is a ceiling

1) Open the hole in the installation location to the ceiling

opening dimensions.

2) Install the suspension bolts (procured locally) at the

designated locations.

(Use care as the center of the spacing for the suspension

bolts is not at the center of the panel.)

3) Hang the unit, use the four bolts to mount the pattern

paper provided to the panel mounting section and adjust

the height.

Outletport

Printed surfaceCeiling surface

Pattern paper

Adjust the position of the main unit so thatthe bottom surface of the pattern paper andthe bottom surface of the ceiling align.

Panel mounting position

<Panel mounting position>

5) After confirming the above, secure the unit in position.

4) Use a level or transparent hose with water in it to

confirm that the unit is level. If the unit is not level,

problems such as water leakage or improper operation

of the float switch could occur.

B. If ceiling is to be installed later

1) Follow steps A2 to A4 in the previous section "A. If

there is a ceiling" to install the unit and mount the

pattern paper.

2) When the ceiling is installed, the outer perimeter of

the pattern paper can be referred to for making the

opening in the ceiling.

3) After checking the height and that the unit is level,

secure the unit in position.

<Pattern paper mounting configuration>

(d) Drain piping

1) Drain piping should always be in a downhill grade (1/50-1/100) and avoid riding across an elevation or making traps.

Good piping Improper piping

1.5 m ~ 2 mSuspensionbolts

Heatinsulation


Air vent


Keep free from traps

Do not pipe under water.

- 134 -

When Using a Natural Drain Port1) Remove the heat insulating material and rubber plug

of the natural drain port.2) By using the natural drain connecting tube

(option),connect the drain pipe (VP-20) and completelyclamp it with a clamp.

Note (1) If the drain pipe is directly connected to the

natural drain port, the drain pan becomes unremovable.

3) Disconnect the connector CNR (blue, 2P) for the drainmotor.

2) When connecting the drain pipe to the unit, pay suffcient attention not to apply excess force to the piping on the unit side. Also,fix the piping at a point as close as possible to the unit.

3) For drain pipe, use hard PVC ganeral purpose pipe VP-25 (I.D.1'') which canbe purchased locally. When connecting, insert a PVC pipe end securely intothe drain socket before tightening securly using the attached drain hose andclamp. Adhesive must not be used connection of the drain socket and drainhose (accessory).

Drain socketLevel difference part

Drain hose

Joint for VP-25(local procurement)

Pipe cover (small)[insulation](accessory)

Drain socket

Unit

Clamp(accessory)


Adhesion

VP-25(local procurement)

Pipe cover [insulation](local procurement)

Pipe cover (large)[insulation](accessory

4) When constructing drain piping for several units, position the common pipe about 100mm below the drain outlet of each unitas shown in the sketch below. Use VP-30 or thicker pipe for this pupose.


VP30A downhill grade of1/100 or more

5) Be sure to provide heat insulation to hard PVC pipes of indoor placement.6) Do not ever provide an air vent.7) The height of the drain head may be elevated up to a point 750mm above the ceiling and, when an obstacle exists in the ceiling

space, elevate the piping to avoid the obstacle using an elbow or corresponding gadget. When doing this, if the stretch for theneeded height is too high, the back-fiow quantity of drain at the time of interruption of the operation gets too much and it maycause overflow at the drain pan. Therefore, make the height of the drain pipe withing the distance given in the drawing below.

295~325

Drain hose (accessory)

Joints for VP-25 (local procurement)

100 mm or less

750

mm

or

less

Note (1)If the connector remains connected, drain water is discharged from the standard drain pipe connecting port, leading to waterleakage.

Clear flexible tubing (optional)

Hard vinyl chloride piping.General piping VP-20Heat

insulationRubber plug

Remove

Control boxNatural drain portCNR (Blue·2P)

8) Avoid positioning the drain pipng outletat a place where ganeration of odor may be stimulated, Do not lead the drain pipingdirect into a sewer from where sulfur gas may generate.

- 135 -

Drainage Test

When using the standard drain port, execute a drainage test after completion of electric work.

1 During the test run, make sure that drain flows properly through the piping and that no water leaks from connections.

2 Be sure to conduct this test even when the unit is installed in the heating season.

3 In case of a new building, conduct the test before it is furnished with the ceiling.

1) Inject about 1,000cc by using a feed water pump from the grommet on the drain pump side.

2) At the drain port (transparent portion), check if drainage is performed.

3) After completion of the drain test, completely perform heat insulation fot the drain pipe up to the main unit.

(g) Fixing of Panel ( The panel fixing bolts are attached on the panel. )

Note (1) Care should be exercised in handling the supply air port on the panel because it is easily depressed by finger nail.

1) Check with the accessory level gauges that the indoor unit height and the size of ceiling hole are correct.

Notes (1) Remove the level gauge from the indoor unit befroe fixing the panel.

(2) Remove the Air inlet panel from the panel proper.

Procedure for Dismounting the Air inlet Panel

a) Remove the panel from the pin (A) in the order of the arrows 1 and 2.

b) Open the panel slightly as shown by the arrow 3 and move it to the arrow 4. Then remove it from the pin (B).

Air inlet panel

Panel proper

Remove

Pin (B) Pin (A)Panel outer frame

Panel inner frame

Insert the tip of the supply water pump approximately 50 mm in a downward direction.

Piping penetration cover

- 136 -

1 Remove the air inelt panel from panel proper.

2 Remove the ceiling holding plates (2 sheets) temporarily set on the suction panel with screws.

3 Install the ceiling material on the air intel panel and fix it with the ceiling holding plates so as not to produce any play.

Note (1) Use a ceiling material with a thickness of 6-15mm and a side length of 300mm or more.

Ceiling material thickness : 6-10 mm 10 ~ 15 mm

Unit : mm

Ceiling Material Dimensions

Item

FDTW28, 45, 56type

FDTW112, 140typeFDTW71, 90 type

Width

Length

300

970

300

1215

300

1685

Models

Ceiling Material Instaling Direction

Ceiling material holding plate

Ceiling material

Air inlet panel

2) Screw two bolts out of four accessory bolts less than 5mm in the panel diagonally.

3) Hook the panel on the two bolts and set it temporarily.

4) Tighten the bolts fixed temporarily and the remaining two bolts.

5) Connect the louver motor connector (white, 3P) and the limit switch connector (white, 2P) to the panel respectively.

6) When the louver motor cannot be operated by remote controller operation, check the connector connections and turn off the

power suppy for 10 sceonds or more for restting.

For Ceiling Material Inlaid Panel

- 137 -

Procedures of rework

Installation on higher ceiling

Adhere the insulation materials attached to the direct blow panel on the blow outlet of indoor unit.

(3) 1-way outlet ceiling recessed type (FDTS)

Preparation of indoor unit

It can be installed by either one of the following methods. Select the most adequate method for your particular case.

Note (1) In the case of installing on the high ceiling, part of indoor unit requires some modification.


1) Where cool and hot air will be distributed sufficiently.

Where the installation heigh exceeds 3m, warmed air is likely to concentrate close to the ceiling. In such case, you should

install also a circulator.

Reference • Cold air throw

[ Conditions ] 1. Unit heigh

Standard ceiling: 2.4--3.0(m) above floor Higher ceiling: 3.0--4.0(m) above floor

2. Kind of operation: Hi

3. Place: Free space without obstruction;

4. Reaching distance means the horizontal distance for the wind to reach the floor.

5. Wind velocity at the reaching distance: 0.5m/s

Note (1) Wind capacity is UHi in case of a higher ceiling. It is value of Hi for other cases.

2) Where the ceiling has sufficient rigidity.

3) Where there is no obstacles in front of the suction intel and blow outlet.

4) It should be avoided such places as kitchen, machine factory, etc. where there profuse liquid splashes or thick steam.

5) Where the height of ceiling exceeds 200mm.

Unit : mItem

Models

All models

Reaching distance

7

Standard Higher ceiling

Blow outlet

Insulation materials

Installation example andlimitation

A Standard installation B Higher ceiling

3m or less

Floor

Ceiling

3m ~ 4m

Floor

Ceiling

- 138 -

6) Where a space as shown below can be secured.

7) It should be avoided where a machine generating high frequency waves is installed.

8) Select a place to branch the piping so that same distance will be a obtained for each of one way piping.

9) Where humidity may exceed 80% behind the ceiling or the dew point may exceed 28°C, adhere polyurethane foam materials

(t 10 or more) over the insulation materials on the external plate.

10) Where it is convenient for the piping and wiring to the outdoor.

11) Where protected from direct exposure to sun beams.

12) Where it is free from volatile gas generation.

(b) Standard Iocation

1) Installation

a) Ceiling hole size and position of suspension bolt

b) Length of fixed suspension bolt (customer orderd parts M10)

[Reference] Suspension bolt pitch is adjustable within + 10mm in sidewise direction. Since there is no adjustment allowance in

back and forth direction, determine the position exactly with a measure. (Lap margin between ceiling and panel is

30mm.)

Unit : mmMark

Models

FDTS22, 28, 36, 45 type

FDTS71 type

1

990

1250

2

1230

1440

3

1290

1500

4

180

145

Unit : mm

Obstacle

Floor

100or more

100or more

1000

or m

ore

200

or m

ore

(Piping connection side) 600

710

770

(Sus

pens

ion

bolt

pitch

)

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

30

(Cei

ling

~pa

nel l

apdi

men

sion

s)

30

(Ceiling ~ panel lapdimensions)

Pane

l dim

ensi

ons)40

(Air outlet)

1 4

(Suspension bolt pitch)

2

(Ceiling hole size)

3

(Panel dimensions)

100

mm

or le

ss

Suspension bolt(M10)

Unit

- 139 -

Procedures

1 Install nuts on the Suspension bolts at onside. Suspension the suspension fixtures on the Suspension bolts first and then insert the

remaining fixtures on the remaining Suspension bolts at and lock them with nuts.

2 Since the indoor unit and the panel height cannot be adjusted, adjust the height using an attached pattern before fixing the indoor

unit.

c) Fixing of Suspension bolt. Fix the bolts securely as shown below or by any other adequate means.

d) Installation

Insert

ConcreteSuspensionbolt, M10

Hole-in anchor boltHole-in plug

Unit

Duct connection openingfor blowing throughlowered ceiling.

Drain pump box

Suspension fixture (4 places)

Detail - Section A

Ceiling boardPanel mounting hole

Pattern A

25

Patternsecuringscrew(attached)

Using the external dimensions shownon the pattern as a guide, cut out anopening on the ceiling board.

- 140 -

Check of levelness

Check the levelness as follows. Use a level gauge or adjust the levelness with the following method.

2) Drain pipe

a) Set the drain pipe as a declining gradient (1/50 ~ 1/100) and avoid to cross an over-hand ridge or to allow a trap on the way.


b) When connecting the drain pipe, avoid undue stress being applied to the pipe at the unit side and fix the pipe at a point as close

as possible to the unit.

c) A hard vinyl chloride pipe, general VP-25, which is available from markets is ideal for the drain pipe.

d) When installing the drain pipe, make sure to use the attached drain pipe, drain pipe clamp, and insulation materials for drain

pipe clamp.

Insert the drain pipe to the base of outlet.

Securely tighten the drain pipe clamp.

Make sure to insulate the drain pipe clamp.

e) When there are plural number of drain pipes, arrange to position the converging pipe at about 100mm below the drain outlet

as shown below. Use a pipe of VP-30 or higher for the converging pipe.

f) Make sure to provide the thermal insulation for the hard vinyl chloride pipe and drain socket provided indoor.

g) Air bleed should not be provided in any event.

When it is necessary to raise the drain head, the limitation is up to 600mm below the bottom face of ceiling where the unit

is installed. The distance is the dimension of the pipe which is installed perpendicularly from a point close to the output for

drain pipe connection.

Adjust the bottom of main unit and the water level as shown below.

Piping side

Vinyl pipe

0~3 mm

Water level

Water injection

Slightly lower the piping side

1.5m~2mSupport fixture

Insulationmaterials

Declining gradient1/100 or more Trap

Crossingover-hang ridge

Air bleed

Should be as high as possible.(Approx. 100 mm)

VP-30Declining gradient 1/100 or more

295~325

600m

m o

r le

ss

- 141 -

Drain test

[Perform this before installing the ornament panel]

Perform this upon completion of electrical work.

Gradually introduce 2,000~3,000cc of water as shown below.

If the electrical work has not been completed, connect a convex joint

in the drain pipe connection to provide a water inlet.

Then, check if water leaks from the piping system and that drain flows

through the drain pipe normally.

Mounting the Panel

1 Open the inlet grille and remove the air block panel from the inside. (Remove the 2 screws.)

Drain piping connection port

Fill from outlet port

Pour water into a convex joint

Connect the remote control switch and set to cooling operation. The drain pump will operate with the compressor on.

Test whether or not the water is draining while listening to the operating sounds of the electric motor for the drain water.

Unit

Check the drainage condition by using the transparent socket. Drain hose (provided)

Check that water is draining smoothly and that there is no water dripping from the connections or other areas.

Air block panel

( )

- 142 -

2 Mount the two (M5 x 35) panel mounting screws to the indoor unit

3 Hang the panel on the two mounting screws on the indoor unit by using the two shaped holes. Slide the panel approximately 10

mm. Use the 5 panel mounting screws to secure the panel.

4 Use the opening to connect the connectors for the louver motor and limit switches.

5 Reinstall the wind shield plate.

(c) Installation on higher ceiling

Adhere the insulation materials on the blow outlet of the indoor unit. All others are same as the standard

installation.

Detail of Section A

Sliding direction

Ceiling opening

Opening

Connector

App

rox.

15

mm

A

- 143 -

(4) Cassetteria type (FDR)

(a) Preparation of indoor unit

Before of during the installation of the unit, assemble necessary optional panel, etc. depending on the specific type.

(b) Select places for installation satisfying following conditions and, at the same time, obtain the consent on the

part of your client user.

1) Places where chilled or heated air circulates freely.

When the installation height exceeds 3 m, warmed air stays close to the ceiling. In such cases, suggest your client users to

install air circulators.

2) Places where perfect drainage can be prepared and sufficient drainage.

3) Places free from air disturbances to the suction port and blowout hole of the indoor unit, places where the fire alarm may not

malfunction or short-circuit.

4) Places with the environmental dew-point temperature is lower that 28°C and the relative humidity is less than 80%.

( When installing at a place under a high humidity environment, pay sufficient attention the prevention of dewing such as

thermal insulation of the unit prperly.)

(c) Avoid installation and use at those place listed below.

1) Places exposed to oil splashes or steam (e.g. kitchens and machine plants).

Installation and use at such places incur deteriorations in the performance or corrosion with the heat exchanger or damage in

molded synthetic vesin parts.

2) Places where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas) or inflammable gas (thinner, gasoline, etc) in generated or remains.

Installation and use at such places cause corrosion in the heat exchanger and damage in molded synthetic resin parts.

3) Places adjacent to equipment generating electromagnetic waves or high-frequency waves such as in hospitals.

Generated noise may cause malfunctioning of the controller.

(d) Preparation for installation

1) Selection of suspension pattern

When the unit is hanged from ceiling, select one of following patterns depending on the dimensions of the ceiling.

< Combination with silent panel >

Mark

Models A

365 mm or more

416 mm or more

FDR22, 28, 45, 56 71, 90 type

FDR112, 140 type

Mark

Models A

495 mm or more

510 mm or more

FDR22, 28, 45, 56 71, 90 type

FDR112, 140 type

56 ~

70

AA

150

~ 30

0

< Combination with canvas panel >

- 144 -

2) Ceiling hole size and position of suspersion bolt

When boring at the ceiling, use the pattern sheet included in the accessory of the unit.

Leave the pattern sheet on the unit till decorative panel is installed.

< Combination with silent panel >

< Combination with canvas panel >

3) Suspension bolts installation

Locate the suspension bolts position by using the pattern sheet

(Use care of the piping direction when the unit is installed)

(e) Installation of indoor unit

1) Fix the indoor unit to the suspension bolts.

If required, it is possible to suspend the unit to the beam, etc.

Directly by use of the bolts without using the suspension bolts.

Note (1) When the dimensions of indoor unit and ceiling holes does not match, it can be adjusted with the slot holes ofmounting bracket.

Unit : mm

MarkModels A

786

986

1406

980

1180

1600

1040

1240

1660

B C

FDR22, 28, 45, 56 type

FDR71, 80 type

FDR112, 140 type

Unit : mm

MarkModels A

786

986

1406

804

1004

1424

864

1064

1484

B C

FDR22, 28, 45, 56 type

FDR71, 80 type

FDR112, 140 type

545

690

30

750

(Sus

pens

ion

bolt

pit

ch)

(Cel

ing

hole

pit

ch)

(Pan

el d

imen

sion

s)C

elin

g ~

pane

lla

p di

men

sion

s

(Celing ~ panellap dimensions)

C(Panel dimensions)

B(Celing hole size)

A(Suspension bolt pitch)

57 57

30

(Pip

e co

n-ne

ctio

n si

de)

7070

30 Cei

ling

~ pa

nel

lap

dim

ensi

ons)

(Cei

ling

hole

siz

e)

(Sus

pens

ion

bolt

pitc

h)

525

545

70

(Pan

el d

imen

sion

s)

(Pip

e co

n-ne

ctio

n si

de)

585

90

99

30

Ceiling ~ panellap dimensions)A

(Panel dimensions)

B(Ceiling hole size)

A(Suspension bolt pitch)

Insert

ConcreteSuspensionbolt M 10

Hole-in anchor boltHole-in plug

Suspension bolt

M10 washerM10 nut

Indoor unit M10 spring washer

- 145 -

2) Adjusting the unit’s levelness

1 Adjust the out-of levelness using a level vial or by following method.

Make adjustment so that the relation between the lower surface of the unit proper and water level in the hose becomes as

given below.

2 Unless the adjustment to the levelness is made properly, malfunctioning or failure of the float switch may occur.

3) Tap selection on blower unit

Taps of blower unit are set at the standard selection at the shipping from factory. Where the static pressure

is raised by changing the connection of connectors provided at the flank of control box as shown below.

(f) Installation of decorative panel

1) Case of silent panel

a) Accessory

b) Installation procedures

1 Remove the inner frame of panel

< How to remove the panel inner frame >

Detach from pins (A) in the order of arrow 1 → 2

Open slightly as the arrow 3 and move toward the arrow 4 and detach from pin (B)

PVC hose0 ~ 5 mm

Piping side

Supply water

Water level

Bring the piping side slightly lower.

High speed tap

Red

Blue

Black

White

Blue

Con

trol

box

sid

e

Mot

or s

ide

Red

Con

nect

or,

whi

te

Black

Brown

White

Standard tap (at shipping)

Red

Blue

Black

White

Red

Con

trol

box

sid

e

Mot

or s

ide

Con

nect

or,

whi

te

Blue

Black

White

Whi

te

Remove

Panel outer framePanel inner frame

Pin (A)Panel outer frame

Panel inner frame

Pin (B)1

2

34

Name

Round head machinescrew (M5 x 35)

4 pcs. Securing the panel

Q'ty Position

- 146 -

2 Install the panel outer frame on the Indoor unit.

Indoor unit

Panel outer frame

Abt

. 30

mm

Panel inner frame

Temporarysetting

Procedures of installation

1 Secure the panel tentatively with 2 of 4 panel set screws (panel accessory) as shown above.

2 When the panel is supported with a pair of set screws, slide it in the arrow direction.

Note (1) Panel outer frame has the orientation.

3 Lock the former 2 and remaining 2 set screws.

4 Install the panel inner frame in the reverse order of removal.

2) Case of canvas panel

( Canvas duct (option) is necessary to install the canvas panel.)

a) Accessory

b) Mounting procedures

1 Install the canvas duct (option, 4 places) on the Indoor unit.

Indoor unit

Canvas duct

2 Round head screw

- 147 -

2 Remove the panel inner frame.

It can be removed same as the silent panel.

< How to remove the panel inner frame >

Detach from pins (A) in the order of arrow 1 → 2

Open slightly as shown by the arrow 3. move in the 4 arrow direction and detach from pin (B).

3 Install the chains on the panel outer frame. (4 places)

4 Install the panel outer frame.

Procedures of installation

Secure the holder tentatively as shown below. (4 places)

Remove

Panel outer framePanel inner frame

Pin (A)Pin (B)Panel outer frame

Panel inner frame

1

2

34

Indoor unit

4 Holder

3 Round head screwAbt

. 20

mm

Holder

Canvas duct

Panel outer frame

2 Round head screw

5 Chain

- 148 -

Hook the chain of panel outer panel on the holder.

Tighten 3 screw in the step 1 till the panel outer frame contacts closely with the ceiling material.

Secure the canvas duct and the panel outer frame with screws.

5 Remove the panel inner frame and install in the reverse order of removal.

6 Cautions for duct installation work

Calculate the draft and external static pressure and select the length, shape and blowout.

Supply air duct

1-spot, 2-spot, 3-spot and 4-spot with 200 type duct are the standard specifications. Determine the number of spots based on

following table.

Notes (1) Shield the central supply air port for 2-spot.

(2) Shield the supply air port around the center for 3-spot.

Limit the difference in length between spots at less than 2:1.

Reduce the length of duct as much as possible.

Reduce the number of bends as much as possible. (Corner R should be as larger as possible.)

1-spot

FDR22 type FDR71, 90 type FDR112, 140 typeFDR28, 45, 56 type

2-spot 2 ~ 3-spot (1) 3 ~ 4-spot (1)

Ceiling material

When hooking the chain. make sure to avoid slack-ness on it by pushing hard the panel outer frame against the ceiling material.

Note (1)

Canvas duct

Panel outer frame

1 Round head machine screw

Convas duct(Optionalparts)

Indoor unit

Ceiling surface

Supply air port(to be purchased locally)

Supply air duct(to be purchased locally)

Heatinsulation

Return airport panel(Canvas panel)

Return airport panelSilent panel

Bad exampleBad example Good example

- 149 -

Use a band, etc. to connect the indoor unit and the supply air duct flange.

Conduct the duct installation work before finshing the ceiling.

(g) Connection of air inteke and exhaust ducts.

1) Duct connecting position

a) Fresh air intake

Inlet can be selected from the side or rear faces depending on the working conditions.

Use the rear fresh air inlte when the simultaneous intake and exhaust is conducted. ( Side inlet cannot be used.)

b) Exhaust (Make sure to use also the air intake.)

Use the side exhaust port.

Attachment of ceiling material

Ceiling material can be attached to the panel innern frame.

(Plate thickness max. 15mm)

Attachment procedures

1 Remove the stopper.

2 Remove the ornament plate and attach the ceiling material.

3 Hold down the ceiling material and return the stopper in position.

Note (1) If the ceiling material is attached, the ornament plate is not used.

State seeing from top of unit

Side fresh air intake port

Rear fresh air intake port

ExhaustPort

Fig.1 Fig.2

Ceiling material

Stopper

Panel inner frame

Ornament plate

- 150 -



Drain socket

Mainunit


Drain hose

Clamp(accessory)


Adhesion



Pipe cover (large)[insulation](accessory

(h) Drain piping

1) Drain piping should always be in a downhill grade (1/50-1/100) and avoid riding across an elevation or making traps.

2) When connecting the drain pipe to the unit, pay suffcient attention not to apply excess force to the piping on the unit side.

Also, fix the piping at a point as possible to the unit.

3) For drain pipe, use hard PVC general purpose pipe VP-25 which can be purchased

locally. When connecting, insert a PVC pipe end securely into the drain socket be-

fore tightening securely using the attached drain hose and clamp. Adhesive must not

be used connection of the drain socket and drain hose (accessory).

4) When constructing drain piping for several units, position the common pipe about 100mm below the drain outlet of each unit

as shown in the sketch below. Use VP-30 or thicker pipe for this purpose.

5) Be sure to provide heat insulation to hard PVC pipes of indoor placement.

6) Do not ever provide an vent.

7) The height of the drain head may be elevated up to a point 600mm from the bottom of unit and when an obstacle exists in the

ceiling space, elevate the piping to avoid the obstacle using an elbow or corresponding gadget. When doing this, if the

stretch for the needed height is too high, the back-flow quantity of drain at the time of interruption of the operation gets too

much and it may cause overflow at the drain pan. Therefore, make the height of the drain pipe withing the distance given in

the drawing below.

8) Avoid positioning the drain piping outlet at a place where ganeration of odor may be stimulated. Do not lead the drain piping

direct into a sewer from where sulfur gas may ganerate.

1.5 m ~ 2mSuspensionbolts

Heatinsulation


Air vent




VP-30A downhill gradeof 1/100 or more


Right above

295 ~ 325

Drain hose

Joints for VP-25

6

00 m

m(l

ocal

max

imum

heig

ht o

f dr

ain

head

)


- 151 -

9) Drainage test

a) During trial operation, make sure that drainage is properly execued and check that leakage is not found at connections.

b) Be sure to carry out a drainage test when installing the system during a heating season.

c) When installing the system in a building under construction, carry out the drainage test before ceiling tiles are installed.

1 Supply approx 1000cc of water through the outlet of the unit using a feed water pump.

2 Make sure that drainage is proceeding properly at the see-through outlet of the unit.

*Also confirm the revolving sound of the condensate motor when checking the drainage.

3 Then remove the drain plug at lower section of the unit to drain water off. After making sure water is not left, restore the

drain plug to the original position.

10) Drainage from the lower drain socket

Only if the drain pipe can be in-

stalled in a downhill grade (1/50-

1/100), the lower drain socket can

be used for connecting to the drain

pipe as illustrated.

(Disconnect the connector for the

drain motor)

As shown in the sketch to the ri-

ght, disconnect the drain motor

connector CnR (blue color codi-

ng).

Caution:

If the system is started with this

connector connected as is, drain

water is discharged out of the up-

per drain socket causing a heavy

water lekage.

The upper drain socket

The lower drain socket

(Piping connection)A hard PVC general-purpose pipe

Heat insulator

Rubber plug(Remove the rubber plug)

Disconnect Condensatemotor connectorCnR (2P Blue)

Remove the gromment.Be sure to restro it to the originalposition after the test is over.

Insert a water filing hose by approx 50 mm and feed water.(Be sure to insert the water filing hose in a downward direction.)

- 152 -

(5) Satellite ducted type (FDUM)


1) Avoid installation and use at those places listed below.

a) Places exposed to oil splashes or steam (e.g. kitchens and machine plants).

Installation and use at such places will incur deteriorations in the performance or corrosion with the heat exchanger or

damage in molded synthetic resin parts.

b) Places where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas) or inflammable gas (thinner, gasoline, etc.) is gnerated or remains.


c) Places adjacent to equipment generating electromagnetic waves or high-frequency waves such as in hospitals. Generated

noise may cause malfunctioning of the controller.

2) Select places for installation satisfying the following conditions and, at the same time, obtain the consent on the part of your

client user,.

a) Places where chilled or heated air circulates freely. When the installation height exceeds 3m, warmed air stays close to the

ceiling. In such cases, suggest your client users to install air circulators.

b) Places where perfect drainage can be prepared and sufficient drainage gradient is available.

c) Places free from air disturbances to the return air port and supply hole of the indoor unit, places where the fire alarm may not

malfunction to short circuit.

d) Places with the environmental dew-point temperature is lower than 28˚C and the relative humidity is less than 80%.

( When installing at a place under a high humidity environment, pay sufficient attention to prevention of dewing such as

thermally insulating the unit properly.)

3) Check if the selected place for installation is rigid enough to stand the weight of thew unit.

Otherwise, apply reinforcement using boards and beams before starting the installation work.

1100

1300

1720

Models

FDUM36, 45, 56 type

FDUM71, 90 type

FDUM112, 140 type

A

630

830

1250

BMark

Unit : mm

620 InspectionspaceB

100

A

- 153 -

(b) Suspension

Be sure to observe the finished length of the suspension bolts given below.

1) Fixing the suspension bolt (customer ordered parts M10)

Securely fix the suspension bolt as illustrated below or in another way.

2) Adjusting the unit’s levelness

a) Adjust the out-levelness using a level vial or by the following method.

Make adjustment so that the relation between the lower surface of the unit proper and water level in the hose becomes given

below.

b) Unless the levelness is adjusted properly, the malfunction of the float switch will occur.

3) Tap selection on blower unit.

Taps of on blower unit are set at the standard selection at the shipping from factory. Where the static pressure is raised by

changeing the connection of connectors provided at the flank of control box as shown below.

786

986

1406

Models

FDUM36, 45, 56 type

FDUM71, 90 type

FDUM112, 140 type

AMark

Unit : mm

472

A

InsertHole in anchor boltHole-in plug

Suspension bolt M10

Concrete

Suspension bolt

M10 Washer

M10 nuts

Indoor unit

M10 Spring washer

Suspension bolt M10

Indoor unit

60m

m o

r le

ss

PVC hose

Piping side

Supply water

0 ~ 5 mm

Bring the piping side slightly lower

Standard tap (at shipping)

Red

Blue

Black

White

Red

Con

trol

box

sid

e

Mot

or s

ide

Con

nect

or,

whi

te

Con

nect

or,

whi

te

Blue

Black

White

High speed tap

Red

Blue

Black

White

Blue

Con

trol

box

sid

e

Mot

or s

ide

Con

nect

or,

red

Con

nect

or,

whi

te

Black

Brown

White

- 154 -

(c) Duct installation

1 Supply air duct

Same as FDR series. Refer to page 148.

2 Access door

Access door must be provided without fail.

Dimensions of access door and service space

( See exterior dimensions in page 44 to 46.)

3 Return air port

An air filter is not included in the indoor unit. Use the return air port with air filter.

4 Return air duct: Use square duct.

5 Return air port with canvas duct

1) Connection of intake and exhaust ducts.

2) Duct connecting position.

< Fresh air intake >

a) Use side air intake port.

b) In case of simultaneous intake and exhaust, the side air intake port cannot be used, therefore, take air from the midway air intake

port along the intake duct.

< Exhaust > Make sure to use suction as well.

c) Use a side exhaust port.

3) Duct connection

Use intake and exhaust duct flange of separately sold (for connection of 125mm round duct) to connect 125mm round duct.

The duct clamped by bands must be thermally insulated to prevent dew condensation.

Looking from top of unit

Exhaust port

Side fresh air intake port

Intake duct(square duct)

Fresh air intakeport midwayof return duct

Fig.2Fig.1

- 155 -

(d) Drain piping

1) Drain piping should always be in a downhill grade (1/50-1/100) and avoid riding across an elevation or makeing traps.

2) When connecting the drain pipe to the unit, pay suffcient attention not to apply excess force to the piping on the unit side.

Also, fix the piping at a point as close as possible to the unit.

3) For drain pipe, use hard PVC general purpose pipe VP-25 which can be purchased

locally. When connecting, insert a PVC pipe end securely into the drain socket before

tightening securely using the attached drain hose and clamp. Adhesive must not be used

connection of the drain socket and drain hose ( accessory).

4) When constructing drain piping for several units, position the common pipe about 100 mm below the drain outlet of each

unit as shown in the sketch below. Use VP-30 or thicher pipe for this purpose.

5) Be sure to provide heat insulation to hard PVC pipes of indoor placement.

6) Do not ever provide an air vent.

7) The height of the drain head may be elevated up to a point 600 mm from the bottom of unit and, when an obstacle exists in

the ceiling space, elevate the piping to avoid the obstacle using an elbow or corresponding gadget. When doing this, if the

stretch for the needed height is too high, the back-flow quantity of drain at the time of interruption of the operation gets too

much and it may cause overflow at the drain pan. Therfore, make the height of the drain pipe withing the distance given in

the drawing below.

8) Avoid positioning the drain piping outlet at a place where generation of odor may stimulated. Do not lead the drain piping

direct into a sewer from where sulfur gas may generate.

1.5 m ~ 2mSuspensionbolts

Heatinsulation


Air vent





Drain hose



Drain socket

Mainunit

Clamp(accessory)


Adhesion



Pipe cover (large)[insulation](accessory)

VP30A downhill grade of1/100 or more


295 ~ 325

Drain hose Right above

Joints for VP-25

6

00 m

m(l

ocal

max

imum

heig

ht o

f dr

ain

head

)


- 156 -

9) Drainage test

a) During trial operation, make sure that drainage is properly execued and check that leakage is not found at connections.

b) Be sure to carry out a drainage test when installing the system during a heating season.

c) When installing the system in a building under construction, carry out the drainage test before ceiling tiles are installed.

1 Supply approx 1000cc of water through the outlet of the unit using a feed water pump.

2 Make sure that drainage is proceeding properly at the see-through outlet of the unit.

* Also confirm the revolving sound of the condensate motor when checking the drainage.

3 Then remove the drain plug at lower section of the unit to drain water off. After making sure water is not left, restore the

drain plug to the original position.

10) Drainage from the lower drain socket

Only if the drain pipe can be in-

stalled in a downhill grade (1/50-

1/100), the lower drain socket can

be used for connecting to the drain

pipe as illustrated.

( Disconnect the connector for the

drain motor)

As shown in the sketch to the right,

disconnect the drain motor con-

nector CnR ( blue color coding).

If the system is started with this

connector connected as is, drain

water is discharged out of the up-

per drain socket causing a heavy

water lekage.

Remove the grommet.Be sure to restro it to the originalposition after the test is over.

Insert a water filing hose by approx 50 mm and feed water.(Be sure to insert the water filing hose in a downward direction.)

The upper drain socket

A hard PVC general-purpose pipe

Heat insulator

Rubber plug(Remove the rubber plug)

The lower drain socket

(Piping connection)

Disconnect Condensatemotor connectorCnR (2P Blue)

- 157 -

(6) Ceiling Supension type (FDE)


1) A place where good air circulation and delivery can be obtained.

Cold air throw

Conditions

(1) Installation height: 2.4 ~ 3.0 m above the floor

(2) Fan speed: Hi

(3) Location: Free space without obstacles

(4) Distance of reach indicates the horizontal distance after the wind touched down the floor.

(5) Air velocity at the throw: 0.5 ( m/sec.)

2) A place where ceiling has enough strength to support the unit.

3) A place where there is no obstruction to the return air inlet and supply air outlet ports.


Installation and use at such places will incur deteriorations in the performance or corrosion with the heat exchanger or damage

in molded synthetic resin parts.

5) A place where the space shown below may be secured.

6) This unit uses a microcomputer as a control device. Therefore avoid installing the unit near the equipment that generates

strong electromagnetic waves and noise.

(b) Installation preparation

1) Drilling of holes for interconnecting piping and wiring.

a) Drill a hole through the wall in accordance with the piping diameter. We recommend using a hole saw drill of 70 ~ 86 mm

diameter and the hole should be drilled on an incline from inside to outside.

b) Insert the accessory piping sleeve into the hold and cut it to the proper length in accordance with wall thickness.

2) Installation of suspension bolts

a) Use the template sheet to determine the positions of suspension bolts and refrigerant pipings. The refrigerant piping can be

routed either to the right, left, top or rear.

Models FDE36, 45, 56 type

Air throw 7.5

FDE71 type

8

FDE112 type

9.5

FDE140 type

10

Unit : m

Unit : mm

5 or more150 or more

Obstacle

300

or m

ore100 or more

Ceiling mouting installation

- 158 -

b) Positions of suspension bolts are as in the drawing below.

c) In case of ferro-concrete buildings

Fix the suspension bolts in the following way.

d) Length of suspension (in cace of exposed type installtion)

(c) Installation of indoor unit

1) Detach the inside panel and suspension bracket

Notes (1) In case the susprnsion bracket face in, and the supension

bolts are made to the length as shown in the left drawing

the bolts ends will be put in the plasitics cap of the

indoor unit top panel.

(2) Don’t remove the plastics cap.

1 Remove a fixing bolt of the side panel.

2 Unhook four hooks (marked ) by sliding the side

panel in front side about 10mm, and detach the side

panel from the unit.

• Position of the hooks

ModelsMark A

1000

1260

1470

B

900

1160

1370

C

984

1244

1454

D

938

1198

1408

FDE36, 45, 56 type

FDE71, 112 type

FDE140 type

Unit : mm

When the suspension brackets face in When the suspension brackets face out

A

650

240

275

140

5

Airoutlet

Suspemsionbolt hole

Suspemsionbracket

BD

5031

5031

A

650

240

275

140

5

Airoutlet

Suspemsionbolt hole

Suspensionbracket

CD

831

831

Concrete

150 ~ 160 Insertion

M8 ~ M10 (3/8¨) suspension bolts

Steel reinforcement rods

Ceiling board

Suspension bolts

25 ~

45

mm

about 10 mm3

2

1

RearFront

Slide for front side about 10 mm

- 159 -

2) In case of exposed installation to the ceiling ( with suspension brackets facing in)

a) Fix the suspension brackets to suspension bolts

b) Hook the unit to suspension brackers

c) Fix unit securely in place by tightening the suspension bracket fixing bolts.

d) Attach the side panels and installation is finished.

3) In case the unit is half recessed into the ceiling ( the suspension brackets facing outside)

a) Open a hole in the ceiling large enough for the unit and necessary installation work. ( Fill up the excess opening after the

installation work is finished.)

Ceiling boards25 ~

45

mm

Suspension bolt [M8~M10 (3/8¨)]

Suspension bracket (accessory parts)

Hexagonal nuts (accessory parts)

Flat washer (accessory parts)

Suspension bracket

Suspension bracket fixing bolts

(let them protrude 8 ~ 12 mm from the unit)

Ceiling

Opening

10

618

10

300 or more

300 or more

Unit : mm

- 160 -

b) Installation space dimensions

(Plug in dimensions)

c) Mount the unit using suspension bolts

d) Securely tighten the nuts and fix the indoor unit place.

e) Attach the side panels and fit in ceilling board in the space around the unit and the work is finished.

4) Gradient for drainage

Mounting with proper gradient for drainage is needed as shown below.

In right and left directions Front and rear directions

Note (1) In case of left-hand side drainage, the gradient will be to

the opposite side.

Caution In case of gradient is contrary, water may leak out.

Indoor side of drain pipe must be thermally insulated.

Unit upperside

Ceiling board

(FD

E36

,45,

56,7

1)

(FD

E11

2,14

0)80

24

10

10

10160

Suspension bolts

Flat washer (accessory parts)

Hexagonal nuts (accessory parts)

Fit in ceiling boards here

0~3

mm

0~3

mm

Unit: mm

- 161 -

Min

.21

0 m

m

Set this faceat level

Nuts,screwsMounting plate

Secure as tightly asa wight of 90 kgscan be supported.

(7) Wall mounted type (FDK)


1) Select the best position and direction depending on the shape of room and height of ceiling to ensure that the cooled or warmed

air will be circulated sufficiently.

[Conditions]

a) Fan speed: Hi

b) Location: Free space without obstacles

c) Distance of reach indicates the horizontal distance after the wind touched down the floor.

d) Air yelocity at the throw:0.5 (m/sec.)

2) Where there is no obstacle around the Air inlet port or Air outlet port.

3) Where a sufficient space can be reserved for the service of air filter and the attachment/removal of panels.

4) Places exposed to oil splashes or steam (e.g. kitchens and machine plants ).

Installation and use at such place will incur deteriorations in the performance or corrosion with the heat exchanger or damage


5) Where pipes and wires can be arranged conveniently.

6) On the solid floor

7) Where the unit is not exposed directly to sun light.

8) Place where corrosive gas ( such as sulfurous acid gas ) or inflammable gas ( thinner, gasoline, etc.) is generated or remains.


9) Where a complete draining can be assured.

10) Where a sufficient space can be reserved for service.

(b) Method to install the mounting plate

1) Indoor unit weighs about 20 kgs. Be sure to check closely the installation place and, if any risk is expected, provide a sufficient

reinforcement with plates or beams. Indoor unit cannot be secured directly on the wall, etc.

Attached mounting plate must be used.

2) When installing a mounting plate on the wall, adjust it at level precisely and fix securely. Use the marketed anchor bolts (M6)

when the wall is made of concrete.

Models

cold air throw

ItemFDK22 type

5.5

6

7 8

FDK36, 45 type

65

FDK28 type FDK56, 71 type

Air throw

Unit : m

200 mmor more

150 mmor more

200

mm

or m

ore

Wooden wall

Concrete wall(Use marketed anchors (M6)

Example of nut anchor Example of bolt anchor

Woodscrew

Mountingplate

Bolt

Mountingplate

NutMountingplate

10 mmor over

- 162 -

(c) Installation

1) Use an attached pattern sheet and mark the position of screws to attach the mounting plate.

2) Determine the direction to lead the pipe and bore a through hole on the wall aligning with the pipe hole of unit.

3) Remove screws (2 pcs.) and remove the right and left

panels from the Indoor unit. ( Remove screws first, move

slightl to remove.)

4) Remove the lower panel from the Indoor unit. It can be

remove if 3 screws are loosened but not removed.

5) Secure the mounting plate with screws at a selected

place on the wall. When the wall is made of concrete,

use the marketed anchor bolts (M6)

WallWall

OutdoorIndoor

ø 70 mm

Sleeve

Sleeve

Cut the sleeve for the thicknessof wall and insert in the hole.

Sealingplate

Front12

- 163 -

6) Hook and install the indoor unit on the mounting plate

from top. Hook slightly at left at first and return to right.

7) Fix the indoor unit on the mounting plate with a screw.

8) Install the lower panel at the original position.

9) Install the right and left side panels at their original

position.

10) This is all for the installation.

- 164 -

[Conditions]

(1) Fan speed: Hi



(4) Air velocity at the throw: 0.5 (m/sec.)









8) Places where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas) or inflammable gas ( thinner, gasoline, etc.) is generated or remains.

Installation and use at such place will cause corrosion in the heat exchanger and damage in molded synthtic resin parts.



Floor standing installation

• Floor fixation • Wall fixation

(8) Floor standing exposed type (FDFL)



Cold air throw

(b) Bolt positions

1) Bolt positions for metal settings used for floor fixation.

• Metal fitting used for floor fixation (accessories).

unit : mm

2) Bolt positions for wall fixation

Models

Air throw 4

All models

Unit : m

600 or more

150

or m

ore

150

or m

ore

600 or more

1000

or

mor

e

Floor

Front side10 30 Slotted holes

M8

9832

Rcar side806(1091)195 1951196(1481)

View from the floor

1196(1481)

786(1071)

Level adjusting screw4 12 24

M10

Slotted holes forwall mounting

470 25

022

0

205 205

unit : mm

Unit : mm

Note (1) Value in ( ) indicates 71 type.

- 165 -

d) Level the unit using the level adjusting screw. Installation will be complrted after attaching side and front panel.

e) Exceute fixation following the directions described below.

(c) Installation of unit

1) Floor standing installation

a) Position of mounting bracket fixing bolts

Drill holes by referring to figures below.

Note (1) Be sure to use a bolt of the length for wall mouning.

b) The methed of drilling the wall is as follows.

c) Remove the front and side panels.

When fixed on the floor When fixed on the wall

When fixed on the wall

30 Wall

Hole for piping& wiring on floor

When fixed on the floor

2 places

4 places

Hole for piping &wiring on wall

Bolt for wall mounting

Wall

Indoor Outdoor

Sleeve

Ø70~86 mm

Sealing plateWall

Sleeve

Case front panel

Case side panel

Case side panel Case front panel

Case front panel

Side panel

Top panel

Frame

Frame side panel

Mounting platc(Accessories)

Tighten the bolt for floor fixation using a flat washer and double nut.

Tighten the bolt for wallfixation using a flat washer and double nut.

- 166 -

(e) Installation of remote controller ( on the indoor unit )

Attached remote controller may be installed on the indoor unit as shown below. The work can be done on the spot when the

customer asks so or by other reasons.

Refer to the page 153 when it is instralled on the wall.

1) Detach the front panel.

2) Remote controller installation.

Attach the lower case with the screws (M4 128) accessory.

3) Remote controller wiring.

a) Connect the terminals between the remote controller and the control box as per these wire color codes:[ (X) (red). (Y) (white),

(Z) (biack)], using the wires included in the kit.

b) The wires should have a surplus length of approximately 30 cm. (Necessary when servicing with the front panel detached.)

c) Strip and solder as shown below when cutting the wire. (Omitting the soldering process may cause looseness of the wiring.)

A

2-Ø3.0

(Holes of tapping screws)

Wiring hole Ø16

84

0.5

Unit: mm

VIEW A

10 ~ 15 mm 10 mm(Stripe and soldering.)

(d) Drain piping

The drain piping can be directed to the floor or rear sides as follows.

(a) Connect a drain piping to the drain outlet and fix it by use of tigghening band.

(b) Indoor side drain piping must be thermally insulated.

(c) After finishing the drain piping, check the drainage by pouring some water in the drain pan.

Decrine Trap

Up-and-down bend

Bad

Bad

- 167 -

4) Wiring route.a) Wire from the wiring hole through the rear side of the control box to the terminal block.

b) Any suplus wires should be tied up with a cable tie.

Cable tip

Front Side

Control box

Remote controllerinstallation section

[Conditions]

(1) Fan speed: Hi



(4) Air velocity at the throw: 0.5 (m/sec.)









8) Places where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas) or inflammable gas ( thinner, gasoline, etc.) is generated or remains.

Installation and use at such place will cause corrosion in the heat exchanger and damage in molded synthtic resin parts.



Floor standing installation

• Floor fixation • Wall fixation

(8) Floor standing hidden type (FDFU)

(a) Selection of installation hidden location


Cold air throw

Models

Air throw 4

All models

Unit : m

unit : mm

Floor

Peri cover

Peri cover

100

1000

600

600

100

- 168 -

Bolt positions for floor mounting hardware

Floor mounting hardware(Provided parts)10 x 30 elongated holeUse M8

As viewed from floor side.

Back

Front

806(1091)

(b) Bolt positions

1) Bolt positions for metal settings used for floor fixation.

• Metal fitting used for floor fixation (accessories).

unit : mm

2) Bolt positions for wall fixation

Note (1) Value in ( ) indicates 71 type.

c) Level the unit using the level adjusting screw. Installation will be complrted after attaching side and front panel.

d) Exceute fixation following the directions described below.

(c) Installation of unit

1) Floor standing installation

a) Position of mounting bracket fixing bolts

Drill holes by referring to figures below.

Note (1) Be sure to use a bolt of the length for wall mouning.

b) The methed of drilling the wall is as follows.

When fixed on the floor When fixed on the wall

When fixed on the wall

30 Wall

Hole for piping& wiring on floor

When fixed on the floor

2 places

4 places

Hole for piping &wiring on wall

Bolt for wall mounting

Wall

Indoor Outdoor

Sleeve

Ø70~86 mm

Sealing plateWall

Sleeve

Frame side panel

Mounting platc(Accessories)

Tighten the bolt for floor fixation using a flat washer and double nut.

Tighten the bolt for wallfixation using a flat washer and double nut.

1150(1435)

112 786 (1071)

220

250

470

179

Elongated hole forwall mounting4 - 12 24

Use M10

Screw for adjustinglevelness.

- 169 -

(1) Selection of installation location

Following locations should be avoided:

(a) Where exposed to direct sunlight

(b) Near the heat source

(c) Highly humid area or where splashed with water

(d) Uneven installation surface

(2) Selection of installation location

Exposed installation

(a) Remove the remote controller case.

Insert finger nails between the upper (white) and lower

(brown) cases and ply them to open.

5.2 Installation of the remote controller (Optional parts)(b) Remote controller cords can be taken out upward only as

shown below.

Cut the remote controller lower case off at the top and thin

section with a nipper, knife or other and remove burrs from

the cut with a file or other.

(c) Secure the remote controller lower case on the wall with 2

pieces of wood-screws.

(d) Connect the remote controller cords with the terminal block.

Make sure to align the terminal numbers on the indoor unit

and the remote controller. Polarities are specified on the ter-

minal block so that the unit will not be operated if the cords

are connected improperly.

Terminals: (X) red wire, (Y) white wire, (Z) black wire

Bottom

Lower case

Top

Top

(Cord take-out direction)

Lower case (brown)

Upper case (white)

(d) Drain piping

The drain piping can be directed to the floor or rear sides as follows.

(a) Connect a drain piping to the drain outlet and fix it by use of tigghening band.

(b) Indoor side drain piping must be thermally insulated.

(c) After finishing the drain piping, check the drainage by pouring some water in the drain pan.

Decrine Trap

Up-and-down bend

Bad

Bad

- 170 -

(e) Set necessary functions in accordance with the model of indoor unit.

Refer to (c) for the setting of functions.

(f ) Couple the upper case with the lower case as they were.

(g) Secure the remote controller cords on the wall or other using cord

clamps.

Embedded installation

1) Have a Electrical box and remote controller cords (use shielding wires

or twisted pair wires for extension) embedded in the wall in advance.

2) Remove the upper case from the remote controller.

3) Secure the remote controller body on the electrical box with 2 pieces

of M4 round head screw (provided by customer).

4) Connect remote controller cords with the remote controller.

(Refer to the section regarding the exposed installation.)

5) Couple the upper case with the lower case as it was to finish up the

installation.

Cautions for extension of remote controller cords

Make sure to use shielding wires only.• All models: 0.3 mm2 x 3 core wires [MVVS3C, products ofKeihan Cables]

Note (1) When the extension distance exceeds 100 m, change the wire size as

follows:

100 ~ 200 m ... 0.50 mm2 3 core wires

~ 300 m ... 0.75 mm2 3 core wires

~ 400 m ... 1.25 mm2 3 core wires

~ 600 m ... 2.00 mm2 3 core wires

Make sure to ground one side only of the shielding wire.

(3) Setting the functions

Change the setting of selector switches (SW1 SW4)

and jumper wires (J1 J4) in accordance the functions

of indoor unit and purposes of use.

Functions of selector switches

Functions of jumper wires

Note (1) “None” means it is not installed on the PCB or open.

Switch Function

SW1C Model type - Cooling only

H Model type - Heat pump model

SW2ON Remote control sensor - Valid

OFF Remote control sensor - Invalid

SW3ON Power failure compensation - Provided

OFF Power failure compensation - Not provided

SW4S Remote controller selector - Slave

M Remote controller selector - Master

Name Function

J1With Return air temperature display - Valid

None (1) Return air temperature display - Invalid

J2With Blow rate display - 3 speed

None (1) Blow rate display - 2 speed

J3With Timer function - Valid (Normal)

None (1) Timer function - Invalid

J4With Auto swing display-With

None (1) Auto swing display - None

J6With For GHP multi

None (1) For KXR multi

Electrical box(Provided by customer)

Remote controller cords

M4 round head screw x 2 pieces(Provided by customer)

To indoor unit

Upper case

Heat sensorelement

Selector switch(SW1 ~ SW4)

Jumper wire(J1 ~ J4)

~

~

J6

- 171 -

(1) Selection of installation site (After getting the approval from the customer, select the installation site.)

5.3 Installation of outdoor unit

OWARNING¡ Do not install the outdoor unit where the exhaust gas from the outdoor unit may enter the room. If it is installed near

the intake/exhaust openings, window or ventilation opening, the exhaust gas may enter and causing danger insidethe room.

¡ Install the outdoor unit outside in a properly ventilated location. Accumulating exhaust gas can pose danger.

¡ Be sure to disperse the exhaust gas into the open without affecting the surroundings.¡ Install the outdoor unit in a secure and firm location.

™ Install the outdoor unit to satisfy the installation

standard and operation instruction of the gasequipment for the business.

™ Place where air is accumulated.

™ Place where the installation area is sturdy™ Place where there is no obstacle against air at the

intake and blow-out openings.

™ Place not exposed to thermal radiation from anotherheat source

™ Place where drain water flows well

™ Place where noise or heat wind does not influencethe adjacent house.

™ Place not buried by snow

™ Place where the blowout opening is not exposed tostrong wind

™ Place where exhaust gas is not accumulated

OCAUTION¡ Do not install the outdoor unit in a place where combustible gas generates, flows in, accumulates or leaks. Also, test

periodically gas piping inside the unit and the local gas piping.

¡ When installing the unit, provide the specified clearance from combustible materials.

(2) Clearance from combustible materials

S Impossible at the place enclosed with four walls. Assure a space of 2m or more above the top.

S Install the outdoor unit at the place where any short circuit does not result from the heat exhaust of the unit.

S If plural outdoor units are installed, assure a sufficient suction space to prevent a short circuit from occurring.

S In the snow district, provide the framework or snow-proof hood to prevent the outdoor unit from being buried by snow.

S If any influence may result from vibration, install the vibration insulator.

(Unit: mm)

S Select the installation site for the outdoor unit according to the following conditions.

(RIGHT SIDE VIEW)(PROJECTIOM VIEW)

Exhaust gas port

Exhaust gas portor more 150 or more10

Front side

Front side

600

or m

ore

or m

ore

10 o

r m

ore

150

The dimentions above are not dimensions for installation clearance.

- 172 -

600 or more

50 or more

1000 or more

2000 or more

(Front side)

350 or more

600 or more

1000 or more

1000 or more

50 or more

50 or more

350 or more50

or more50 or more

50 or more

350 or more(Front side)

(Note 1)

(Front side)

Wind direction

Wind direction

Steel wire

(3) Installation Space

(a) Installation of single unit

(b) Installation of plural units

Exposure to the sideward wind

(a) Install the blowout port of the unit at a right angle

against the wind direction.

(b) If the foundation is unstable or wind blows sideward,

fix the unit on the study foundation with steel wire

or similar.

Note (1) If plural units are installed, limit three units in series and producea unit-to-unit space of 350mm. (Passage for maintenance)

(Unit: mm)

(4) Transportation and installation of unit

(a) Transportation1) When transporting the packed unit, unload it as near as possible to the

installation site.

2) When unpacking and relocating the unit, lift the unit with the rope, while

preventing it from being injured.

2) Fasten the rope only on the predetermind points on the unit.

OWARNING¡ Make sure to fasten the rope on the specified points on the unit

and use the appopriate weight when lifting the unit.¡ Lift the unit on four or more points.

OCAUTION¡ When removing the packing vinyl bag, take care not to touch the

fins of the heat exchanger.

(b) InstallationOWARNING

¡ Install the unit firmly to withstand strong winds or earthquakes, the unit may fall down and cause injury.

OCAUTION¡ Constract the foundation completely with proper drainage around the permeter of the foundation to prevent water

accumlation

- 173 -

(5) Fuel gas piping

(a) Fuel gas piping layout

(6) Exhaust gas drain piping

Notes (1) Use the hard vinyl chloride pipe to extend the drain.(2) Be sure to slope the pipe downward.(3) Be sure to release the exhaust gas drain to drop into the concentrated pipe, gutter or similar.(4) Carry out the work to prevent exhaust gas drain from scattering.(5) In cold districts, exhaust drain piping may freeze, install heater to prevent any blockade.

Fuel inlet (25A)

Drain154

StrainerOutdoor type reinforced gas hose or low-pressurehose with the fitting for liquefied gas

Pressure output port tap

Outdoor unitMain valve

260

OWARNING¡ After connecting the fuel gas pipe, be sure to take the gas leakage test.¡ For the gas leakage test, use soapy water or the gas leak tester. Never attempt to take the gas leak test of the flame

color reaction since it is very dangerous.

OCAUTION¡ Support the fuel gas pipe as necessary. If any pipe is poorly supported, the stresses will be concentrated on the pipe,

possibly causing the pipe to be cracked.¡ Use the metallic fuel gas pipe, and be sure to use the outdoor type reinforced gas hose or the low-pressure hose with

the fitting for liquefied petroleum gas. Never use any flexible pipe.

OWARNING¡ Never connect the exhaust gas drain water of the outdoor unit to the water pipe of the drain water of the indoor unit.

Otherwise, the exhaust gas will enter the indoor room.¡ Since the exhaust gas drain water of the outdoor unit is at the high temperature, never touch the water, or it can cause burns.

OCAUTION¡ Discharge the exhaust gas drain into the drain channel, gutter or other which is released to the open air. Never place

any drain hose on the floor surface.* If it is specially exposed on the roof, extend the drain pipe to discharge the drain to the rain water drain port (roof

drain). If any exhaust gas drain is discharged to on the floor surface, it will sometimes damage the waterproof sheetand stain the concrete surface.

1) Refer to the figure below for the foundation. Construct on the ground the hatched portion of the foundation completelyas shown below.

2) Install the unit on a level ground. (slope of 1/2000 or less)

Caution for installation¡ When the optional vibration-proof base is

used, the pitchesof the bolts (W1560 XD960) varies . For detai ls , refer to“Installation manual for vibration-proofbase”.

164 164(Back side)

(Front side)

Anchor bolt hole (ø20)(M12×4 places)

4040

6371233

1580 821744

1050

1000

- 174 -

MAX. 70 m

MAX. 100 m

MAX. 50 m

MAX. 40 m

MAX. 15 m

All models

MAX. 40 mFirst branch to each indoor unit (Branch piping)

Outdoor unit to first branch (Main line)

Difference in height between indoor units in the same system

When outdoor unit is above

When outdoor unit is below

Maximum length for each indoor unit (To farthest unit)

Difference in height of indoor and outdoor unit

Item Model

~ Less than 101

Gas line

ø 15.88

ø 19.05

ø 25.4

ø 31.8

ø 38.1

Liquid linePart number of

branch used Gas line Liquid linePart number of

branch used

DIS-2KX10-E

DIS-2KX20-E

ø 9.52

ø 9.52

ø 12.7

ø 15.88

ø 19.05540 or more ~

GHCP450HMTE4 GHCP560HMTE4

ø 15.88

ø 19.05

ø 25.4

ø 31.8

ø 38.1

ø 34.92

ø 34.92

ø 15.88

ø 15.88

Outdoor unit

Main piping

ø 38.1

ø 38.1

ø 19.05

ø 19.05

DIS-2KX10-E

DIS-2KX20-E

DIS-2KX30-E

DIS-1KX40-E

DIS-1KX40-E

DIS-2KX30-E

DIS-1KX40-E

DIS-1KX40-E

ø 9.52

ø 9.52

ø 12.7

ø 15.88

ø 19.05

Item

Model

Sum upto downstreemcapacity

101 or more ~less than 180180 or more ~less than 371371 or more ~less than 540

Note (1) If adjustment is required between the branch connection and the unit port diameter, always perform that adjustment at the branch connection.

Installing procedure of exhaust gas drain pipe

(Example of concentrated pipe)

5.4 Refrigerant piping(1) Refrigerant piping length · Indoor unit height restrictions

(2) Selection procedure for refrigerant piping

Outdoor unit

Exhaust gasdrain hose

Exhaust gasdrain hose

Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

Drain channel

Drain channel

Install one gas bleeder betweenthe outdoor units.

Gas releasing

Field piping

Do not place trap on the concentrat-ed pipe, and provide a downward slope of 1/100 or more.

- 175 -

Model Item Branch pipe Item Reducer

DIS

-2K

X30

-ED

IS-1

KX

40-E

DIS

-2K

X20

-ED

IS-2

KX

10-E

Gas

line

Liqu

id li

neG

as li

ne

Gas

line

Liqu

id li

neG

as li

ne

Gas

line

Liqu

id li

neLi

quid

line

Gas

line

Gas

line

Gas

line

Liqu

id li

ne

Liqu

id li

ne

Liqu

id li

ne

Liqu

id li

ne

540

622

424

Diameter is same as above dimensions

φ28.

58

φ25.

4

φ25.

4

φ31.

8

φ31.

8

φ38.

1

φ38.

1

φ19.

05

φ19.

05

φ19.

05

132

94.5

φ15.

88

φ15.

88

φ15.

88

φ12.

7

φ12.

7

ID

IDIDID ID

OD12.7

ID9.52

OD12.7

OD19.05

OD12.7

OD38.1

OD38.1

ID9.52

ID22.22

ID34.92

ID44.5

ID9.52

100

100

100

100

120

160

Notes (1)The gas side flow divider pipe is insulated.(2)Cut piping in the center on site in the area it will be used.

424

94.5

15.8

8

12.7

15.8

8

370

87

9.52

6.35

9.52

370

87

9.52 6.35

9.52

424

94.5

12.7

15.8

812

.7

15.8

819

.05

19.0

5

519

118

15.8

819

.05

12.7

15.8

8

19.0

525

.4

25.

428

.58

370

87

9.52

12.7

9.52

12.7

6.35

9.52

12.7

IDIDID

IDIDID

IDID

ID

IDID

IDID

IDID




70

ID25.4

OD19.05

70

ID28.58

OD25.4

¡ Branch pipe set shapes

- 176 -

GHCP560HMTE4

112

Branch piping 1

Branch piping 6

Branch piping 2

Branch piping 3

Branch piping 4

Branch piping 5

Indoor unit

Outdoor unit

56 140 90 71 45 45

A B C D E

F

a

b

c d e f g

Same as outdoor unit (GHCP560HMTE4)

Down-flow indoor unit capacity total (391)





Same as indoor unit

Same as indoor unit

Same as indoor unit

Same as indoor unit

Same as indoor unit

Same as indoor unit

Same as indoor unit







Branch piping set

DIS-1KX40-E

DIS-1KX40-E

DIS-2KX30-E

DIS-2KX20-E

DIS-2KX10-E

DIS-2KX20-E

Selection procedureCode

A

B

C

D

E

F

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

Code Selection procedure

ø38.1

ø38.1

ø25.4

ø19.05

ø15.88

ø19.05

ø19.05

ø15.88

ø19.05

ø15.88

ø15.88

ø12.7

ø12.7

ø19.05

ø15.88

ø12.7

ø9.52

ø9.52

ø9.52

ø9.52

ø9.52

ø9.52

ø9.52

ø9.52

ø6.35

ø6.35

Gas line

Piping size (mm)

Liquid line

¡ Determining piping size

¡ Selecting branch piping set

Branch piping 1Branch piping 2Branch piping 3Branch piping 4Branch piping 5Branch piping 6

Notes (1) Make the appropriate selection for connections for different diameter piping provided with the branch set according to the sizes of the piping. (2) If adjustment is required between the branch connection and the indoor unit port diameter, always perform that adjustment at the branch connection.

Floor

No

No

Floor

Floor Good Good

Horizontally

Vertically

Always use branch connections (for both gas and liquid lines) as indicated for "horizontal branch" and "vertical branch."There is no need to provide a trap for upright piping.

Note (1)

(2)

Refrigerant piping connection example

Connection capacity total: 559Outdoor unit: GHCP560HMTE4

- 177 -

(3) Specification of unit piping (Pipe diameter, Connecting method)

(a) Unit

1) Outdoor unit

Item Gas line Liquid line

Model Pipe diameter Connecting method Pipe diameter Connecting method

22, 28 type φ12.7 (1/2 ") φ6.35 (1/4 ")

36 type φ12.7 (1/2 ") φ6.35 (1/4 ")

45 type φ12.7 (1/2 ") Flare φ6.35 (1/4 ") Flare

56,71,90 type φ15.88 (5/8 ") φ9.52 (3/8 ")

112,140 type φ19.05 (3/4 ") φ9.52 (3/8 ")

Item Gas line Liquid line

Model Pipe diameter Connecting method Pipe diameter Connecting method

GHCP450HMTE4 φ34.92 (13/8 ")Brazing

φ15.88 (5/8 ")Flare

GHCP560HMTE4 φ38.1 (11/2 ") φ19.05 (3/4 ")

Unit: mm(in)

φ 6.35(1/4 ") Flare nut 14 ~ 18 N • m (1.4 ~ 1.8 kg • m)

φ 9.52(3/8 ") Flare nut 34 ~ 42 N • m (3.2 ~ 4.2 kg • m)

φ 12.7(1/2 ") Flare nut 49 ~ 61 N • m (4.9 ~ 6.1 kg • m)

φ 15.88(5/8 ") Flare nut 68 ~ 82 N • m (6.8 ~ 8.2 kg • m)

φ 19.05(3/4 ") Flare nut 100 ~ 120 N • m (10 ~ 12 kg • m)

Flange area bolt on the gas side 30 ~ 40 N • m (3 ~ 4 kg • m)

2) Indoor unit Unit: mm(in)

Refrigerant liquid pipe

Front side

Refrigerant gas pipe

Electric wiring

Exhaust gas drain

3) Joined pipe size Specifications of pipe: Outer diameter × Wall thickness (mm)

φ 6.35 × 0.8 φ 9.52 × 0.8 φ 12.7 × 0.8 φ 15.88 × 1.0 φ 19.05 × 1.0

φ 25.4 × 1.0 φ 28.58 × 1.0 φ 31.8 × 1.1 φ 34.92 × 1.1 φ 38.1 × 1.15

(b) Refrigerant connection piping.

(c) Tightening torque

OCAUTION¡ To tighten the flare nut, use the double wrench, and turn the nut to the specified torque. Take care that the

flare area will be broken if it is excessively tightened. (Refer to the tightening table.) If any flared area is

loosened or broken, the refrigerant gas will leak to cause an oxygen dificiency accident.

- 178 -

Forward/leftward connecting

(1) After connecting the pipe to the accessory at the site, connect the service valve.

(2) Directly connect service valve to the liquid side at the site.

(4) Piping work at the site(a) Be sure to flow nitrogen gas during brazing.

If any nitrogen gas does not flow, much oxidized film will be

produced to cause a hazardous trouble.

(b) Prevent moisture and foreign material from entering the pipe.

Moreover, flash the pipe.

(c) For flashing, flow nitrogen gas at approx. 0.02MPa, block

the pipe end with hand, and release the hand when the pressure

rises in the pipe. (At this time, keep the other pipe ends

blocked.

(d) Before the piping work at the site, fully close the service valve.

(e) When soldering the service valve to the pipe, cool down the

main body of the valve with wet towel or similar.

(f) Ester/ether/alkyl-benzene oil or similar is recommended as

the flaring oil.

(g) If vibration-proof base is attached, make sure that the

refrigerant piping is free from excessive stress.

Example : 1. Use flexible pipe.

Produce the resistance at the pipeend with tape or similar, and fillnitrogen into the pipe.

Taping

Primaryside Secondary side

0.02MpaMain valve

Nitrogengas

Hand

Pressure reductionvalve

<N2>

Do not use any other gasexcept nitrogen gas (N2).

OWARNING¡ Before brazing, be sure to verify that the service valve is closed. If any refrigerant gas comes into contact with

the flame, toxic gas will be produced to cause intoxication.

2. There will be no joint of refrigerant piping at a distance of 1.5 m or less from outside unit.

(h) After local piping construction, attach noise insulating material on the piping port lid at the inner side of the unit converning

the edges of the piping port.

163263

163263

Piping port lid

Back side Back side

135

116

115.

513

5

358.

521

019

0

353.

521

019

0

¡GHCP450HMTE4 ¡GHCP560HMTE4

- 179 -

(5) Air-tight test

(a) The air-tightness test of the main body of the unit has been completed by our factory. After the pipes are connected, take the

air-tightness test on the connected, pipe and indoor unit at the check joint of the service valve on the outdoor gas side. During

the test, be sure to keep the service valve closed.

Air-tightness test pressure = 3.3MPa

(b) Apply the pressure from the gas side with nitrogen gas.

(c) After the air-tightness test, be sure to evacuate the system.

1 When the pressure reaches 0.5MPa, stop the pressuri-

zation and leave it 5 minutes or more as it is. Verify that

the pressure does not drop.

2 Next, pressurize it to 1.5MPa, and leave it 5 minutes or

more again as it is. Verify that the pressure does not drop.

3 Then, increase it to the specified pressure (3.3MPa), and

record the ambient temperature and pressure.

4 Leave it approx. one day as it is. If the pressure does not

drop, it will be proper. Since the pressure varies approx.

0.01MPa as the ambient temperature varies 1°C,

compensate the pressure.

OCAUTION¡ After completing the refrigerant piping work, take the air-tightness test with nitrogen gas to verify that there is no

leakage. If any refrigerant gas should leak into the narrow room beyond the limited concentration, it will cause

an oxygen deficiency.

Closed

Closed

Service valve on the gas side

Check joint

Pressu

rization

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

(6) Evacuating

Evacuating can be completed faster by evacuating both the check joint on the liquid side service valve and the check joint of the

evacuating gas pipe (accessory) connected to the gas side service valve at the same time. (Of course, evacuating is possible even

through the liquid side check joint only.)

<Work flow chart>

10 to 15 minutes750 mmHg and over

0.1 MPa

Needle of attachedpressure gaugeshall not movefor 5 minutes.In

stal

latio

n co

mpl

eted

Eva

cuat

ing

star

t

Eva

cuat

ing

com

plet

ed

Air

-tig

htne

ss c

heck

Gas

leak

age

chec

k

Inst

alla

tion

of g

as c

harg

eeq

uipm

ent

Retighten pipingconnections.

Cha

rge

a sm

all q

ualit

yof

ref

rige

rant

Cha

rge

norm

al q

ualit

yof

ref

rige

rant

- 180 -

(7) Refrigerant charge amount

(a) Additional; charge amount

Notes (1) When the refrigerant piping length exceeds the length that additional refrigerant charge is not required, charge additional refrigerant based on to

calculated amount of refrigerat per unit piping length.

(2) The unit is holding charge type that all of the refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit and in the indoor unit only a small amount of refrigerant is

filled for prevention of the air entry.

Calculation of amount of refrigerant to be charged in local piping

The amount refrigerat additionally charged in local piping depends on connection pipe size but not on indoor unit type.

[Amount of refrigerant to be charged in the local piping = Actual length of liquid pipe Amount of refrigerant

additionally charged per meter of liquid pipe]

[Example] Amount of refrigerant additionally charged = (11 0.28) + (12 0.2) + (13 0.12) + (14 0.06) + (15 0.03)

11: Overall length (m) of φ 19.05 liquid pipe





Item Additional charge amountFactory charge amount at time of shapement

per 1m of liquid pipeModel φ19.05 φ15.88 φ12.7 φ9.52 φ6.35 Outdoor unit Indoor unit RemarksGHCP450HMTE4

0.28 kg/m 0.2kg/m 0.12kg/m 0.06 kg/m 0.03 kg/m17.5 kg

Holding chargedAdditional refrigerant

GHCP560HMTE4 18.0 kg Charge is not required

Following precautions must be observed when the model is adapted to R407C.(1) Tools and related components should be changed when handling a different kind of refrigerant in order to prevent mixing of different oils.

Gauge manifold and charge hose, particularly, should never be used after using them for R22.(2) Charge cylinder should not be used. Otherwise, the refrigerant composition may change when charging R407C into the cylinder.(3) Refrigerant should be charged in the liquid phase from the container. Charging the refrigerant in the gaseous phase could change the

refrigerant composition substantially.(4) Volume of refrigerant to be taken out in the liquid phase from the container should be up to 90% of necessary quantity (in weight percent)

as a standard.(5) Refrigerant should not be replenished even if a leakage is discovered because it could change the refrigerant composition substantially.

When a leakage is discovered, replace with new refrigerant in the specified volume. However, it could be replenished temporarily in case ofan emergency.

(8) Heat-proof and dew-proof

OCAUTION¡ Perform the dew-proof, heat insulating works of the refrigerant piping. If the work is insufficient, water or dew will

drip causing the furniture or similar to be moistened.¡ Use a good thermal insulator (120°C or more) .

(a) It is necessary to make both gas pipe and liquid pipe heat-proof and dew-proof.1) During cooling, the gas pipe prevents the dew produced

on the pipe from becoming the drain water which causes

water leakage accident. Moreover, since the discharged

gas flows to raise the temperature of the pipe surface to

60 - 110°C, during heating, it may cause burns if touched.

Since it is dangerous, be sure to thermally insulate the

pipe.

2) Insulate the flare connection portion of the indoor unit

with a thermal insulator (pipe cover).

(Gas line pipe and liquid line pipe should be insulated).

3) Both the liquid side and gas side piping should be thermally

insulated. Wrap the insulated pipes and connecting wire

with a coating tape in a manner where crevices are

minimal.

Exterior tape

Gas pipingLiquid piping

Wires for connecting indoorand outdoor units

Insulation

Pipe cover (accessory)

Band (accessory)

- 181 -

5.5 Electrical wiringThe electrical work shall be done by the service shop approved by Electric Power Company.

OWARNING™ Qualified electrical service personnel must do the electrical work as stated in “Technical Standard of Electrical Facilities”,

In-company Standard” and this installation manual. If the work is insufficient, it will cause electric shock, fire hazards,etc.

™ For wiring, use the specified cables and securely connect them. To prevent an external force of the cable from being

transmitted to the terminal connected area, securely fasten the cable. If it is incompletely connected or fastened, itwill cause heating, fire hazards, etc.

™ When connecting many terminals at the same terminal block, limit to 2 terminals only. If 3 or more terminals are

connected, the screw at the terminal will become loosely fastened to cause a fire hazard.™ Securely tighten the screw on the terminal block. If it is poorly tightened, it will cause fire hazard.™ Never connect any line to the secondary side on the terminal block at the site.

OCAUTION™ Use the exclusive branch circuit for electric wiring, do not connect it with the circuit of any other electrical equipment,

otherwise, the breaker may fail and cause minor injuries.™ Execute the grounding works. Do not connect the ground cable to the gas pipe, water pipe, lightning arrestor or the

ground cable of the telephone. If it is improperly grounded, it will cause electric shock.™ In some installation site, it is necessary to install the ground leakage breaker. If the ground leakage breaker is not

installed, it will cause electric shock.

™ Do not turn on the power supply until the work is completed. Before servicing, turn off the power supply.

(1) Power supply wiring(a) Outdoor unit power supply

• Use separate power supplies for the outdoor and indoor unit respectively. (Standard specification)

• The table below shows the power specification for outdoor unit only.

Notes (1) The above table shows the power specification of outdoor unit when separate powers are use for outdoor unit and indoor units.

(2) The wire thickness and distance indicated above are for when voltage drop is 2%.

(b) Indoor unit power supply

Notes (1) The wire length covers values when necessary indoor units are connected in series with the unit power supply wire as shown below. Also, the wire

thickness and distance indicated above are for when voltage drop is 2%.

(2) These values are based on the conditions that indoor units are connected so that the total capacity becomes the mximum against each outdoor unit.

2.0 20 30

Item

Model

GHCP450HMTE4

GFCP560HMTE4

Powersource

Powersupply

wire size(mm2)

Wirelength

(m)

Circuit breaker

Switchcapacity

(A)

Ratedcurrent

(A)

Earthleakagebreaker

(A)

Groundingwire size

(mm2)

3 phase400V50Hz

2.030A 30mA0.1 sec. or

less

Screw size

M5

35

35

Indoor unit

Item

Total powersupply forindoor unit

Less than 10A

Powersupply

wire size(mm2)

Wirelength

(m)

Circuit breaker(Use for both ground/overloadand short-circuit production)

Ratedcurrent

Wire circuit breaker (A) Signal wire thickness (mm)

OutdoorIndoor

IndoorOutdoor

10A or more,less than 15A

2

3.5

23 20 20A100mA 0.1sec. or less

27 30

2 core

0.75 · 2.0

2 core

0.75 · 2.030A100mA 0.1sec. or less

- 182 -

ELB Main

B B B B

To GHP To GHP To GHP Other

B Main

ELB ELB ELB B

To GHP To GHP To GHP Other

ELB MainActivation

ELB Activation B ELB

It leaks.

Load

High-speed type

ELBMainActivation

ELB Activation B ELB

It leaks.Power is kept on.Power is turned off for all lines.

Load

High-speed type

(3) Earth leakage breaker (Locally Purchased)(a) Do not branch the circuit of the earth leakage breaker for main line of GHP to any other equipment. If it leaks in GHP, the earth

leakage breaker for the main line will be activated to turn off the power to stop supplying power to the other equipmentexcept GHP. If it is inevitable to branch the circuit to any other equipment, provide the alarm circuit if any other equipmentis used for the following purpose.• Pump of fish farming, and biological cultivation on the warm ground facility, etc.• Refrigerator and cooled show case of shop, etc.

(b) Care necessary for double provision of earth leakage breakersIf any earth leakage breaker in the main line or branch line is high-speed type, both main and branch lines will be turned offat the same time when it leaks. To prevent this problem, use a delay type for the earth leakage breaker of the main line, andit will be separated from the branch area.

ELB: Earth leakage breaker

B: Breaker

(2) Precaution in electric wiring.(a) Use separate power supplies for the outdoor and indoor units respectiveliy (Standard specification)(b) Signal wiring (for indoor and outdoor units)

• Double-core cable with a diameter 0.75 to 2 mm2 should be used for the signal wires.• Never make the indoor and outdoor connecting signal line use “co-axial cable” or “strand” with the

power wiring for indoor and outdoor unit and other ower line. (Never use a multiconductor wire together with power line. It may cause erroneous operation.)• Do not connect high voltage wires 220/240V or 400V to signal wires. as these wires are DC 5V. Signal wires should be

connected so that the terminal Nos. conform with each other for between outdoor and between indoor units. However, theywill work properly if different polarities are connected.(Connect (A) and (A), (B)and (B).)

• Do not strand or run the remote control cord with power line, electric line, etc.• The total length of the signal wires Should be 1000m or less.• Recommended signal wire list

No.

1 Shielding wire

Name

MVVS double-core 0.75 to 2 mm2

Symbol

When No. 4 shielding wire is used, always ground the single wire side of the shielding wire . In addition, using the shieldingwire is helpful to prevent the incorrect connection between 5V DC and 220/240V or 400V AC because the discriminationfrom the power supply wire is clear.

- 183 -

OCAUTION¡ When connecting plural terminals at the same terminal block, limit two terminals. If 3 or more terminals are connected,

the screw at the terminal will become loosely fastened to cause a fire hazard.¡ Securely tighten the screw on the terminal block. If it is poorly tightened, it will cause a fire hazard.¡ Never connect any line to the secondary side on the terminal block at the site.

Remote controller wire

A B

X Y Z

X Y Z

A BLN X Y Z

X Y Z

A BLN

Signal wire (Between outdoor and indoor units)

Signal wire (Between indoor units)

Remotecontroller

Remotecontroller

<II><I>

Indoor unit

Indoor unit sidepower supply wire

Outdoor unit

Outdoor/Indoor units connection procedures

Signal line¡Since the signal line is rated at DC5V, never connect any wiring

of 220/240V. Take care that all boards will be burned if it isincorrectly connected. Though any signal line has polarity,connect the lines between the indoor unit and outdoor unitand between indoor units according to the same terminalnumbers. (Connect (A) to (A) and (B) to (B).)Be sure to route the signal line through the signal line inlet.Moreover, route the signal line through the noise filter belowto make a loop, then connect the line to the terminal block.

<III><II><I> <IV>

Power source

<V> <VI> <VII> <VIII>

Outdoor unit

3phase 400V50Hz

Power source1phase 220/240V50Hz

Earth leakagebreaker

Earth leakagebreaker

Circuit Breaker

Earth

Signal wire (Between outdoor and indoor units)

Signal wire (Between indoor units)

Circuit breaker Indoorunit

remotecontroller wire

Remote controller

(4) Wiring system Diagram

Signal line Inlet

Signal lineInlet

Circuit board Terminal

Circuitboard

- 184 -

(b) If plural outdoor units are used1) A maximum of 48 indoor units can be connected by using the crossover wiring method, with 2 wires

for each side of the outdoor and indoor units.

2) Indoor/outdoor wiring method for multiple floors.

3) Loop wiring is inhibited

(6) Remote controller wiring(a) Wiring for controlling only one indoor unit.

Notes (1) Cables for the remote controller have polarity. Be sure to connect terminal

blocks with the same numbers. If mis wiring occurs, E1 is displayed and

disables the unit from operating.

Double cores 0.75 ~ 2 mm2

Total length of signal wires: 1000 m or less

A B

Outdoor unit

A B

Indoor unit

A B

Outdoor unit

A B

Indoor unit

A B

Outdoor unit

A B

Indoor unit

A B

Outdoor unit

A B

Indoor unit



Outdoorunit

Outdoorunit

Outdoorunit

Outdoorunit

Indoorunit

Indoorunit

Indoorunit

Indoorunit

Indoorunit

Indoorunit

Outdoorunit

Indoorunit

Outdoorunit

Indoorunit

Outdoorunit

Indoorunit

Outdoorunit

Indoorunit

(No)Loop wiring of signal wires is inhibiteed Wiring at the Portion indicated by adotted line is inhibited.

X Y ZRed White Black

X Y ZRed White Black

Indoor unitterminal blocks

Remote controllerterminal blocks

A B

A B A B A B

Outdoor signal teminal block

Indoor signal terminal block



Notes (1) The indoor and outdoor signal wiring are without polarity

(2) For connection to the terminal block, use as M3.5 (5/32) round eye-let terminal is shown below.

Either of the above wiring is correct.

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

7 mm or less

(5) Indoor and outdoor signal wiring(a) If only one Outdoor unit is used

- 185 -

(c) Settings for main and secondary units when multiple remote controllers are used.

Up to two remote controllers can be used for each indoor

unit (or each group of indoor units).

1) There are two methods for arranging this. One

method is to take a remote control connection wire

(3-strand) from the indoor unit for the secondary

remote control. The other method is to use a jumper

wire from the main remote control.

2) Set the remote control switch for the secondary unit (SW4) to

secondary unit. (It was set to main unit a the factory.)Note (1) The remote controller sensor setting is only enabled on the main remote controller.

Be sure to position the main remote controller in a location where it can detect

the room temperature.

X Y Z

X Y Z X Y Z

Indoor unit

SW4Main

SW4Secondary

Remote control

Remote control

Remote control signal wire (haspolarity)Match X Y and Z and connect.

Outdoor unit

A BUnit addressNo.01

Indoor unit

A B

(Outdoor unitaddress No.01)(Indoor unitaddress No.00)

Indoor unit

A B


Indoor unit

A B


Outdoor unit

A BUnit addressNo.02

Indoor unit

A B


Indoor unit

A B


Indoor unit

A B

(Outdoor unitaddress No.02)(Indoor unitaddress No.006

Remote controller

3) When there is more than one outdoor unit, they can be controlled by one remote controller.4) One remote controller is capable of controlling up to 16 units in group

Notes (1) Use shielded cables, when wiring in parallel with cables for other power supply or when there is a possibility of being affected by outer noise such

as noise from a high-frequency unit.

(b) When controlling plural units.1) Use the same procedure shown in the drawing above for the wiring of the power supply, both indoor and outdoor units

and remote controllerWhen the wiring length for the remote controller exceeds 100 m, use the wiring procedure shown in the drawing below.

2) Connect each of the indoor units for group controlling (3 cables)a) Connect the cables to the terminal blocks of X, Y, and Z for the indoor unit remote controller. Since the cables

have polarity, be sure to connect them to terminal blocks with the same numbers.b) Use cables of more than 0.5 mm2 (Flexible and easily moved)c) The total length of cables for crossover connection and the remote controller should be less than 600 m.

Note (1) Refer to the wire size chart on page 168 for any wiring exceeding 100 meters.

- 186 -

(7) Setting of unit address

Addresses can be set either with the automatic address setting, remote control address setting or manual address setting depending

on the combinations of address switches (see table) of the indoor and outdoor units. Operate the address switches before turning

power on.

At the shipment from factory, outdoor Nos. of the outdoor unit are set at 49, both the output and indoor Nos. of the indoor

units are set at 49 and the setting method is set for the automatic addressing.

Address No. setting

Set the setting SW1 - 4 on the indoor PCB and the setting SW1 and 2 on the outdoor PCB as listed below.

Notes (1) Outdoor No. is provided on the outdoor and indoor PCB's and indicates which outdoor unit is connected with which indoor unit via arefrigerant pipe. Indoor and outdoor units connected with a refrigerant pipe must have the same No.

(2) Indoor No. is used to identify a particular indoor unit. The No. should never be duplicated.

(a) Auto address setting

This setting is used when wiring on the basis of outdoor unit.

Outdoor unit

Outdoor No.

49

00 ~ 47

Indoor unit

Indoor No.

49

00 ~ 47

Address setting method

Auto address

Manual address

Outdoor No.

49

00 ~ 47

On indoor PCBSW1, 2 (blue)

SW3, 4 (green)

SW1, 2 (green)On outdoor PCB

For setting of indoor No. (orders of 10 and 1)

For setting of outdoor No. (orders of 10 and 1)

For setting of outdoor No. (orders of 10 and 1)

0 1

23

4

SW1(SW3)

Use 48 and 49 for setting the auto or remotecontrol address.

SW2 (SW4) Order of 1

SW1 (SW3)

order of 10

Ord

er o

f 10

0 1

23

456

78

9

SW2(SW4)

Order of 10

Order of 1

Insert the tip of flat head (precision) screwdriver here and point the arrowat a desired No.

0

00

10

20

30

40

1

01

11

21

31

41

2

02

12

22

32

42

3

03

13

23

33

43

4

04

14

24

34

44

5

05

15

25

35

45

6

06

16

26

36

46

7

07

17

27

37

47

8

08

18

28

38

48

9

09

19

29

39

49

0

1

2

3

4

A

Outdoor unit No. 49

Indoor unitIndoor unit

Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller

Indoor unit

Wires cannot be connected across different refrigerant lines.

Indoor unitA A A AB B B B

B

- 187 -

1) Set the address switch of outdoor unit at 49. (This is set at 49 at shipment from factory.)

2) Set the address switch of indoor unit at 49. (This is set at 49 at shipment from factory)

3) Turn power on for the indoor and outdoor units. Addresses are set automatically.

For the auto address setting, power must be ON for both the indoor and outdoor units. If power is supplied to the indoor

unit only, "Outdoor No." is indicated on the remote controller. In such occasion, turn power ON also for the outdoor

unit.

4) No. will be set within approx. 1 minute after turning power on.

5) If you press the inspection switch of the remote controller after setting the No., the address of indoor unit will be displayed.

The outdoor unit No. 49 will also be displayed.

6) Auto address setting is allowed also when controlling plural number of units with single remote controller. However,

the connection cannot be made across different refrigeration lines.

Information 1) Once addresses are set, they are retained on the microcomputer even after turning power off.

2) Even if the wiring is arranged on the basis of outdoor units, manual address setting can be used.

Erasing of addresses set with the automatic address setting

On the remote controller, press the "Fan speed" switch while holding down both the switches "Check" and "Timer".

Memory of address is erased. If the power supply to the indoor and outdoor units is turned off later, the system

returns to the state of no address setting. Then one of the 2 address setting methods can be selected by changing

combinations of the address switches.

(b) Manual address setting

This setting is used when connecting plural number of outdoor and indoor units with the super link, and is applicable when

controlling with more than one remote controller. (You can use only one remote controller of course.)

Turn power off before operating the address switches. Change of address is disabled when power is supplied.

A AB B

A AB B

A AB B

A AB B

Outdoor unit

Address No.by address switch

No.01

Outdoor unit

Line "- - -" indicates the refrigerant piping. Figure in the figure indicates the addressnumber determined with the address switch.

No.02

(Outdoor No. 01)(Indoor No. 00)

Indoor unit


Indoor unit


Indoor unit

Remote controller Remote controller


Indoor unit


Indoor unit


Indoor unit

1) Using the address switch (green) on the outdoor unit PCB, set the address of the outdoor unit in a range of 00 - 47 avoiding

duplication with any other outdoor unit.

2) Using the address switch (green) on the indoor unit PCB, set the outdoor No. at the same No. as the outdoor unit which is

connected with a refrigerant pipe.

3) Using the address switch (blue), set the indoor No. of indoor unit in a range of 00 - 47 avoiding duplication with any other

unit on the connection.

- 188 -

5.6 Test run(1) Before starting operation

(a) Using 500V megger tester, verify the insulation resistance of 1MΩ or more.

(b) 12 hours before operation, be sure to energize the crank case heater.

(c) Verify that it is warm at the bottom of the compressor.

(d) Be sure to fully open the operation valve (both gas side and liquid side). If it is operated with it closed, the compressor will

be sometimes troubled.

(e) Verify that all indoor units are powered. If any indoor unit is not powered, it will cause water leakage.

(2) Test run(a) If it is impossible, a test run of indoor units can be conducted by using the switches No.5 and No.6 of [SW-3] on the outdoor

unit circuit board irrespective of ON/OFF conditions of CnS and the remote controller.

No.5 of [SW3]

Test run (ON)

Normal (OFF)

No.6 of [SW3]

• All connected indoor units operate when theswitch is set to ON.

• Indoor units request the maximum frequency andthe outdoor unit operates with the maximum fre-quency shown in the table below according torequents from indoor units.

• Select cooling or heating according to input toNo.6 of [SW3].

• When No.5 of [SW3] is ON when No.6 of [SW3]is set to ON, a cooling operation starts.

• When the switch is set to OFF, these units can beoperated with the remote controller or by exter-nal input.

• When No.5 of [SW3] is on when No.6 of [SW3]is set to OFF, a heating operation starts.

[Remark]

This operation has priority over other option commands with the center console.

At the time of trial operation, the maximum frequencies are follows. Protective devices are effectively controlled, and frequen-

cies are controlled to become smaller.

↑↓

(3) Cooling test run operation (Cooling test run can be performed in winter.)

(a) Operating method

In the normal cooling mode, while holding down the ∇ Temperature set” switch, press the “Set” switch.

Setting temperature is changed at 5˚C and the cooling test run is operated for 30 minutes.

It stops after 30 minutes.

(b) During cooling test run operation

If ON/OFF switch is pressed or a mode other than the cooling is selected by the “Mode” switch, the cooling test run

operation is released or returns to the specified operation mode.

If the “Temperature set ∆ switch is pressed, the setting temperature changed at 18˚C and the cooling test run operation is

released but the cooling operation continues.

It is effective when any switches other than the above are pressed.

(c) During the cooling test run operation, the setting temperature changes at 5˚C but any other control and protective functions

are operable just like in the normal operation.

If any error occurs, the location of error is indicated on the remote controller display or with the condition of flashing of

inspection lamp (red) on the main unit controller. Remove the cause of trouble before starting operation again.

OWARNING¡ Do not touch any high-voltage area or charged area in the control box, or it will result in an electric shock.¡ Before inspecting the unit, turn off the main power supply, or an electric shock will possibly result.

- 189 -

Indoor/outdoor connection mismatch check

Using the switches No.4, No.5 and No.6 of [SW-3] on the outdoor P.C.B, the mismatch of the signal line and address No. setting

can be checked from the outdoor unit regardless of ON/OFF of the remote control.

1 Operation

Turn on both switched No.4, No.5 and No.6 of SW3.

2 Check result

The display of 7-segment LED is returned into the ordinary display by turning off No.4 of SW3.

The error display can be reset with the remote control.

3 Cautionary point

Check the indoor/outdoor connection mismatch on all outdoor units one unit by one unit. If it is checked on plural units at

the same time, it will possibly result in an improper detection.

Any unit which in not connected with the signal line or powered can not be checked.

When the address is changed, be sure to turn off the power supply. When it is powered, any address can not be changed.

(The error display can be result with the remote controll.)

(4) Delivery

(a) Explain how to operate the indoor unit to your customer according to the accessory owner’s manual.

(b) Persuade the customer not to turn off the power switch even if the unit is not used for along time. The air conditioner can start

operation any time when your customer want to heating or cooling his room. (The bottom of the compressor is heated with the

crank case heater, and compressor troubles can be prevented when the cooling or heating season sets in.)

Normal

Abnormal

Outdoor unit side Indoor unit side

No display

E30 and troubled unit No. are displayed on theremote control

7-segment LED (for 15 units)

Lit Flashing

5 6 7 5

7-segment LED (for 15 units)

Lit Flashing

E 3 0

- 190 -

(a) Check Indicator Table

Whether a failure exists or not on the indoor unit and outdoor unit can be know by the contents of remote controller eroor

code, indoor/outdoor unit green LED (power pilot lamp and microcomputer normality pilot lamp) or red LED (check pilot

lamp).

Outdoor unit LEDIndoor unit LED

Green

Keeps flashing

Red

Stays OFF

Green

Keeps flashing

Red

Stays OFF NormalDefective indoor P.C.B, CPU runawayStays OFF

CauseOutdoor

LED7-segment

Power off, open phase, abnormal power section

Remote control wire breakage (Power supply : Red Ground Black)*Unlit for wire breakage when power is on

Remote control wire breakage (signal)*Unlit for wire breakage when power is on

Outdoor microcomputer trouble

Power supply trouble

Control of plural remote controllers, excessive number of units(17 units of more)

Remote control. indoor transmission defect

Indoor address No. overlap Connection of 49 or more units

Outdoor power OFF (Detection during operation alone)

Indoor heat exchanger thermistor wire breakage

Address No. combination defect, if the address is combined as follows

Outdoor unit No.

0 ~ 47

48, 49

Indoor unit No.

48, 49

0 ~ 47

Remote controller thermistor wire breakage

Notes (1) Pressing the inspection switch SW6, check the outdoor LED 7-segment display.(2) Lighting or unlighting is repeated every 32 seconds.

Indoor return air thermistor wire breakage

Float SW activation (With FS only)

Indoor / Outdoor transmission trouble

No corresponding outdoor No. (Detection during operation alone)

--

-

-

E1

E5

E5

E10

E1

E2E3

E6

E12

E28

E7E9

E5

E3

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Stays OFFStays OFF

3 time flash

3 time flash

2 time flash

2 time flash

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

1 time flash

2 time flash

1 time flash

1 time flash

Stays OFF

1 time flash

1 time flash

2 time flash

2 time flash

Continuously litStays OFF

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Continuouslylit or unlit

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Continuously litStays OFF

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Remotecontrollererror codeNo display

E10

Selection of one remote controller multiple-unit control when setting remote controller address

E11Stays OFFStays OFF Keeps flashingKeeps flashingE11

E1

E2E3

E6

E12

E28

E7E9

E5Keeps flashing

6. MAINTENANCE DATA

6.1 Diagnosis of Microcomputer circuit(1) Confirmation of the error code on the remote controller (by pressing the inspection switch) and the inspection

display and normal display lamps on P.C.Bs of indoor/ outdoor units

The microcomputer detects errors on electrical components, whitch include the microcomputer itself, errors on the power supply

line and errors (overload, etc.) on the refrigerant circuit and the location of trouble is displayed (with the combination of error

symbols of remote controller, normal (green) and inspection (red) display LED on P.C.Bs of indoor/outdoor units.) When any error

occurs, check first the inspection display. It will guide you to the trouble point and assist you to complete the repair work quikly.

Error code of the remote controller is recorded on the microcomputer after the trouble has been reset automatically so that, if you

press the inspection switch of remote controller, the error code and the number of unit in trouble are displayed for 10 sec., The

inspection display lamp on the indoor/outdoor unit P.C.B keeps flashing (glowing) even after the trouble was reset automatically.

Inspection lamp on the indoor unit P.C.B is turned off if the remote controller is reset.

- 191 -

Outdoor unit LEDIndoor unit LED

Green

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Green

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Indoor / outdoor connection unmatch

Outdoor No. doubled

Reversed phase, T phase open phase

Discharge temperature trouble

Open circuit in water heat exchanger's outlet-refrigerant thermistor

Outdoor temperature thermistor wire breakage

Discharge temperature thermistor wire breakage

HPS operation

Excessively connected units

Outdoor fan motor overcurrent

Outdoor fan motor / invertor trouble

High-pressure sensor open circuit

Low pressure trouble (63L motion)

Cooling water pump overcurrent

Cooling water level trouble

Abnormality in motor of coolant-water flow-volume control valve 1

Abnormality in motor of coolant-water flow-volume control valve 2

Engine water temperature trouble

Engine oil pressure trouble

Engine overspeed

Engine underspeed

Engine start trouble

Engine oil level trouble

Inspection engine oil (8100 hours)

Machine-compartment temp. trouble

Communication trouble between outdoor board and engine controller

Abnormality in machine-compartment thermistor

Abnormality in data transmission from engine accumulator

timer

Engine stepping motor trouble

Engine water temperature thermistor breakage

Engine oil level switch wire breakage

Engine full open-/closing switch trouble

IIA signal / oil pressure switch trouble

CauseOutdoor

LED7-segment

E30E31E32E36E37E38E39E40E43

E48-1E48-2E54E57

E64-1E64-2E64-3E64-4E80E81E82E83E84

E88-2E88-3E89-1E89-2E89-3E89-4

E89-5E89-6E89-7E89-8E89-9

Remotecontrollererror code

E30E31E32E36E37E38E39E40E43E48

E54E57E64

E80E81E82E83E84E88

E89

Note (1) Pressing the inspection switch SW6, check the outdoor LED 7-segment display.

(b) Inverter circuit board (LED1 red)

Invertor P.C.B LED (red)

1 time flash per 8 seconds






Cause

Instantaneous overcurrent protection

Overvoltage protection

Undervoltage protection

Cooling object thermal protection

Electronic thermal relay

Memory trouble. CPU trouble

- 192 -

(c) Engine control (ECU) circuit board (LED1 red)

ECU circuit board [LED (red)]

5 time flash

5 time flash

5 time flash

6 time flash

1 time flash

7 time flash

—

8 time flash

3 time flash

4 time flash

2 time flash

2 time flash

2 time flash

2 time flash

2 time flash

2 time flash

2 time flash

Engine over-speed 1

Engine over-speed 2

Engine low speed

Coolant temp. error

Communication error 1

Engine oil pressure error

Oil level status 1

Oil level status 2

Stepping motor error

IIA signal/ oil pressure SW error

Full close SW broken wire

Full open SW broken wire

Full close SW short circuit

Full open SW short circuit

Oil level SW1 broken wire

Oil level SW2 broken wire

Coolant thermistor broken wire

E82

E82

E83

E80

—

E81

—

E88–2

E89–5

E89–9

E89–8

E89–8

E89–8

E89–8

E89–7

E89–7

E89–6

Cause Outdoor LED 7-segment

(2) Trouble/error detection

(a) Indoor side and remote controller side

1) If it stopped since the protective device or similar is activated, it will be regarded as “trouble stop”.

2) If the protective control of the indoor unit is activated, the relevant unit alone will be stopped. If any plural units are

troubled in the control, the troubled units alone will be stopped. Here, the drain trouble will be excluded.

3) Unless the inspection is reset for the troubled and stopped unit with “start/stop” switch of the remote control, the unit

can not be restarted. If it is troubled in the stopped state, it is necessary to reset the inspection. However, the automatic

reset of the transmission trouble is excluded.

4) If any mate unit is not present for the indoor unit when the power is turned on, E3 detection is not regarded as a trouble,

but it is detected when the operation is restarted.

5) If E3 or E5 is normally reset, it will be automatically reset as the normal stop.

a) If E3 or E5 becomes from abnormal to normal in case of one remote control to one indoor unit,

1 LED on the board is automatically and normally displayed.

2 The inspection LED of the remote controller is automatically stays OFF.

However, keeping the unit stopped, press the start switch, and the air conditioner will be started.

b) If E3 or E5 becomes from abnormal to normal when the plural units are controlled with the remote control, the air

conditioner will be started when the remote control is in the start mode.

6) E12 will be displayed unless the address setting (indoor No. and outdoor No. switches) of the outdoor unit and indoor

unit is a normal combination of the automatic address setting (48, 49) and manual address (00 thru 47). When the power

is turned on, it is immediately checked and is displayed on LCD but the address switch change is not read in hereafter.

Accordingly, “E12” can be reset with the power reset alone.

7) If indoor CPU is abnormal, LED will be lit every 32 minutes. Hereafter, the serial transfer will become defective

between the controller and the remote control, and the remote control will display “E1”.

8) In case of E9, the outdoor unit will be also stopped if the drain trouble occurs again 3 minutes after the trouble detec-

tion.

9) In case of the excessive number of control units connected to the remote control (E10), all units connected to the remote

control will be stopped as a trouble.

10) E2 detection is activated if any indoor No. is doubled.

- 193 -

(b) Outdoor unit

1) The trouble is displayed according to the trouble content.

2) The trouble is displayed with the red inspection LED (LED1) and 7-segment LED (LED4 thru 9) on the outdoor

controller.

3) The dipswitch SW3-1 to reset the display of LED1 is provided on the outdoor controller.

4) If any trouble is reset, the display will be turned off by resetting the dipswitch. (Impossible for 3 minutes after trouble

occurrence)

(Even if it is not reset with the remote control, it can be turned off.)

a) LED can not be turned off by the inspection resetting of the remote control.

b) The display of remote control can not be turned off by resetting the dipswitch.

c) Even if the inspection is reset with the remote control, resetting with the dipswitch SW3-1 is so valid as to turn off

LED1.

d) When the dipswitch is on the reset side, LED will be surely turned off.

5) The trouble is surely held for 3 minutes after its occurrence. During this while, the trouble can not be reset by the

inspection reset of the remote control. The inspection display of the remote control is turned off once but it will be

immediately turned on if it is started within 3 minutes.

(3) Trouble/error display

(a) Remote controller display, and number of connected units

1) If any trouble occurs when the remote controller and indoor controller are connected one to one, the remote controller

will blink the inspection LED, lighting the trouble content on the LCD section.

2) The trouble mode of each unit must be checked on the LCD with the “inspection” switch.

3) The error mode of each unit can be monitored on LCD with the “check” switch.

4) If any unit is troubled, the inspection LED of the remote controller will be blinked. (However, E1 error will be dis-

played only when all units are troubled.) / LED of the indoor unit will 3 time flash.

(b) The trouble stop will be displayed in the currently troubled mode. (Remote control LCD)

(c) If any plural units are doubly troubled, it will be displayed at the following priority rank.

E1>E10>E2>E3>E5>E7>E9>E12 .... Remote control display

(d) If any other trouble doubly occurs while LED on the indoor side is flashing, it will be switched to the

display of the higher priority.

(e) On the remote controller, the trouble mode of the highest priority will be memorized.

(f) The serial transmission error between indoor and outdoor will be 2 time flash, and the indoor/outdoor

transmission error “E5” will be displayed to the remote controller.

(g) LED of indoor unit

1) Red and green LED are installed on the indoor P.C.B.

2) Green LED continues flashing when CPU is normal.

3) Red LED flash when it is troubled.

(h) 7-segment display method for trouble in the outdoor unit

Press the inspection display switch SW6, and it will be displayed. In this case, it is regardless of the positions of SW7, 8.

- 194 -

When any error occurs, inspect in following sequence. Detailed explanation on each step is given later in this text.

Note (1) It means the operation to turn off the power and back on again more than 1 min. later in order to reset the malfunction of microcomputer due to the

effect of power supply conditions or accidental noise.

Error Power supply reset (1)Power supply check(indoor/outdoor unit)

Replacement or repair of defectiveparts Test run/adjustment

Check of unitcontroller

Check of inspection display [In-door/outdoor unit P.C.B, remote controller or Indication board]

Check of inspection display [Indoor/ outdoor unit P.C.B, remote con-troller or Indication board]

(i) Press the inspection display switch SW6, and the five newest troubles which have occurred will be se-

quentially displayed.

Next to the last trouble display, the data of SW7 and SW8 will be displayed.

Example Trouble currently occurred E81, Past troubles E40, E35, E88-2

Normal operation SW7, 8 61 2,000 (engine speed)

Trouble occurrence SW7, 8 61 0 (engine stop)

(1) SW6 push SW7, 8 E 81

(2) SW6 push SW7, 8 E 40

(3) SW6 push SW7, 8 E 36

(4) SW6 push SW7, 8 E 88 -2

(5) SW6 push SW7, 8 E -----

(6) SW6 push SW7, 8 61 0

Repeatedly push SW6, and (1) thru (6) will be displayed again.

If SW6 is not input during 10 minutes when (1) thru (5) is displayed, it will return to the ordinary display of SW7, 8.

In case of less than 5 troubles, the [5 - Number of troubles] columns will be filled with E ----.

(4) Resetting of trouble mode

(a) The trouble display on the indoor controller side can be reset by the inspection resetting of the start/stop switch of the remote

controller. Moreover, it can be also reset by resetting the power supply.

However, if any trouble can not be reset by the resetting operation, LED will be blinked again at the priority rank of the

trouble mode. Remote control LED will not blink. (Because the inspection is being reset.)

(b) If the trouble mode is reset for inspection with “start/stop” switch in the control mode of plural units, the remote control will

send the inspection resetting signal to all units. (The unit which is in operation will be stopped.)

(c) If SW3-1 reset when the trouble is reset, the trouble display on the 7-segment will go out to switch the operation into the

normal mode.

(5) Troubleshooting procedure

- 195 -

Error

Are the return air temperature and Center/Remote displayed on the

remote controller?

Power switch OFFPower supply line error

Check the errorcode displayed

ON/OFFswitch OFF

Microcomputerout of control

Power supply line error See page 199

Cause is accidental (noise, etc.)and the unit is normal.

ON/OFFswitch OFF

Check of error code

Is any errorcode display?

Does the errorcode disappear?

Does start operationwith display of cooling degree:

Hi, thermostat: 23°C?

Does the error repeat

YES

YESNO

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

Turn off the circuit breaker (powersupply) and back on again 1min. later. (Power supply reset)

(6) Diagnosis by the power supply reset

When any error occurs, reset the power supply as described below to see if it is the result of accidental noise, etc.

sCheck at the indoor unit side.

Errors due to external noise, etc.

Error code may be displayed or the error may not be displayed normally even if the controller is normal because of external noise

source(1) or joined or parallel arrangement of power cables and signal wires. It is because the wire of remote controller, wired

remote controller signal wires for multiple units or the network signal wires may be influenced by external noises whitch are

judged as signals by the microcomputer whitch reacts mistakenly.

When there is any noise source, it is necessary to the shield wire for the remote controller and signal wires.

Note (1) High frequency medical machine, rectifier motor application device, thyristor, broadcast transmission tower, power

transmission line, power line of electric train, automatic door motor, elevator (voltage drop), wireless telephone, high

voltage power distribution line, computer, personal compouter and their cables.

There do not necessarily always cause problems but they can be a source of electrical noise.

- 196 -

Interisified shielding of control section

Use the shield or twist pair wires

Remote controller wire

Remote controller Put in a steel case

Separate from cutting machine as for as possible. This is very effective because the effect of noise is in inverse proportion to 1.5 times of distance. (I

ndoo

r un

it)

Beware of noises transmitted via air.

Shut off electrically the noise source or put it in a shield room.

Cut

ting

mac

hine

w

elde

r Hig

h fr

eque

ncy

Distribution board

Powercablel2

l1

(Indoor unit)

Signal wire •Insert in a steel pipe to shield.

Make a positive ground

Unless it has a sufficient current capacity, mini split current drops momentarily at the start/stop of cutting machine.

Avoid supply from the same distribution board to prevent troubles by the power source propagation. Install the line filter at the power supply of cutting machine of mini split (Positive grounding is necessary.)

Outdoorunit

• Cover the entire surface of control box or the inside of unit cover with the cover foil or cover the enitre unit with a wire net.

(2) Reference Effect of noise

• When noises inturude into the remote controller.

Abnormal or irregular display such as the flashing of irrelevant display (lamp) (for example, LEDs of cooling and heating

illuminated simultaneously or the like) is observed even if the remote controller is not operated or the remote controller

and, as the result, the operation of units may be disabled or similar abnormal phenomenons are observed.

• When noises intruded into the microcomputer of printed circuit board; State of operation becomes abnormal such as the

units perform irregular operation while the remote controller is not operated, the operation cannot be stopped with the

remote controller, etc.

Electro magnetic noise prevention(example)

(7) Eroor diagnosis procedures at the indoor unit side

To diagnose the error, measure the voltage (AC, DC), resistance, etc. at each connector around the printed circuit board of indoor

unit PCB on the inspection display or the operation state of unit (no operation of compressor or blower, no switching of 4-way

valve, etc.). If any defective parts are discovered, replace with the assembly of parts as shown below.

(a) Unit of replacement parts releated to indoor unit printed circuit board (Electric components on and around the

microcomputer)

Indoor unit printed circuit board, thermistor (Return air, heat exchanger), remote controller switch, limit switch, transformer,

fuse

Note (1) Judges the troubles on the parts of driving power circuit or cooling cycle with the ordinary check method.

- 197 -

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

Heating temp. shift + 3

Normal

Test run of condensate pump motor

Normal

Test mode

Normal

Reverse Invalid

Rus stopInputSignalSW5-1

SW5-2

SW5-3

SW5-4

Switch Function

Note (1) All off under load condition.

(b) Parts layout on the indoor unit printed circuit board (P.C.B)

¡ Replacement procedure of indoor unit micrcomputer printed circuit board

Microcomputer printed circuit board can replaced with following procedure.

1) Confirm the parts numbers. (Refer to the following parts layout drawing for the location of parts number.)

¡ Model select switch (SW6) ¡ Function of DIP switches

(c) Check method when the error code is displayed

Remote controller or Indication board: Inspection LED, error code

Indoor unit PCB: Red LED ( inspcetion display), Green LED ( CPU. normal display )

Outdoor unit PCB: Red LED ( inspcetion display), Green LED ( CPU. normal display )

(d) Check procedure depending on indication lamps (For the indoor unit)

The next page error diagnosis is applicable to cases where only 1 unit is installed in a network unless stated otherwise but the check

method is same even if there are multiple units on the network. Except the network occupation state due to out of control indoor

unit CPU, the error display indicates the state of respective units. Check each unit specified by the error display as explained on

next page.

¡ Function of jumper wires

Name FunctionWith Setting of 4 position angle of louver

Setting of 4 position angle of louver4 position louver control : Valid

Filter sign : ValidFilter sign : InvalidNormal operation operableOperation permission prohibited

4 position louver control : InvalidHeating thermostat OFF - Intermittentoperation

Expansion valve aperture - Fixed atcurrent aperture.

Expansion valve aperture - NormalImpossibilitySpare

Spare

Expansion valve aperture - Fixed atnew aperture.

Expansion valve aperture - Fixed atnew aperture.(except J71, 90)

Automatic detection of expansion valve aperture opening (only for J71, 90)

Heating thermostat OFF - Stop

None (1)

WithNone (1)

WithNone (1)

WithNone (1)

WithNone (1)

With

None (1)

With

None (1)

With

None (1)

With

None (1)

J1

J2

J3

J4

J5

J7

J8

J6

J6 (2)

Notes (1) "None" means that jumper wire is not provided on the PCB or the connection is cut.

(2) Only FDT series has the following control.

Parts No.

PJA505A073ZA

PJA505A074ZA

PJA505A078ZA

Model

FDR, FDUM, FDK, FDFL, FDFU

FDT, FDTW

FDTS, FDE

SW6-1

SW6-2

SW6-3

SW6-4

Switch22 28 36 45 56 71 90 112 140

Model

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

Control selectionModel selectorswitch

Transformerprimary side

Transformersecondary side

Power supplyconnector for PCB( )

Indoor unit numberaddress switch

Outdoor unit numberaddress switch

HA connector Return airthermistor

Heat exchangerthermistor

Indoor and outdoorunit transmission

Limit switch inputfor the auto swing

- 198 -

1 Error display : No displayLCD display : No display [Polarity determination trouble]

¡ When the LCD display (Center/Remote, temperature display, etc.) of remote controller flashes, it means the polarity on the

unit is not yet determined. Polarity determination is completed within a few seconds after the power on. If it is not completed

in time, CPU out of cotnrol, etc. is suspected.

Notes (1) When CPU of one unit goes out of control, it

occuping the transmission section of the network,

so the transmission of other units are not done and

the polarity of the whole network will not be

determined.

(2) The unit which has its indoor and green LED

lighting continuously (or no lighting) is the one

with a defective indoor unit P.C.B.

(3) If it becomes normal after replacing the P.C.B. it

can be considered that the P.C.B. is defective

(defective network transmission circuit).

Indoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Lights continuously

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Lights continuously

Outdoor unit

Is there lighting of the center or remote only on the

remote-controller's LCD, or is there lighting of the green LED on the indoor

unit's PCB?

Is it more than 10 sec.

after power on?

Is the remotecontroller LCD

nomal

If yes, it is amalfunction byelectrical noise

1 unit onlyon network

Defective indoor unit P.C.BReplace

Defective indoor unit P.C.B onsome units Replace

Power supply reset

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO(Center or Remote only display)

(3)

(1)

(2) (3)

Multiple unitson network

- 199 -

Power supply checkedbetween 1~2 or

L1, L2, L3, N?

Indoor/outdoor unittransfomer CNW2 (indoor).CNA2 (outdoor). Is AC 17V

checked between (blue)(blue) and AC 8V between

(red) ~ (red)?

Is there DC 10V checked

between X (red) ~ Z (black) of indoor unit terminal

block?

No power supply, wiringerror of power lineRepair

Power supplyreset

Unit is normal(Malfunction by noisse)

Defective remote control-ler P.C.B Replace

Poor connection of wired remote controllercord (wiring error) or broken wire Repair

Defective remote controller P.C.B Replace

Is itnormalized

YESYES

YES

YES

NO

NO Note (1) Z for ground

NONO

• Blown fuse (indoor unit:3.15A, outdoor unit:3.15A) Replacement• Defective transfomer Replacement• Broken power cables of inside or outside of unit Repair

2 Error display : No displayLCD display : No display [Power supply line error]

3 Error display :7-Segment display :

[Communication error between remote controller~Indoor unit]

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Green LED

Red LED *3 time flash(During unit operation)

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Green LED

Red LED Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Flash of green LED means CPU is normal.* If the remote controller wire is broken at the

power ON, it does not illuminate.

Indoor unit

Green LED

Red LED Stays OFF

Keeps flashing (1)

Note (1) With the separate power supplies for indoor/outdoor units, the outdoor unit green LED may flash in some cases.

Outdoor unit

Green LED

Red LED Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Is the remote controller covering multiple

units?

Is it normalized

Is the power ON on all indoor units?

Defectve indoor unit PCB Replace

Power supply reset Power supply ON

Unit is normal.(Malfunction by accidentalnoise)

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

Defectve indoor unit P.C.B Replace

- 200 -

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

*3 times flash

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Outdoor unit

* Lamp OFF if remote controller wire is broken at power ON.

Is DC 10.8V de-tected betweenremote controllerterminals (X)(red) ~ (Z)(black)?

Is DC10.8V detectedbetween indoor PCBconnectors (CNK) 1(red) ~ 3 (black)?

Is voltage swing-ing at DC6 ~ 10Vbetween remote controller termi-nals (Y) (white) ~ (Z)(black)?

Is voltage swinging at DC6 ~ 10V between

indoor PCB connestors (CNK)2(white) ~

3(black)?

Power sup-ply reset

Is it normalized?

(Interference by temporarynoise on remote controllercords)

Unit is normal.• Remote controller normal

voltage (DC)X ~ Z: 10.5 ~ 10.8VY ~ Z: 5 ~ 10.8V

YES

YES

YES YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

Defective indoor unitP.C.B

NO NO

Broken or poor connec-tion of remote controller cord (red) or (black)

Broken or poor connec-tion of remote controller cord (white) or (black)

Defective remote controller PCB Replace. … Defective indoorunit P.C.B Replace.

If it is normalized by replacing the PCB, it should be judged the remote controller or indoor unit PCB is defective (defective remote controller communication circuit).

Defective remote con-troller PCB

Note (1)

[Communication error between remote controller~Indoor unit]Error display :7-Segment display :

- 201 -

15

10

5

0 10 30 4020 50

5kΩ at 25˚C

Temperature (˚C)Note (1) 22.5 kΩ at -6˚C

Return air thermistor (Th1-A)Indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor(Th1-R)Resistance temperature characteristics

Res

ista

nce

(kΩ

)

YES

YES

NONO

Is the indoor unit heat exchangerthermistor connector

connection OK?

Correction

Are characteristicsof indoor unit heat

exchanger thermistor OKor is there anybroken wire?

Defective indoor unit PCB Replace-ment (Defective indoor unit heat exchanger themistor input circuit)

Defective indoor unit heat exchanger themistor Replace

4 [Duplicated indoor unit No. or More than 49 indoor unit are connected.]

5 [Defective indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor]

6 [Detective Return air thermistor]

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

1 time flash

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

1 time flash

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

1 time flash

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Is the indoor unit No. duplicated or

More than 49 indoorunit are connected?

Correction of unit No.setting

YES

(1)

(2)

NO

Defective indoor unit P.C.B Replace (defective unit number circuit)

YES YES

NONO

Is the return air thermistor connector

connection OK?

Correction

Is the return air thermistor characteristics

OK or is there a broken wire?

Defective return air thermistor Replace

Defective indoor unit P.C.BReplace (Defective return airthermistor input circuit)

Notes (1) When correcting the unit number, check again the pairing of indoor/

outdoor units (same Number assigned to coupled units) is correct.

(2) If it is normalized by changing PCB, judge the unit number input

circuit is defective.

Note (1) Characteristics as per the above

graph.

Error display :7-Segment display :



- 202 -

YES YES

YES

YES

NO

NONO

NO

Is there anyoverflow?

Is the angle of drainpiping good. Is there

any problem?

Is there output for condensate motor

(DM)?

Is the floatswitch tripped?

Repair

Repair or replace thefloat switch

Defective indoor unit P.C.BReplacement (Defective conden-sate motor output circuit)

• Check DM broken wire, burning, locking.• Are there any DM connector loose.• Are there any P.C.B fasten terminal loose.• Are there any DM wires broken.

Defective indoor unit P.C.BReplace (Defective DM driving output circuit, defective float switch input circuit)

(1)

7 [Drain trouble]

8 [Control of 1 remote controller VS multiple units Excessive number of units (more than 17 units) ]

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

1 time flash

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Are morethan 17 units connected

to a remotecontroller?

Reduce to 16 unitsor less

YES

NO

Defective indoor unit P.C.BReplace

Note (1) Check if AC230 is between DM connection DM connectors, between

faston terminal 4 brown and 5 white (FDT, FDTW · ).

Is a single remote controller connected

to 2 or more indoor units and currently in remote-controller

address mode?

Provide individual remote controllers; alternatively, carry out manual address setting.

Defective remote controller Replace

YES

NO

[Selection of one remote controller multiple-unit control when setting remote controller address.]

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

9




0

- 203 -

YESIs the remote controller thermistor connector

connection good?

YESAre the

remote controller thermistor characteristics OK?

Is there a broken wire?

NO

Repair

NO

Remote controller thermistor defective Replace

Remote controller circuit board defective Replace(Remote controller thermistor circuit defective.)

[Remote controller thermistor defective]

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

0

1

2

4

6

8

10

12

Temperature (°C)

Remote controller thermistor resistance temperature characteristics (ThC)

64

61

58

53

48

44

39

36

Resistance (kΩ)

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

Temperature (°C)

33

36

27

25

23

21

19

18

Resistance (kΩ)

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

Temperature (°C)

16

15

14

13

12

11

9.9

9.2

Resistance (kΩ)

46

48

50

52

54

56

58

60

Temperature (°C)

8.5

7.8

7.3

6.7

6.5

5.8

5.4

5.1

Resistance (kΩ)

(8) Error diagnosis procedures at the outdoor unit side

At the error diagnosis related to the outdoor unit, check at first the error code of remote controller and the illumination patterns of

norma l and inspection display lamps in the same manner as the case of indoor unit.

Then estimate the outline, the cause and the location of error based on the pattern and proceed to the inspection and repair. Since

the self diagnosis function by means of the microcomputers of indoor/outdoor units provide the judgement of error of microcom-

puters them selves irregularity power supply line, overload, etc. caused by the installation space, inadequate volume of refrigerant

etc., the location and cause of trouble will be discovered without difficulty.

In addition, the display lamps error code of indoor/outdoor units is kept flashing, (except when the power supply is interrupted)after

the irregularity is automatically recovered to give irregularity information to the service presonnel. If any mode of higher priority

than the error retained in memory occurs after the reset of error, it is switched to that mode and saved in the memory.

(a) Replacement parts assembly related to the outdoor unit PCB

Outdoor unit PCB, outdoor unit inverter PCB, power transistor module, diode module, capacitor, reactor, noise filter, ther-

mistor, (heat exchanger, discharge pipe, outdoor temperature), fuse, transformer, etc.


Are unit unmberset for see

following?(1)

Unit numbercorrection

Defective indoor unitPCB Replace(defective unit number input circuit)

YES

NO

[Address No. combination error or addressing is preformed with the following combinations.]

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

00 ~ 47

48, 49

Indoor unitaddress No.

48, 49

00 ~ 47

Outdoor unitaddress No.

Note (1)


- 204 -

(SW1, SW2) (SW10)

(SW3)

(SW9)

(SW4)

(CNPS)

(CNTH)

(CNCT)

(CNS)

(CNR)

(CNI)

(CNVSV)

(CNCWFV)

(CNF)

(SW5)

(SW6)

Data-display selector switchesOutdoor No. address setting switches Model selector switch

Function selector switch

Function selector switch

Pump manual operation selector switch

Oil inspection display switch

Inspection-display selector switch

High-pressure sensorLow-pressure sensor

CT PCB input

Cooling/heating compulsory inputExternal input

ECU input

Coolant-water flow-volume control valves 1, 2

Ignition coil VSV1, 2

Fan-motor inverter

Water heat-exchanger outlet-refrigerant thermistorCoolant-water pump-inlet thermistorOutdoor thermistorDischarge-pipe thermistorMachinery-compartment thermistor

(SW7, SW8)

CN

PSB

CU

SK

16

20G

+

20G

–

SK

17

SK

15

SK

13

SK

11

SK

8

SK

7

SK

6

SK

5

SK

4

SK

3

SK

18

SK

1

SK

25

SK

24

SK

23

SK

22

SK

21

SK

20

BC

U

SW10

SW9SW3

FME

52S

SV7

SV

4

SV

3

SV

2

SV

1

20S

SV8

52P

FM1

FM1

FM2

FM2

SR

PC1

PC2TP5

TP4

TP7

PC15

PC14 PC16 PC18

PC17

CNRCNI

CNV

IC5

IC22

IC6

IC19IC18

J13

L17

CNA1

CNT2

SK12

C5

PC4

PC5

PC6 C19

C21

C22

C23

C8

C402C299C1

C4C3

C2

C403C404

TP1TP9

TP3

TP10

DS1

DS2

CNA2

C298

C7

C6

PC8

PC9

PC10

C30

ZNR

X12

T

L22

63L

51P

51F01

FS

R1

R2

R3

R5

R6

R7

IC1

XTAL1

CNE

IC7

IC3

IC23

IC2

IC25

IC12 IC9IC13

IC20 IC21

IC4 IC8

DS3L1

8

J12

IC15IC14

IC24

SW1 SW2

SW7 SW8

ZD1ZD2ZD3ZD4

NF1

NF2

TB2

SK9

DS4

X16X17

LED6LED5LED4LED2

LED1

X15X13X11X8X7X6X5X4X3X18X1X23X22X21X20X10

SW6SW5

IC16 IC17

SW4

CNCCCNVSV

PC3

C13

C31 C17

C14C12

C11

C9

C10

C16

C32

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 45 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

NF3

CNF CNCWFV

NF4

L60

L36

L37

L38

L39

L40

L41

L42

L43

L44

L45

L46

L47

L48

L49

L54

L55

L56

L57

L58

L52

L51

L50

L53

L15

L16

20O

L

TP2

X12

X20 X21 X22 X23 X1

X18X18X1

X24

X25 X3

X4

X5

X6

X7

X8

X11

X13

X15

X17

X16

X10

L59

CN

SC

NTH

CN

CT

R203

R204

20U

F–

20U

F+

Parts No.

PCL505A027ZA

Model

All models

¡ Replacement procedure of outdoor unit microcomputer printed circuit board.Microcomputer printed circuit board can replaced with following procedure.

1) Confirm the parts numbers. (Refer to the following parts layout drawing for the location of parts number.)

Name Function

Name Function

Selection of number setting for corresponding outdoor unit (x 10)Selection of number setting for corresponding outdoor unit (x 1)Pump manual-operation selectionOil-inspection displayInspection-display selectionData-display selection (x 10)Data-display selection (x 1)

Silent modeStandard settingMaintenance timing: 4,000 hoursMaintenance timing: 8,000 hoursCompulsory cooling/heating Standard settingWithout integrated engine-time errorWith integrated engine-time error

External input: Level inputExternal input: Pulse inputRefrigerant: R407Refrigerant: R22Cold-region specificationStandard settingSpareSpareSpareSpare

Inspection-LED resetStandard setting

Spare

With defrost controlWithout defrost control With mismatch checking for inside/outside-connectionWithout mismatch checking for inside/outside-connectionTrial operationStandard settingTrial operation: CoolingTrial operation: HeatingExternal input: Demand control / NormalExternal input: Operation permitted / prohibitedTest modeStandard setting

• Dip-switch functions

• SW3 functions

• SW9 functions

SW1SW2SW4SW5SW6SW7SW8

SW9–1

SW9–2

SW9–3

SW9–4

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW3–1

SW3–2

SW3–3

SW3–4

SW3–5

SW3–6

SW3–7

SW3–8

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

• SW10 functions

SW10–1

SW10–5

SW10–6

SW10–7

SW10–8

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

SW10-2

OFF

ON

SW10-3

ON

OFF

SW10-4

OFF

OFF

GHCP450HMTE4

GHCP560HMTE4

Name Function

Name Function

Model

(b) Parts layout on the outdoor unit (P.C.B)

- 205 -

YES YESYES

NO NONO

Power supplychecked between R~N or

terminal block

Is thereAC 17V checked

between CNA2 (blue) ~ (blue)and AC 8V between (red)

~ (red) of outdoor unit transfomer?

Power supplyreset

Defective outdoorunit P.C.B

Unit is normalIs it

Normalized?

•Blown fuse (3.15) →Replacement•Defective transformer→Replcement

• Broken power supply wire in the unit Repair

Is the pairing ofIndoor/outdoor units OK?

Change of unit num-ber setting

NO(1)

YES Is the connectionof network signal

wires good?

NO

Power not supplied.Power supply wiringerror→Repair.

Note (1) NO outdoor unit corre-sponding to the indoor unit.

Repair the door con-nection, broken wire ofnetwork signal wires.

Indoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

2 time flash

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

1 [Error on the outdoor unit signal line]

(Detected during operation only)

(c) Check procedure depending on indication lamps (For the outdoor unit)

Error display:

7-segment display:

- 206 -

YES

NO

Power supply resetIs it

normalized?

Defective outdoor unit P.C.B →Replace (Defective network communi-cation circuit)

• Has a fuse been blown?• Is there an open circuit or disconnection in the L1 or L2 phases?• Was there a power outage (or interruption)?

Defective outdoor unit P.C.B →Replace (Defective network communi-cation circuit)

Note (1) This case applies only to the situation with individual

indoor and outdoor power supplies. (When the red LED

(indoor) flashes twice and the green LED (outdoor) in

combination, it indicates that the outdoor unit's power

supply was interrupted during operation.)

Malfunction due to noise, etc. (Out of control CPU of outdoor unit due to noise during power on)

Signal wire poorconnection at outdoor

unit?Repair

Repair

Power supply reset

Is itnormalized

Signal wire poorcontact between indoor/

outdoor units?

Unit is normal.(Malfunction byaccidental noise)

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

(1)

(2)

Indoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

2time flash

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED Continuously lit or unlit

Keeps flashing

YES

NO

Indoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

2 time flash

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Stays OFF

Indoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

2 time flash

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

2 Error display: [Outdoor unit signal line error, Power supply error]

7-segment display:

Has the outdoor power source

been turned OFF during operation?

Power ON

(1)

Notes (1) Check for poor connection (Iooseness, misconnection)

at outdoor unit terminal block and broken signal wires

between outdoor units.

(2) Check the poor connection or broken signal wires

between indoor/outdoor units.

- 207 -

[Connection error indoor and outdoor unit]

[Duplicated unit No. of outdoor units]

[Antiphase on power supply or open L3 phase (primary side) on power supply]

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Indoor unitRed LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Is the unitNo. duplicated on

outdoor units?Correction

YES

NO

Defective outdoor unit P.C.B Replace (Defective unit No. readcircuit)

Is there antiphase onpower supply?

YESCorrection

YESCorrection

Correction

Is L3 phase open at primary side?

NO

NO

Defective outdoor unit P.C.B(Defective antiphase detectioncircuit) Replace

(1)

YES

NO

Is antiphase detectioncircuit wired properly?

Note (1) When the PCB is defective, the flash patterns of outdoor

unit red LED, green LED may become irregular.

Note (1) Wrong wire connection of the antiphase

detection circuit is suspected occured

during replacement of the outdoor unit

PCB. Replacement work should be

performed carefully.

Connection of indoor and outdoor unit OK?

RepairNO

YES

Defective outdoor unit P.C.B Replace

3 Error display:

7-segment display:

4 Error display:

7-segment display:

5 Error display:

7-segment display:

- 208 -

Is thedischarge

gas thermistorcharacteristics

normal?

Is the unitnormalized

Discharge gastemperature error?(At cooling/heatingoperation)

Discharge pipe thermis-tor replace

Defective outdoor unitP.C.B→ Replacement(Defective discharge gasthermistor input circuit)

YES

NO

NO

Check the unit side.Check the unit side.

• During cooling: Is FMO operating?• During heating: Is FMI operating?Are service valves (both liquid, gas) fully opened during both cooling and heating.

• Is the installation space of indoor/ outdoor unit adequate?

• Is there any short circuit air flow for indoor/outdoor units?

• Insufficient refrigerant→ Charge the refrigerant (measure)

• Is it the overload operation?

Error stop

Discharge pipe temp.

130°C90°C

Operable

6[Discharge temperature error]

Error display:

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Repair

YES

NO

Water heat exchanger outlet thermistor is defective→ Replace

YES

NO

Defective outdoor unit P.C.B → Replace (Defective input circuit in water heat exchanger outlet thermistor)

7

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Error display: [Defective water heat exchanger outlet thermistor]

5k Ω at 25°C

Temperature (°C)0

5

10

15

10 20 30 40 50

Res

ista

nce

(kΩ

)

Resistance/temperature charac-teristics of water heat exchang-er outlet thermistor (Tho-MO)

7-segment display:

7-segment display:

T 80°C>=T 80°C<=

5

10

0120100805020

Temperature [T] (°C)

00

50

100

Thr

emis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]> =

Thr

emis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]< =

Temperature-resistance characteristics of discharge gas thermistor(ThO-D)

Is the connection condition for the water heat exchanger

outlet thermistor acceptable?

Are the characteristics of the water heat exchanger

outlet thermistor acceptable? Are there any open

circuits?

- 209 -

Is the outdoorair temperature thermistor

connector connectionOK?

Repair

YES

NO

Is the outdoortemperature thermistor

characteristics OK, is thereno broken wire?

Defective outdoortemperature thermistor→ Replace

YES

NO

Defective outdoor unit P.C.B → Replace (Defective outdoor tem-perature thermistor input cicuit)

8

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Error display:

[Defective outdoor temperature thermistor]

Temperature [T] (°C)-50 0 50

400

300

200

100

0

40

30

20

10

0

The

rmis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T <

0°C

]

The

rmis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T >

0°C

]

Temperature-resistancecharacteristics of outdoortemperature thermistor (ThO-A)

T > 0°C

T < 0°C

9

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Error display: [Defective discharge gas thermistor]

Is the discharge gas thermistor connector connection

OK?

Repair

NO

Are thr discharge gas thermistor characteristics

OK, is there no broken wire?

Defective discharge gas thermistor → Replace

YESYES

NO

Defective outdoor unit P.C.B →Replacement (Defective dis-charge gas thermistor input cir-cuit)

T 80°C>=T 80°C<=

5

10

0120100805020


00

50

100

Thr

emis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]> =

Thr

emis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]< =

Temperature-resistance characteristics of discharge gas thermistor(ThO-D)

7-segment display:

7-segment display:

- 210 -

10

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Error display: [High-pressure abnormality]

7-segment display:

1. During cooling• Is the outdoor unit fan motor operating?• Is there no short circuit air circulation for the outdoor unit?• Is there sufficient space for air inlet & outlet?

2. During heating• Is the gas side service valve fully opened?• Is the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor detached from

the detector case?• Is the filter clogged?

3. During colling / heating• Is the refrigerant over charge?

YESDid HPS, operate?

NO

Defective outdoor unit P.C.B → Replace (Defective HPS, input circuit)

At HPS operation

Does number ofindoor units connected

exceed the specifiedvalue?

Turn off the power supply,and turn it on again.

Is error displayed?

Malfunction due to noise, etc.

Correction

Replace indoor / outdoor P.C.B.

NO

YES(1)

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

YES

NO

NO

Does outdoorfan motor

(FM01) run?

Is outdoorinstallation space

proper?

Repair.

Check 51F01. Outdoor fan motor P.C.B Replace.

Does AC200Vstand any terminal?

Power system error(Inspect relays.)Outdoor P.C.B defect

Replace.

11 Error display: [Excessive numbers of indoor units connected]

7-segment display:

12 Error display: [Outdoor fan motor overcurrent (51F01) error]

7-segment display:

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Note (1) Outdoor No. setting check of indoor unit

(Is outdoor No. of other system used?)

- 211 -

T 80°C<=T 80°C>=

5

10

0120100805020


Output characteristics

Pressure (MPa)

00

50

100

The

rmis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]> =

The

rmis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]< =

Resistance/temperature characteristics of coolant-water pump's inlet water thermistor (Tho-PI)

Is the connection condition

for the coolant-water pump's inlet water thermistor

acceptable?

Repair

NO

Are the characteristics of

the coolant-water pump's inlet water thermistor

acceptable?

Coolant-water pump's inlet water thermistor is defective

Replacement

YESYES

NO

Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement(Defective input circuit in coolant-water pump's inlet water thermistor)

Is the connection condition for the high-pressure sensor

acceptable?

Repair

NO

Are the characteristics of the high-pressure sensor

acceptable?

High-pressure sensor is defective Replace

YESYES

NO

Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement (Defective input circuit in high-pressure sensor)

Out

put v

olta

ge (

V)

YES

YES YES

NO

NO NO

YES

NO

Does AC 200V stand at U, V and W?

Does AC 200V standat L1, L2 and L3?

Power system error

Does invertor boardLED (green) flash?

Does invertor boardLED (red) flash?

Check whether LED (red) flashes or not.

Invertor P.C.B defect Replace.

Invertor board defectOutdoor P.C.B defect

Outdoor fan motor defect Replace

13 Error display: [Outdoor fan motor (FM02) or invertor error]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

14 Error display: [Error in coolant-water pump's inlet water thermistor]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

15 Error display: [High-pressure sensor error]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

- 212 -

YES

NO

YES

NO

Does float switch (FS)activate?

Is water filled in the reservoir tank of

radiator?

Defective float switchand broken wiring

Defective outdoor P.C.B Replace.

Resupply

18 Error display: [Cooling water level error (FS)]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

YES

NO

Does 63L activate? Does refrigerant run out(Does gas leak)?

When 63L is activated

Outdoor P.C.B defect(63L input circuit defect) Replace

YES

NO

YES

NO

Does pump motor run? Check 52P. Does AC 200V standat each terminal?

Power system troubleOutdoor P.C.B defect Replace

Pump motor defect Replace

16 Error display: [Low pressure error]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

17 Error display: [Cooling water pump overcurrent (51P)]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

- 213 -

YES

NO

YES

NO

Is engine oil pressure switch (OPE)

activated?

Defective engine P.C.B Defective control P.C.B Replace.

Defective engine oil pressure switch or broken wiring Repair or Replace.

Is oil amount proper?

Refill or replace.

NO

YES

NO

Is there a voltage of 12 V in the motor's

connectors? (Between CWFV2, No. 2 (white) and No. 8 (black) Between

CWFV1, No. 10 (white) and No. 16 (black)

Is the condition of the connections and wiring

between the PCB and the motor acceptable?

Inspection for open circuits and repair

YES YES

NO NO

Are characteristics of

engine water temperature thermistor good?

Defective engine water temperature thermistor Replace.

Defective engine boardor control board Replace.

Temperature-resistance characteristics of water temperature thermisror (Tho-W)

Is engine cooling system good?

Inspect/replace.

Defective motor Replace

YES

Defective outdoor unit PCB Replace

Temperature (°C) Resistance (KΩ)

–30–20–10

0102030405060708090

100110120

28.6016.209.565.883.732.451.651.140.810.580.430.320.250.190.150.12

Note (1) If water temperature rises beyond 110 °C error will be displayed

19 Error display: [Motor error for coolant-water flow-volume control valve 1 (CWFV1)]

[Motor error for coolant-water flow-volume control valve 1 (CWFV2)]

7-segment display:

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

20 Error display: [Engine water temperature error (Tho-W)]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

21 Error display: [Engine oil pressure error (OPE)]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

- 214 -

YES

NO

YES

NO

Is engine speed normal?

Is carburetoror stepping motor proper?

Inspect, correct or replace

Defective engine controller P.C.B Replace.


• Detection conditions(1) Engine speed of 2,600rpm or more

Display for detection of 1 second(2) Engine speed of 2,500rpm or more

Display for detection of 10 seconds

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

Is engine speed normal?

Is fuel system proper?Is carburetor or

setting motor proper?

Inspect or replace. Repair of replace.



• Detection conditions(1) Engine speed of 600rpm or less

Display for detection of approx. 4 seconds

22 Error display: [Engine overspeed]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

23 Error display: [Engine underspeed]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

- 215 -

Remarks: Since there are many factors for engine start failure,check for the error factor referring to the followingtable.

24 Error display: [Engine start failure]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Function system Part concerned Cause Factor division Factor Checking method

Disassembly inspection

Operation check

Voltage check

Operation check

Resistance measurement 1.2 ~1.5Ω

Resistance measurement 7.7 ~10.4KΩ

Continuity check

Operation check

Continuity check


Voltage measurement

Continuity check

Timing light check (BTDC20°/1200min-1 or less)

Continuity check

Resistance check of 25KΩ or less

Contact area check

Visual check

Visual check

Measurement (0.4 ~ 0.9mm)

Visual check

Visual check

Check of gas kind

Resistance check

Continuity check

Operation check

Pressure measurement

Pressure measurement of governor of hereafter

Check with gas blow

Check valve opening

Adjust the wire length

Slot operation check

Rotation check of meter needle

Visual check


Visual check

Visual check of water amount of reservoir tank

Revolution variation, compressor interference, abnormal noise of engine

Revolution variation, interference, abnormal noise of engine

Oil pressure drop (0.03MPa or less)

Sampling analysis

Compression pressure measurement (0.9 ~ 12.5MPa)


Worn rotary section

Worn brush

Broken wiring

Poor connector contact

Defective breaker

Defective transformer

Broken diode

Primary coil defect

Secondary coil defect

Wire breakage

Defective coil

Poor contact

Worn rotary area

Voltage drop

Poor contact

Poor connector contact

Defective motor

Wire breakage

Poor pin contact

Degraded high tension cord

Distributor contact defect

Drooped cap area

Dirty cap area

Large cap

Dirtiness

Wetness (Defective cylinder head gasket)

Defective coil

Harness wire breakage

Defective valve main body

Pressure drop

Pressure drop during start

Clogged valve

Valve closing

Wire get-off

Full opening seizure

Trouble

Slow leak

Rupture

Improper bypass hole diameter

Bypass hole clogged

Poor adjustment of idling adjusting screw

Poor adjustment of main screw

Clogging

Defective gasket

Possible compression block

Possible thermal seizure (bearing, piston)

Defective oil pump

Oil pillar defect • Different quality (large

viscosity) • Water, foreign material (dirtiness)

Worn piston ring

Deposit caught by intake valve

Deposit caught by exhaust valve

Mechanical defect

Electrical defect

Electrical defect

Electrical defect

Electrical defect

Electrical defect

Electrical defect

Electrical defect

Electrical defect

Mechanical defect

Electrical defect

Poor adjustment

Electrical defect

Electrical defect

Defective part

Electrical defect

Mechanical defect

Mechanical defect

Mechanical defect

Mechanical defect

Defective gas system

Mechanical defect

Poor adjustment

Mechanical defect

Defective part

Mechanical defect

Mechanical defect

Mechanical defect

Mechanical defect

Defective starter motor

Defective board (unit)

Defective wiring

Defective power supply

Defective ECU board

Defective ignition coil

Defective wiring

Defective relay (G1~3)

Poor contact

Defective distributor

Stepping motor trouble

Defective high tension cord

Defective ignition plug

Different gas

Supply pressure defect

Defective main valve

Defective mixer

Defective microcomputer meter

Microcomputer meter operation

Defective zero governor

A/F unsuitability

Air column resonance

Gasket

Increase of load

Increase of load

Oil pressure drop

Poor compression pressure

Starter

IIA

Protective switches

High tension cord

Ignition plug

Gas kind

Main pressure

Main valve

Mixer

Microcomputer meter

Zero governor

Mixer

Duct

Refrigeration cycle

Engine

Electricity

Gas

Air

Cooling water

Load (start)

- 216 -

T 80°C<=T 80°C>=

5

10

0120100805020

Temperature [T] (°C)0

0

50

100

The

rmis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]> =

The

rmis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]< =

Resistance/temperature characteristics of machine-compartment thermistor (Tho-ET)

YES

NO

YES

NO

Is specified oil a mount filled?

Is oil level switch proper?

Inspection or refill. Inspect · repair.

Is the temperature in the machine compartment abnormal (for heating and cooling)?

Please carry out and inspection on the unit side.

• Defective fan

Defective control P.C.B orengine P.C.B Replace.

25 Error display: [Engine oil level error 2]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Note (1) For the display conditions of the engine oil level error. refer to Page 121.

YES

NO

Has thecumulative operating

time of the engineexceeded 8000

hours?

Change the engine oiland reset using SW5.

Defective control P.C.B orengine P.C.B Replace.

Error display: [Inspection engine oil]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

26

YES

NO

NO

Are the characteristics of

the machine-compartment thermistor

normal?

Has the unit returned to normal?

Replacement of the machine-compartment thermistor

Defective outdoor unit PCB

Error display: [Machine-compartment temp. error]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

27

(Defective input circuit in machine-compartment thermistor) Replacement

- 217 -

YES

NO

Does voltage stand between CnR3 and

Cn3 or CnR2 and Cn2 (engine communi-

cation)?

Broken wiringInspect · repair

Defective engine P.C.B orcontrol P.C.B Replace.

28 Error display: [Communication error between outdoor P.C.B and engine controller]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

29 Error display: [Machine-compartment thermistor error]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

Defective control PCB Replacement

30 Error display: [Abnormality in data transmission from engine accumulator timer]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

T 80°C<=T 80°C>=

5

10

0120100805020

Temperature [T] (°C)0

0

50

100

Thr

emis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]> =

Thr

emis

tor

resi

stan

ce (

kΩ)

[T

80°C

]< =

Resistance/temperature characteristics of machine-compartment thermistor (Tho-ET)

Is the connection condition

for the machine-compartment thermistor acceptable?

Repair

NO

Are the characteristics of the

machine-compartment thermistor acceptable?

Defective machine-compartment thermistor

YESYES

NO

Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement(Defective input circuit in machine-compartment thermistor)

Replace

Note (1) Voltage 0 to 5V between the terminals 1 and 2. (Terminal 1 is

grounded.)

(2) For the display conditions of the communication error, refer to

Page 122.

- 218 -

YES

NO

YES

NO

Is wiring proper between enginecontrol P.C.B and Cn6

connector?

Inspect · repair broken wiring.

Does voltage 0 to 5Vstand at Cn6 connector?

Defective stepping motor Replace.

YES

NO

YES

NO

Is water thermistor connector properly

connected?

Inspect · repair

Are characteristics ofwater thermistor proper?

Defective thermistor Replace.

Defective engine controlP.C.B Replace.

Defective engine controllerP.C.B Replace.

31 Error display: [Engine stepping motor error]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

32 Error display: [Engine water temperature thermistor wire breakage]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unitTemperature-resistance characteristics of water temperature sensor (Tho-W)

Temperature (°C) Resistance (KΩ)

–30–20–10

0102030405060708090

100110120

28.6016.209.565.883.732.451.651.140.810.580.430.320.250.190.150.12

YES

NO

YES

NO

Are connectors of oil level switches (OL1, 2)

properly connected?

Wire breakage of oil level switch Replace.

Is engine oil amount proper?

Inspect · repair

Defective engine controlP.C.B Replace.

33 Error display: [Engine oil level switch wire breakage]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

- 219 -

YES

NO

YES

NO

Full-close switch is not pushed even

when throttle switch (TS1,2) is below standard value.

Broken wire for full-closed switch Replace.

Is the engine stepping motor good?

Stepping motor error (Refer to previous page)

Engine controller circuit P.C.B defective Replace.

YES

NO

YES

NO

Full-open switch is not pushed even when throttle

switch (TS1,2) is below standard value.

Broken wire for full-open switch Replace.




YES

NO

YES

NO

Full-close switch does not go to off

even when throttle switch (TS1,2) is below standard

value.

Short circuit of full-closed switch Replace.




YES

NO

YES

NO

Full-open switch does not go to off even when throttle switch (TS1,2) is

below standard value.

Short circuit of full-open switch Replace.




34 Error display: [Engine full-open · full-close switch error]

7-segment display:

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

- 220 -

Cnk2 connector(2P, black)

Jumper line(J10)

Cnk connector(2P, yellow)

35 [IIA signal / oil pressure switch error]Error display:

7-segment display:

YES

NO

YES

NO

Is wire of oil pressureswitch broken?

Repair Replace

Is IIA connectorproperly connected?

Wire breakage Replace


Notes (1) If oil pressure is higher than set when engine stops [Set value:0.03KPa] the error will be displayed approx. 5 seconds after power is turned on?

(2) When engine stops and oil pressure switch is off, the error will be displayed approx. 120 seconds after power is turned on.

Outdoor unit

Red LED

Green LED

Keeps flashing

Keeps flashing

Red LED

Green LED

Stays OFF

Keeps flashing

Indoor unit

(9) Protection against wrong connection of signal line/power line

If 230V is wrongly supplied to the signal lines (terminals A B , indoor board), the display of the remote control will not come on

or the address will not be checked with "inspection" switch.

Remedy After the wrongly connected area is repaired, replace CnK

(yellow) on the indoor printed-circuit board with CnK2

connector (black for space), and cut the jumper line J10.

It is valid for the first time alone. In addition, it is clearly

written on the indoor wiring nameplate as follows.

Even if 230V is wrongly connected to A-B signal

line, it will be protected for the first time alone. If

the unit No. can not be checked with the inspection

switch of the remote control 5 minutes after power

is supplied, check all signal lines. If any wrong

connection is found, correct it referring to the

installation manual. (Cut the jumper line J10 on

the burned board, and replace the connector CnK

(yellow) with CnK2 (black).

- 221 -

(10) How to advance checks for each faulty symptom(a) Inspection method when there is no error display

1) Four way valve does not switch during heating operation

Is the power supplied to 20S?

YES

NO

Defective 20S Replacement

Defective outdoor unit PCBReplacement

2) Louver motor does not operate Inspect at the indoor unit side.

3) When the indoor unit blower does not operate Inspect at the indoor unit side.

Does thelouver operate at

power on?Is LM wire

broken?Is LM

locked?NONO

YESYES

NO

NO

YES

NO

YES

YES

Defective indoorunit PCB

Is the louveroperated with the remote

controller

Does the louverlink push the LS till

a click sound isheard?

Operate more than1 min. later

It is normalif it stops with2 pushes on LS

Turn off and back on againthe power and check themotion of LS

Adjust LS lever andcheck again

Defective LSReplacementDefective indoor unit PCB Replacement

Replace LM

Note(1) LM: Louver motorLS: Limit switch

Repair the wire

Normal

All of cooling,blower heating, thermal dry

do not operate

Check FM1

YES

YES

NO

NO

(1)

Check with the Hi, Me, Lo of blowermode.

Defective indoor unit P.C.BReplacement

Defective indoor unit P.C.BReplacement

Is Voltage detected between CNF

terminals?

Defective FM1, capacitor(CF1) Replacement

When some modes only operate.

- 222 -

L · N

A · B

L · N A · B A · B

(Indoor unit) (Indoor unit)

(Unit in mis wiring)

: Power Terminal

: Signal Terminal

Power supply wires

Signal wires

L · N A · B

(Indoor unit)

L · N

Total number ofcontrollers

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

20

40

60

80

97

Resistance betweenA and B (Ω) when

one unit is mis wiring


three unit are mis wiring


two unit are mis wiring

74

73

73

72

71

71

70

70

69

64

56

50

45

42

-

37

37

37

37

36

36

36

36

35

32

30

28

27

-

-

25

25

25

25

24

24

24

24

23

22

21

20

Resistance betweenA and B (Ω) when the

wiring is normal

4550

3033

2275

1820

1517

1300

1138

1011

910

455

228

152

114

94

Method judging miss wiring between the signal wire and the power supply wire in the superlynk system

• Example of wiring

Check the wiring beforehand as follows to prevent above mis wiring.

Note (1) If the unit is operated in mis wiring, the control substrate will be damaged.

(a) Procedures

1) Perform the checking before power is turned on.

2) Confirm the total number of indoor/outdoor controllers (control printed circuit board) on the network.

Note (1) SLA-1-E and SLA-2A-E include control value.

3) Measure the resistance between signal terminals (terminal A and B)(1) on the network.

Note (1) It does not matter whether the measuring points are inside or outside room so long as they are between terminal A

and B.

(b) Judging method

1) When the resistance is the normal value for the corresponding number of controllers shown in the below table, there is no

mis wiring.

2) When the resistance is less than 80Ω, more than one unit is in mis wiring.

(The lower the resistance is, the more units are in mis wiring.)

3) When the signal wire is open on the route, the resistance shows larger value than the normal.

Note (1) It is difficult to count the accurate number of contacting units from the result of resistance measurement.

4) The number of controllers and the resistance between terminal A and B.

- 223 -

7. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE(1) Periodic inspection content list

In order to use the gas heat pump air conditioner for a long time, periodic maintenance/inspection and part replacement are

necessary.

The following table describes the maintenance/inspection and part replacement (once) items for every 8,000 working hours.

After 20,000 working hours, replace engine oil and the oil filter and apply the inspection of specified parts every 4,000hours.

Before maintenance/inspection, be sure to carry out the following.

• 3 minutes after the operation is stopped, turn off the earth leakage breaker.

• Close the main plug of the fuel.

Code Periodically inspected itemWorking hours

8 16 20 24 28 32 36 40

Inspection, refilling

Filter and sheet replacement

Exhaust gas hose (looseness, scractch, leakage)

Exhaust gas drain hose (looseness, scractch, leakage)

Intake air hose (looseness, scractch, leakage)

Oil tank hose (looseness, scractch, leakage)

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

Engine oil replacement, leakage inspection (level, dirtiness, leakage)

Oil filter replacement

Spark plug inspection and replacement

Drain filter

Cooling water inspection (cooling water amount)

Inspection of cooling water hose (looseness, scractch, leakage)

Inspection of fuel gas hose (looseness, scractch, leakage)

Air cleaner element replacement (dirtiness)

High tension cord inspection (dirtiness, scractch)

Compression pressure inspection

Compressor inspection* (oil level, color, leakage)

Refrigerant leakage inspection

Inspection for abnormal operation sound*

Engine cylinder head replacement

Compressor replacement

Engine replacement

Coupling rubber (Connecting section of engine and compressor)

Inspection andreplacement of hoses

Notes (1) mark indicates replacement, and mark indicates inspection (adjustment). * marked inspection is dependent on the operational state.

(2) If any item is subject to "inspection" alone of all years, replace the part when an abnormality is found during inspection.

(3) Use Mitsubishi Heavy Industries brand genuine oil (MGO-X oil) for the engine oil.

(4) When adding the cooling water, use Mitsubishi Heavy Industries GHP genuine coolant.

Use the added concentration of 50%. (Select the optimal concentration for the cold district.)

(5) When the compression pressure is less than the specified value, clean the valves with valve cleaner.

- 224 -

(2) Periodic inspection procedure and methods

(a) Changing engine oil and inspecting for leakage(i) Inspect for engine oil leakage

Inspect the engine for signs of oil leakage. Pay special attention to the cylinder head cover gasket and the oil pan gasket.(ii) Changing engine oil

1) Oil removal.a) Confirm that the oil pan has been warmed up sufficiently. If this is not the case, open the fuel-gas stopcock and turn on

the trial-operation switch (SW3-5). Following this, allow the engine to operate for approximately 5 minutes, and thenclose the fuel-gas stopcock.

b) After the engine has been stopped, remove oil from the oil-drain hose which is located at the bottom of the oil pan onthe front of the unit. When removal has been completed, tightly secure the drain-hose cap.

2) Addition of new oila) Charging of oil from the oil-reserve tank (upper side):

1 Turn ON SW3-4 and then operate and hold SW6 for a period of 2 seconds. Following this, pour the oil from thereserve tank into the sub-tank (lower side).

2 Remove the sub-tank's cap and pour in new oil until it reaches the "F" level as shown on the level gauge.3 Remove the reserve tank's cap and pour in new oil until it reaches the "F" level as shown on the side of the tank.

b) No oil in the reserve-tank:1 Remove the sub-tank's cap and pour in new oil until it reaches the "F" level as shown on the level gauge.2 Remove the reserve tank's cap and pour in new oil until it reaches the "F" level as shown on the side of the tank.

Notes (1) Only use recommended engine oil

(2) Use care not to spill engine oil on the belts or hoses.

(3) Wipe up all spills.

Every 8,000 hours or every 4 yearsOil change interval

F mmStandard amount +0–5

(Tools) Oil pump, oil can

Oil cooler

Starter motor

Oil-pressuresensor

Oil filter

Engine coolant-temperature sensor

Stepping motor

View A

- 225 -

Spark plug

Plug wrench

Oil filter(b) Oil filter replacement

(i) Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. Since

oil drips at the time, protect the oil pressure switch

and starter motor with waste cloth or similar.

(ii) Clean the installation surface of the oil filter, and coat

clean engine oil on the gasket area of the new oil

filter.

(iii) Lightly screw in the oil filter as far as its gasket comes

into contact with the bracket, and retighten the oil

filter 3/4 turns farther with the oil filter wrench.

(c) Spark plug replacement

(i) Remove the cap of the high tension cord, and remove

the spark plug with the plug wrench.

(ii) When installing the new spark plug, be sure to tighten

it with hand and finally with the plug wrench.

(iii) Verifying the No. of each high tension cord, securely

fit it into the cap.

(d) Drain filter inspection/refilling

(i) Removal

1 Remove the clip from each hose (4 places), and

disconnect the hose from the drain filter.

2 Remove the screw (2 places) under the front face

of the drain filter.

3 Remove the screws (14 places of the upper lid of

the drain filter, and remove the upper lid.

(ii) Inspection and refilling

1 If it is dirty or clogged, clean the drain filter.

2 If the filling pebbles are reduced to approx. 70%

or less, refill the pebbles (CaCO3).

For the filling amount, refer to the right figure.

3 If it is excessively dirty or clogged, replace the

filling pebbles.

(iii) Replacement of filter element

Renew the filter element (nonwoven cloth).

(e) check of cooling water

(i) Check whether the cooling water stands at "F" level

in the reservoir tank or not. If it is lower than "F"

level, refill the coolant (specified by our company).

(ii) Measure the concentration of the cooling water with

the coolant tester.

Every 8,000 hours or 4 yearsReplacement interval


FSpecified amount

Concentration:50% or moreReference value

Exhaust-gas drain filter

Drain outlet

Sheet

47.5

mm

Drain inletFilter element

Filling pebbles

- 226 -

Exhaust gasheat exchanger

Exhaust drainhose

Hose clip

Cooling water hose(f) Inspection of cooling water hose

(i) Check the cooling water hose for crack and

degradation, the hose clip for looseness and the

cooling water for leakage. (Manifold out side,

between manifold and water inlet, engine inlet.)


Fuel-gas hose

Hose clip

Air cleaner

Exhaust gas hose

Hose clip

Exhaust muffler

(g) Inspection of fuel gas hose

(i) Check the fuel gas hose for crack, degradation, gas

leakage, etc., and the hose clip for looseness.

(h) Replacement of air cleaner element

(i) Remove the air cleaner cover (clamped at 3 places),

and renew the air cleaner element.

(ii) During replacement, clean the inside and outside of

the case with waste cloth, etc.

(i) Exhaust gas hose

(i) Check the exhaust gas hose for crack, degradation

and leakage, and the hose clip for looseness. (Between

engine and exhaust gas heat exchanger)

(ii) Securely fit the new hose, and tighten the hose clip.

(j) Exhaust drain hose

(i) Inspect the exhaust drain hose for crack, degradation

and leakage.

- 227 -

(n) Compression pressure inspection(i) Compression pressure measurement

Measure compression pressure of each cylinder using a compression gauge.

1 Close the gas supply valve.

2 Disconnect the CnS connector on the outdoor board. (Operation from the remote controller is forbidden.)

3 Remove the throttle rod of mixer.

4 Remove all plugs.

5 Set the compression gauge on the first cylinder.

6 Open the throttle to nearly full open state by hand. (Be careful not to press the full open switch.)

7 Turn ON the starter by the actuator operation screen of the personal computer checker or by the test run switch.

8 The needle of the compression gauge will rise up at a stretch at first then rise gradually for 2 to 3 times and stop.

Read the indication at that time (maximum pressure) and record.

9 Measure and record the pressure for the second through fourth cylinders with the same manner described in 5 through 8.

0 Attach the CnS connector.

(ii) Judgment of necessity of cleaning

Compression pressure

(m) Inspection of high tension cord

(i) Check for crack, damage and so on the high tension cord High-pressure cord Distributor

(k) Intake hose and intake port

(i) Inspect the intake hose for crack, degradation and

leakage.

(ii) Check whether the intake port is clogged with vinyl,

etc. or not.

(l) Oil tank hose

(i) Inspect the oil tank hose for crack, degradation and

leakage.

Air cleaner Intake-air hose

Oil sub-tank 2

Oil sub-tank 1

Hose clip

Oil tank hose

Pressure is 9 kg/cm2 and less for more than one cylinder.

Pressure is between 9 kg/cm2 and 10 kg/cm2 for all cylinders

but the plug is dirty for at least one cylinder.

Pressure is 10 kg/cm2 and over for all cylinders.

Cleaning is necessary.

Cleaning is necessary.

Cleaning is not necessary.

- 228 -

(o) Inspection of compressor(i) During running, inspect whether any abnormal noise generates from the main body of the compressor or not.

(ii) Refrigerator oil

• When replacing the compressor, check the refrigerator oil. Replace the refrigerator oil if the following reference is not satisfied.

• Sample a small amount of refrigerator oil into the vinyl bag (transparent), and check the dirtiness and odor.

Refrigerator oil reference

• Since the refrigerator oil is consumed a little by a little due to the smooth mechanical seal, check the oil level through the sight

glass on the side of the compressor every week. If the oil level drops beyond the reference, refill it with the oil pump.

(p) Inspection of refrigerant leakage(i) Using the gas leak tester, check the condenser's copper pipe (brazed area, etc.), refrigerant inlet/outlet areas (refrigerant pipe

connection area), etc.. If it leaks, correct or replace the troubled area.

(q) Inspection of abnormal noise operation(i) Check for abnormal noise from the outdoor unit in operation.

(ii) Take special care to check the cylinder head area for rattling and creaking sounds and the engine and its soundings for rotary

interference sound.

2.5 or less (Standard colorimeter)Dirtiness

There is no odor which stimulates the nose.Odor

(iii) Cleaning method

1) Preliminary preparation

1 Disconnect the CnS connector on the outdoor

board. (Operation from the remote controller

is forbidden.)

2 Execute warming-up operation for 5 to 6

minutes by pressing the test run switch.

When the engine oil pan temperature is outside

air temperature +10°C and higher, the warming-

up operation is unnecessary.

3 Stop the warming-up operation and turn OFF

the power switch after the cooling water pump

stops.

4 Disconnect the air connector.

2) Cleaning procedures

1 Connect the attached nozzle to the engine

conditioner.

2 Confirm that the power source of the outdoor

unit is OFF.

3 Turn the mixer throttle lever clockwise by hand

to open the throttle valve.

Mixer

Acceleration rodStepping motorfastening bolt

Throttle lever

Mixer gasket

Stepping motorfastening bolt

(bolt A)

Vacuum hose

Insert the engine conditioner nozzle to the inside of the mixer and jet for approx. 20 seconds. (Take care of burn.)

4 When jet is completed, turn ON the power switch on the outdoor unit. Wait for 2 to 3 minutes and operate the unit

by pressing the test run switch.

5 Operate the unit for 2 minutes and stop.

6 Repeat the procedures shown in 2 through 5.

7 When the cleaning work is completed, continue the operation until the exhaust gas color becomes colorless.

(iv) Confirmation of compression pressure

Compression pressure

Pressure is less than 10 kg/cm2 for some cylinders.

Cleaning is ineffective.

Pressure is 10 kg/cm2 and over for all cylinders.

Clean again.(maximum 3 times)

Replace defective cylinder head (s).

OK

- 229 -

(b) Viewing from the top, set the cut groove of the oil

pump drive shaft at approx. 30˚.

(c) Install the distributor in the following procedure.

1) Align the groove of the distributor housing to the

drilled mark of the spiral gear. (It does not align to

the straight pin of the spiral gear.

2) Insert the distributor to be parallel to the engine,

and temporarily tighten the setting bolt.

Note (1) When inserting it, align the block installing

threaded hole to near the center of the installing

flange groove.

(d) Insert the high tension cord until it "clicks", and

connect the connector and vacuum hose.

Then turn on the earth leakage (ELB).

(e) Adjustment of ignition timing

Firing order : 1-3-4-2

Reference value : Cooling water temperature 75 to 85˚C

1) Installation of tachometer and timing light.

• Fit the measurement cord of the tachometer to

No. 1 high tension cord.

[Removal]

(a) Turn off the earth leakage breaker (ELB), and

disconnect four high tension cords and connector.

Note (1) When disconnecting the high tension cord, never

pull the cord.

(b) Remove the hose and setting bolts of the vacuum

advancer, and remove the distributor.

[Installation]

(a) Set the top dead point of compression of No. 1

cylinder in the following procedure.

1) Remove No. 1 Ignition plug.

2) Close the hole of No.1 ignition plug, and turn the

crankshaft clockwise. When the pressure is felt at

the finger tip, it is the top dead point of compres-

sion.

3) Align the notch groove of the crank pulley to the

timing "0".

4) Install No. 1 ignition plug.

No.1plug

Ignitionhole

Timing “0”

Notch grooveof pulley.

Pumpshaft

Cut grooveof oil drive

30º

Ditch

Straight pin Drill mark

Timing light

Adjust the ignition timingto align the notch of the crankpulley to the 4th (12º) positionfrom “0”.

8. REPLACING PROCEDURE OF MAJOR ENGINE PARTS(1) Distributor

- 230 -

4) To easily remove the mixer, loosen one of the two

setting bolts of the stepping motor, and remove the

bolt A.

5) Remove two setting nuts, and remove the mixer.

6) Remove the mixer gasket with the scraper. At this

time, take care to prevent foreign materials from

being mixed into the port area.

(c) Installation of mixer

1) Attach new mixer gasket, and install the mixer with

two set screws.

Tightening torque: 12.75(1.3)N·m(kgf·m)

2) Install the stepping motor with two setting bolts.


3) Insert two vacuum hoses as far as the root.

4) Insert the fuel hose as far as the root, and fasten it

with the clip.

5) Install the air connector with two setting nuts.


(d) Installation and adjustment of acceleration rod

1) Disconnect the harness connector of the full

closing/opening switch.

2) Connect the throttle position checking jig to the

full closing/opening switch connector.

2) Inspection of idling speed

Reference value: 1200 ± 25min-1

3) Inspection and adjustment of ignition timing

a) Inspect the ignition timing with the timing light.

Reference value:BTDC 12˚/1200min-1

b) if it is out of the reference value, loosen the setting

bolt of the distributor, turn and adjust the distributor,

and inspect it again.

(2) Mixer

(a) Removal of acceleration rod

1) Remove the acceleration rod from the throttle lever

of the mixer.

(b) Removal of mixer

1) Remove two setting nuts, and remove the air

connector.

2) Remove two vacuum hoses. At this time, scribe

the identification mark or similar on each hose.

3) Loosen the gas hose nipple and disconnect the fuel

hose.

Mixer

Acceleration rodStepping motorfastening bolt

Throttle lever

Mixer gasket

Stepping motorfastening bolt

(bolt A)

Vacuum hose

Fuel hose

Gas hose nipple

Mixer

- 231 -

(b) Remove the stator

Remove the 2 set nuts and cut away the bond cable.

The stator can then be reduced.

(c) Mount by performing the above procedure in reverse.

Note (1) Use can not to mis-connect or forget to connect

the wires.

(4) Stepping motor

(a) Remove the throttle lever of the mixer from the

acceleration rod.

(b) Remove two setting bolts, and remove the stepping

motor (with bracket).

(c) Install the stepping motor (with the bracket) with two

setting bolts.

Tightening torque = 18.14 (1.85) N·m (kgf·m)

(d) Install the acceleration rod on the throttle lever of the

mixer.

(e) Adjustment of acceleration rod

1) For the procedure, refer to Item (d)-5 “adjusting

method” of the mixer.

(5) Cylinder head

(a) Removal of cylinder head

1) Remove 3 cap nuts and 3 seal washers, and remove

the cylinder head cover.

2) Remove the cylinder head cover gasket.

(b) Remove of valve locker shaft assembly

1) In the shown order, evenly loosen several times 3

bolts and 2 nuts which install the valve rocker shaft,

and remove it.

3) Fully open the throttle lever of the mixer with hand.

Then, adjust the full opening adjustment screw of

the mixer to turn on the full opening switch in this

state.

4) Install the acceleration rod on the throttle lever of

the mixer.

5) Turn the turnbuckle of the acceleration rod, and

adjust the length up to the stepping motor lever.

• Adjusting method

Turn the stepping motor lever side to verify that the

throttle full opening switch is turned on. Then, turn

the throttle lever of the mixer to the full closing

position. Verify that the throttle full closing switch is

turned on when the stepping motor lever is turned

several mm farther toward the closed side.Notes (1) Set the throttle lever position on the mixer side

at the full closing position.(2) Slowly operate the stepping motor lever and the

throttle lever, and securely check the timing of

the switch activation.

6) After verifying again that the turnbuckle fastening

nut of the acceleration rod is tightened, remove the

throttle position checking jig.

7) Connect the harness connector of the full clos-

/opening switch.

(3) Starter motor

(a) Disconnect the connector from the starter motor,

remove the nut of the ground harness, and remove it

from the starter motor.

Full openingadjustment screw Acceleration rod

Stepping motor lever

Full openingswitch

Full opening switch

Turn buckle

Throttle lever

- 232 -

b) Remove the spring retainer, spring, seat, valve and

oil seal.

Note (1) Store the removed parts in order for the respective

cylinder.

(h) Inspection and cleaning of components of cylinder

head

1) Cleaning of upper surfaces of piston and cylinder

block

a) Turn the crank shaft to bring each piston to the top

dead point. Using the gasket scraper, remove the

carbon from the upper surface of the piston.

b) Using the scraper, remove the head gasket which

sticks to the upper surface of the cylinder block.

c) Blow the bolt hole off oil, etc. with the air gun.

Note (1) Since oil, etc. flies out, use waste cloth or similar

to prevent it from flying out.

2) Removal of gasket from cylinder head

Using the scraper, clean the bottom surface of the

cylinder head and the installation surface of the

manifold.

Note (1) During cleaning, take dare to prevent scratching

the cylinder head.

3) Cleaning of combustion room of cylinder head

Using the wire brush, clean the combustion room

off carbon.

Note (1) Don’t scratch the contact surface of the head

gasket.

2) Remove the valve rocker shaft assembly.

(c) Remove the valve push rod.

Note (1) Store the removed bush rods in order for the

respective cylinders.

(d) Removal of heat exchanger pipe

1) Remove 4 setting nuts, and remove the heat

exchanger pipe.

2) Remove 2 gaskets.

(e) Removal of manifold

1) Remove 2 setting nuts and 6 setting bolts, and

remove the manifold.

2) Remove the gasket.

(f) Removal of cylinder head

1) In the shown order, evenly loosen 13 cylinder head

bolts several times.

2) Remove the setting bolts, and remove the rear

engine hanger.

3) Remove the cylinder head from the cylinder block.

Note (1) Take care to prevent injuring the installation

surface of the cylinder head.

(g) Disassembly of cylinder head

1) Removal of valve

a) Set up the compressor (special tool) on the valve,

compress the valve spring, and remove two retainer

locks.

Front

Special tool

Intake

Exhaust

- 233 -

7) Crack inspection of cylinder head

Using the color check (color penetrant flaw

detection), inspect the combustion chamber, intake

port, exhaust port, and head’s bottom and top

surfaces.

8) Valve cleaning

Using the scraper, remove carbon. Then, com-

pletely remove carbon with the wire brush.

9) Valve rocker arm inspection

a) Check for wear and damage on the contact surface

of the rocker arm with the valve stem.

b) If it is slightly damaged, recondition it with oil

stone. If it is excessively worn or damaged, replace

the rocker arm.

10) Cylinder head assembly

• Sufficiently clean the assembled parts.

• Coat engine oil on the slide and rotary areas.

• Replace the gaskets, oil seals and so on with new

ones.

a) Valve assembly

(i) Insert the valve into the valve guide bush.

(ii) Install the valve spring sheet and oil seal.

Coat engine oil on the valve stem area and oil

seal lip area.

4) Cleaning of valve guide bush

Clean the inside of the valve guide bush with

washing liquid or similar.

5) Cylinder washing

Use the washing liquid or similar.

6) Deflection inspection of cylinder head

Using the straight scale and thickness gauge,

measure the shown area.

Limit: Bottom surface of cylinder head: 0.15mm

Installation surface of manifold: 0.10mm

Grind or replace if the limit is exceeded.

Contact surface

- 234 -

(ii) Using the compressor (special tool), position the

push rod as shown.

Note (1) Verify that the push rod is securely engaged in the

push rod seat area of the lifter.

c) Install the valve rocker shaft assembly on the

cylinder head.

d) In the shown order, evenly tighten 3 bolts and 2

nuts a little by a little several times.

Tightening torque : 2.35(2.4) N·m(kgf·m)

Note (1) Preventing it from being separated from the push

rod and rocker arm, tighten the bolts and nuts.

12) Installation of manifold

a) Install the new gasket.

b) Install the manifold.


13) Installation of heat exchanger pipe

a) Install 2 new gaskets.

b) Install 4 new setting nuts.


14) Install the cylinder head cover and gasket.

(i) Install the gasket and cylinder head cover

subassembly.

(ii) Install 3 seal washer and 3 sap nuts.


(iii) Install the valve spring and spring retainer.

Note (1) Install the spring, direction the paint mark toward

the head side.

(iv) Using the compressor (special tool), compress

the valve spring, and install the spring retainer

lock.

(v) Lightly hit the top of the valve stem with the

plastic hammer to bring the spring into position.

11) Installation of cylinder head

a) Installation of cylinder head

(i) Taking care for the direction of the cylinder

head gasket, install the new gasket on the

cylinder block.

(ii) Install the cylinder head.

(iii) Coat the engine oil on the cylinder head bolt.

(iv) In the shown order, evenly tighten 13 cylinder

head bolts a little by a little several times.

Tightening torque :

M12 : 81.6(9.0)N·m(kgf·m)

M8 : 19.12(1.95)N·m(kgf·m)

b) Install the push rod and valve rocker shaft assembly.

(i) Install the push rod in the original position.

ValvePrintmark

Upward

Springretainer

Oil sealSpring seat

Spring retainerlockVakve spring

Special tool

Push rodPush rod

Front

New gasket

Front

- 235 -

(c) Replacement of crank shaft front oil seal

1) Removal of oil seal

Use - screwdriver.

2) Assembly of oil seal

Using the handle (special tool) and replacer (special

tool), install the oil seal from the front side of the

timing chain cover.

Make the oil seal as high as the face of the cover.

(7) Crank shaft rear oil seal

(When the rear oil seal retainer is installed on the

cylinder block.)

(a) Using the knife, cut off the lip area of the oil

seal.

(b) Wrap vinyl tape on the driver, bring waste cloth

into contact with the crank shaft, and pry off the

oil seal.

Note (1) After removing the oil seal, verify that there is no

damage on the chamfered area of the crank shaft.

If any damage is found, correct it with sand paper

(#400).

(6) Crank shaft front oil seal

(a) Removal of clamp pulley

1) Using the pulley holding tool (special tool) and

flange holding tool (special tool), remove the crank

shaft pulley bolt.

2) Using the puller (special tool), remove the crank

shaft pulley.

(b) Remove the timing chain cover.

1) Remove 11 screws.

2) Using two screwdrivers together with waste cloth,

remove the timing chain cover and gasket.

Note (1) Don’t injure the timing chain cover and case.

Special tool

Special tool

Special tool

- 236 -

(b) Removal of plate (for fastening the valve plate

assembly)

1) Remove the plate fastening bolts, and remove the

plate. (2 places)

2) Remove the gasket. (2 places)

(c) Removal of valve plate assembly

1) Remove the discharger gasket, valve plate

assembly, suction valve and valve sheet from the

cylinder area with the hand with the hand. (4

places)

(c) Before installation, coat MP grease on the lip area of

the oil seal.

(d) Using the replacer for rear oil seal (special tool) and

hammer, hit the oil seal to become flush with the face

of the rear oil seal retainer.

(8) Compressor

(a) Removal of cylinder head cover

1) Remove the cylinder head cover installing bolts,

and remove the cylinder head cover.

2) If it can not be removed, lightly hit the side of the

cylinder head cover with plastic hammer of similar

for removal.

3) * Since the check valve is present in the cylinder

head cover on the * marked side, remove the check

valve.

Valve plate assembly

Discharge gasket

Suction valve

Valve seat

Plate

Cylinderhead cover

Cylinderhead cover

Cutting-off position

Special toolGasket

- 237 -

3) Tighten the plate to the specified torque of 9.8 N·m

(1.0kgf·m). <20 bolts per unit>

(e) Installation of cylinder head cover

1) Taking dare against misalignment of the cylinder

head gasket, tighten the cylinder head cover to the

specified torque of 22.6 N·m (2.3kgf·m).

(f) Intake side

1) Remove two bolts of the intake side flange.

2) Remove the intake strainer. Against entry of dust,

etc., close the hole of the crank case with tape.

3) Install the intake side flange together with the intake

strainer and new gasket (coated with oil) with two

bolts.

Tightening torque = 22.62 (2.3) N·m (kgf·m)

2) Components of valve plate assembly

(d) Install of valve plate assembly

1) Install the valve seat, suction valve, valve plate

assembly and discharge gasket in order on the

cylinder head. (4 places)

2) Coat the sticking oil on the cylinder head gasket,

and place it on the surface of the cylinder head. (2

places)

Cylinderhead cover

*mark(4 places)

PlateCylinder gasket

Cylinder head gasket

Valve seat

Suction valve

Valve plate assembly Discharge gasket

Discharge gasket

Nut

Retainer

Leaf spring

Discharge valve

Valve sheet

Volt

Valve plate

Suction valve

Valve seat

Hea

d of

riv

et is

sta

ked.

Rivet

Valve plateassembly

Impossibledisassembly

(3 places)

Intake strainer

- 238 -

(d) Install of front case

1) Coat the sticking oil on the inside of the front case,

and slowly press-fit the shaft seal (matching ring)

with the pressing-in rod of the shaft seal (matching

ring) as far as the stopper by pressing it with hand

or hitting it.

Note (1) When inserting the shaft seal (matching ring), take

care to prevent injuring the seal surface.

2) Insert the oil-coated O ring into the front case.

3) Pressing the shaft seal, tighten the front case to the

specified torque of 22.6 N·m (2.3 kgf·m). (6 bolts)

4) Turn the crank shaft to verify that it can be lightly

turned.

(9) Replacement of shaft seal

(a) Removal of front case

1) Remove the fastening bolts of the front case, and

remove the front case.

(b) Removal of shaft seal

1) Pull out the shaft seal and spacer with hand.

(c) Installation of shaft seal

1) Insert the spacer on the shaft, coat the sticking oil

on the shaft seal, and insert it.

2) Securely align two flat area between the crank shaft

and shaft seal, and assemble them.

Front case

Pressing-in rod of shaft seal(matching ring)

Shaft seal(matching ring)

Stopperarea

Crankshaft

Shaft sealassembly

SpacerSpacer

Shaft sealassembly

Two flat ares

Spacer

Shaft seal assembly

Front case

Front case

Crank case

Front case

O ring

- 239 -

Tightening pointsLocation

Engine related

Compressor related

1. Cylinder block

• Cylinder head

• Distributor

• Oil filter

• Drain plug

• Oil pan

• Heat exchanger

• Engine-mount bracket

2. Cylinder head

• Cylinder-head cover

• Plug

• Manifold

• Valve-rocker shaft

3. Mixer

• Air connector

4. Stepping motor

For M12: 88.6 (9.0)

For M8:19.11 (1.95)

18.14 (1.85)

18.14 (1.85)

44.1 (4.5)

12.7 (1.3)

For bolts and nuts: 37.24 (3.8)

37.24 (3.8)

4.9 (0.5)

17.7 (1.8)

49 (5.0)

23.5 (2.4)

12.74 (1.3)

4.9 (0.5)

18.14 (1.85)

22.6 (2.3)

9.8 (1.0)

22.6 (2.3)

22.6 (2.3)

22.6 (2.3)

22.6 (2.3)

1. Cylinder-head cover

2. Plate (for valve-plate fixing)

3. Intake strainer

4. Front case

5. Bottom cover

6. Pump cover

Tightening torque (N·m) (kgf·m)

Tightening-torque list for principle components

GAS ENGINE DRIVEN MULTI-INDOOR-UNITCLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

No.030(1A) R

Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Systems Headquarters

3-1, Asahimachi, Nishibiwajima-cho, Nishikasugai-gun, Aichi-pref., 452-8561, Japan

Fax : (052) 503-9237

Documents

Mitsubishi Heavy Industries 00-GHP-T-055A GHP